Index: stable/8/contrib/libpcap/inet.c =================================================================== --- stable/8/contrib/libpcap/inet.c (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/contrib/libpcap/inet.c (revision 204344) @@ -1,856 +1,866 @@ /* -*- Mode: c; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: 1; c-basic-offset: 8; -*- */ /* * Copyright (c) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed by the Computer Systems * Engineering Group at Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor of the Laboratory may be used * to endorse or promote products derived from this software without * specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifndef lint static const char rcsid[] _U_ = "@(#) $Header: /tcpdump/master/libpcap/inet.c,v 1.75.2.4 2008-04-20 18:19:24 guy Exp $ (LBL)"; #endif #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #ifdef WIN32 #include #else /* WIN32 */ #include #ifndef MSDOS #include #endif #include #include #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKIO_H #include #endif struct mbuf; /* Squelch compiler warnings on some platforms for */ struct rtentry; /* declarations in */ #include #include #endif /* WIN32 */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__BORLANDC__) #include #endif /* !WIN32 && !__BORLANDC__ */ #ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H #include #else #define INT_MAX 2147483647 #endif #include "pcap-int.h" #ifdef HAVE_OS_PROTO_H #include "os-proto.h" #endif /* Not all systems have IFF_LOOPBACK */ #ifdef IFF_LOOPBACK #define ISLOOPBACK(name, flags) ((flags) & IFF_LOOPBACK) #else #define ISLOOPBACK(name, flags) ((name)[0] == 'l' && (name)[1] == 'o' && \ (isdigit((unsigned char)((name)[2])) || (name)[2] == '\0')) #endif struct sockaddr * dup_sockaddr(struct sockaddr *sa, size_t sa_length) { struct sockaddr *newsa; if ((newsa = malloc(sa_length)) == NULL) return (NULL); return (memcpy(newsa, sa, sa_length)); } static int get_instance(const char *name) { const char *cp, *endcp; int n; if (strcmp(name, "any") == 0) { /* * Give the "any" device an artificially high instance * number, so it shows up after all other non-loopback * interfaces. */ return INT_MAX; } endcp = name + strlen(name); for (cp = name; cp < endcp && !isdigit((unsigned char)*cp); ++cp) continue; if (isdigit((unsigned char)*cp)) n = atoi(cp); else n = 0; return (n); } int add_or_find_if(pcap_if_t **curdev_ret, pcap_if_t **alldevs, const char *name, u_int flags, const char *description, char *errbuf) { pcap_t *p; pcap_if_t *curdev, *prevdev, *nextdev; int this_instance; /* * Is there already an entry in the list for this interface? */ for (curdev = *alldevs; curdev != NULL; curdev = curdev->next) { if (strcmp(name, curdev->name) == 0) break; /* yes, we found it */ } if (curdev == NULL) { /* * No, we didn't find it. * * Can we open this interface for live capture? * * We do this check so that interfaces that are * supplied by the interface enumeration mechanism * we're using but that don't support packet capture * aren't included in the list. Loopback interfaces * on Solaris are an example of this; we don't just * omit loopback interfaces on all platforms because * you *can* capture on loopback interfaces on some * OSes. * * On OS X, we don't do this check if the device * name begins with "wlt"; at least some versions * of OS X offer monitor mode capturing by having * a separate "monitor mode" device for each wireless * adapter, rather than by implementing the ioctls * that {Free,Net,Open,DragonFly}BSD provide. * Opening that device puts the adapter into monitor * mode, which, at least for some adapters, causes * them to deassociate from the network with which * they're associated. * * Instead, we try to open the corresponding "en" * device (so that we don't end up with, for users * without sufficient privilege to open capture * devices, a list of adapters that only includes * the wlt devices). */ #ifdef __APPLE__ if (strncmp(name, "wlt", 3) == 0) { char *en_name; size_t en_name_len; /* * Try to allocate a buffer for the "en" * device's name. */ en_name_len = strlen(name) - 1; en_name = malloc(en_name_len + 1); if (en_name == NULL) { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "malloc: %s", pcap_strerror(errno)); return (-1); } strcpy(en_name, "en"); strcat(en_name, name + 3); p = pcap_open_live(en_name, 68, 0, 0, errbuf); free(en_name); } else #endif /* __APPLE */ p = pcap_open_live(name, 68, 0, 0, errbuf); if (p == NULL) { /* * No. Don't bother including it. * Don't treat this as an error, though. */ *curdev_ret = NULL; return (0); } pcap_close(p); /* * Yes, we can open it. * Allocate a new entry. */ curdev = malloc(sizeof(pcap_if_t)); if (curdev == NULL) { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "malloc: %s", pcap_strerror(errno)); return (-1); } /* * Fill in the entry. */ curdev->next = NULL; curdev->name = strdup(name); if (curdev->name == NULL) { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "malloc: %s", pcap_strerror(errno)); free(curdev); return (-1); } if (description != NULL) { /* * We have a description for this interface. */ curdev->description = strdup(description); if (curdev->description == NULL) { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "malloc: %s", pcap_strerror(errno)); free(curdev->name); free(curdev); return (-1); } } else { /* * We don't. */ curdev->description = NULL; } curdev->addresses = NULL; /* list starts out as empty */ curdev->flags = 0; if (ISLOOPBACK(name, flags)) curdev->flags |= PCAP_IF_LOOPBACK; /* * Add it to the list, in the appropriate location. * First, get the instance number of this interface. */ this_instance = get_instance(name); /* * Now look for the last interface with an instance number * less than or equal to the new interface's instance * number - except that non-loopback interfaces are * arbitrarily treated as having interface numbers less * than those of loopback interfaces, so the loopback * interfaces are put at the end of the list. * * We start with "prevdev" being NULL, meaning we're before * the first element in the list. */ prevdev = NULL; for (;;) { /* * Get the interface after this one. */ if (prevdev == NULL) { /* * The next element is the first element. */ nextdev = *alldevs; } else nextdev = prevdev->next; /* * Are we at the end of the list? */ if (nextdev == NULL) { /* * Yes - we have to put the new entry * after "prevdev". */ break; } /* * Is the new interface a non-loopback interface * and the next interface a loopback interface? */ if (!(curdev->flags & PCAP_IF_LOOPBACK) && (nextdev->flags & PCAP_IF_LOOPBACK)) { /* * Yes, we should put the new entry * before "nextdev", i.e. after "prevdev". */ break; } /* * Is the new interface's instance number less * than the next interface's instance number, * and is it the case that the new interface is a * non-loopback interface or the next interface is * a loopback interface? * * (The goal of both loopback tests is to make * sure that we never put a loopback interface * before any non-loopback interface and that we * always put a non-loopback interface before all * loopback interfaces.) */ if (this_instance < get_instance(nextdev->name) && (!(curdev->flags & PCAP_IF_LOOPBACK) || (nextdev->flags & PCAP_IF_LOOPBACK))) { /* * Yes - we should put the new entry * before "nextdev", i.e. after "prevdev". */ break; } prevdev = nextdev; } /* * Insert before "nextdev". */ curdev->next = nextdev; /* * Insert after "prevdev" - unless "prevdev" is null, * in which case this is the first interface. */ if (prevdev == NULL) { /* * This is the first interface. Pass back a * pointer to it, and put "curdev" before * "nextdev". */ *alldevs = curdev; } else prevdev->next = curdev; } *curdev_ret = curdev; return (0); } /* * XXX - on FreeBSDs that support it, should it get the sysctl named * "dev.{adapter family name}.{adapter unit}.%desc" to get a description * of the adapter? Note that "dev.an.0.%desc" is "Aironet PC4500/PC4800" * with my Cisco 350 card, so the name isn't entirely descriptive. The * "dev.an.0.%pnpinfo" has a better description, although one might argue * that the problem is really a driver bug - if it can find out that it's * a Cisco 340 or 350, rather than an old Aironet card, it should use * that in the description. * * Do NetBSD, DragonflyBSD, or OpenBSD support this as well? OpenBSD * lets you get a description, but it's not generated by the OS, it's * set with another ioctl that ifconfig supports; we use that to get * the description in OpenBSD. * * In OS X, the System Configuration framework can apparently return * names in 10.4 and later; it also appears that freedesktop.org's HAL * offers an "info.product" string, but the HAL specification says * it "should not be used in any UI" and "subsystem/capability * specific properties" should be used instead. Using that would * require that libpcap applications be linked with the frameworks/ * libraries in question, which would be a bit of a pain unless we * offer, for example, a pkg-config: * * http://pkg-config.freedesktop.org/wiki/ * * script, so applications can just use that script to find out what * libraries you need to link with when linking with libpcap. * pkg-config is GPLed; I don't know whether that would prevent its * use with a BSD-licensed library such as libpcap. * * Do any other UN*Xes, or desktop environments support getting a * description? */ int add_addr_to_iflist(pcap_if_t **alldevs, const char *name, u_int flags, struct sockaddr *addr, size_t addr_size, struct sockaddr *netmask, size_t netmask_size, struct sockaddr *broadaddr, size_t broadaddr_size, struct sockaddr *dstaddr, size_t dstaddr_size, char *errbuf) { pcap_if_t *curdev; char *description = NULL; pcap_addr_t *curaddr, *prevaddr, *nextaddr; + int s; #ifdef SIOCGIFDESCR struct ifreq ifrdesc; +#ifndef IFDESCRSIZE +#define _IFDESCRSIZE 64 + char ifdescr[_IFDESCRSIZE]; +#else char ifdescr[IFDESCRSIZE]; - int s; #endif +#endif #ifdef SIOCGIFDESCR /* * Get the description for the interface. */ memset(&ifrdesc, 0, sizeof ifrdesc); strlcpy(ifrdesc.ifr_name, name, sizeof ifrdesc.ifr_name); +#ifdef __FreeBSD__ + ifrdesc.ifr_buffer.buffer = ifdescr; + ifrdesc.ifr_buffer.length = sizeof(ifdescr); +#else ifrdesc.ifr_data = (caddr_t)&ifdescr; +#endif s = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0); if (s >= 0) { if (ioctl(s, SIOCGIFDESCR, &ifrdesc) == 0 && - strlen(ifrdesc.ifr_data) != 0) - description = ifrdesc.ifr_data; + strlen(ifdescr) != 0) + description = ifdescr; close(s); } #endif if (add_or_find_if(&curdev, alldevs, name, flags, description, errbuf) == -1) { /* * Error - give up. */ return (-1); } if (curdev == NULL) { /* * Device wasn't added because it can't be opened. * Not a fatal error. */ return (0); } /* * "curdev" is an entry for this interface; add an entry for this * address to its list of addresses. * * Allocate the new entry and fill it in. */ curaddr = malloc(sizeof(pcap_addr_t)); if (curaddr == NULL) { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "malloc: %s", pcap_strerror(errno)); return (-1); } curaddr->next = NULL; if (addr != NULL) { curaddr->addr = dup_sockaddr(addr, addr_size); if (curaddr->addr == NULL) { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "malloc: %s", pcap_strerror(errno)); free(curaddr); return (-1); } } else curaddr->addr = NULL; if (netmask != NULL) { curaddr->netmask = dup_sockaddr(netmask, netmask_size); if (curaddr->netmask == NULL) { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "malloc: %s", pcap_strerror(errno)); if (curaddr->addr != NULL) free(curaddr->addr); free(curaddr); return (-1); } } else curaddr->netmask = NULL; if (broadaddr != NULL) { curaddr->broadaddr = dup_sockaddr(broadaddr, broadaddr_size); if (curaddr->broadaddr == NULL) { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "malloc: %s", pcap_strerror(errno)); if (curaddr->netmask != NULL) free(curaddr->netmask); if (curaddr->addr != NULL) free(curaddr->addr); free(curaddr); return (-1); } } else curaddr->broadaddr = NULL; if (dstaddr != NULL) { curaddr->dstaddr = dup_sockaddr(dstaddr, dstaddr_size); if (curaddr->dstaddr == NULL) { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "malloc: %s", pcap_strerror(errno)); if (curaddr->broadaddr != NULL) free(curaddr->broadaddr); if (curaddr->netmask != NULL) free(curaddr->netmask); if (curaddr->addr != NULL) free(curaddr->addr); free(curaddr); return (-1); } } else curaddr->dstaddr = NULL; /* * Find the end of the list of addresses. */ for (prevaddr = curdev->addresses; prevaddr != NULL; prevaddr = nextaddr) { nextaddr = prevaddr->next; if (nextaddr == NULL) { /* * This is the end of the list. */ break; } } if (prevaddr == NULL) { /* * The list was empty; this is the first member. */ curdev->addresses = curaddr; } else { /* * "prevaddr" is the last member of the list; append * this member to it. */ prevaddr->next = curaddr; } return (0); } int pcap_add_if(pcap_if_t **devlist, const char *name, u_int flags, const char *description, char *errbuf) { pcap_if_t *curdev; return (add_or_find_if(&curdev, devlist, name, flags, description, errbuf)); } /* * Free a list of interfaces. */ void pcap_freealldevs(pcap_if_t *alldevs) { pcap_if_t *curdev, *nextdev; pcap_addr_t *curaddr, *nextaddr; for (curdev = alldevs; curdev != NULL; curdev = nextdev) { nextdev = curdev->next; /* * Free all addresses. */ for (curaddr = curdev->addresses; curaddr != NULL; curaddr = nextaddr) { nextaddr = curaddr->next; if (curaddr->addr) free(curaddr->addr); if (curaddr->netmask) free(curaddr->netmask); if (curaddr->broadaddr) free(curaddr->broadaddr); if (curaddr->dstaddr) free(curaddr->dstaddr); free(curaddr); } /* * Free the name string. */ free(curdev->name); /* * Free the description string, if any. */ if (curdev->description != NULL) free(curdev->description); /* * Free the interface. */ free(curdev); } } #if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(MSDOS) /* * Return the name of a network interface attached to the system, or NULL * if none can be found. The interface must be configured up; the * lowest unit number is preferred; loopback is ignored. */ char * pcap_lookupdev(errbuf) register char *errbuf; { pcap_if_t *alldevs; /* for old BSD systems, including bsdi3 */ #ifndef IF_NAMESIZE #define IF_NAMESIZE IFNAMSIZ #endif static char device[IF_NAMESIZE + 1]; char *ret; if (pcap_findalldevs(&alldevs, errbuf) == -1) return (NULL); if (alldevs == NULL || (alldevs->flags & PCAP_IF_LOOPBACK)) { /* * There are no devices on the list, or the first device * on the list is a loopback device, which means there * are no non-loopback devices on the list. This means * we can't return any device. * * XXX - why not return a loopback device? If we can't * capture on it, it won't be on the list, and if it's * on the list, there aren't any non-loopback devices, * so why not just supply it as the default device? */ (void)strlcpy(errbuf, "no suitable device found", PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE); ret = NULL; } else { /* * Return the name of the first device on the list. */ (void)strlcpy(device, alldevs->name, sizeof(device)); ret = device; } pcap_freealldevs(alldevs); return (ret); } int pcap_lookupnet(device, netp, maskp, errbuf) register const char *device; register bpf_u_int32 *netp, *maskp; register char *errbuf; { register int fd; register struct sockaddr_in *sin4; struct ifreq ifr; /* * The pseudo-device "any" listens on all interfaces and therefore * has the network address and -mask "0.0.0.0" therefore catching * all traffic. Using NULL for the interface is the same as "any". */ if (!device || strcmp(device, "any") == 0 #ifdef HAVE_DAG_API || strstr(device, "dag") != NULL #endif #ifdef HAVE_SEPTEL_API || strstr(device, "septel") != NULL #endif #ifdef PCAP_SUPPORT_BT || strstr(device, "bluetooth") != NULL #endif #ifdef PCAP_SUPPORT_USB || strstr(device, "usb") != NULL #endif ) { *netp = *maskp = 0; return 0; } fd = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0); if (fd < 0) { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "socket: %s", pcap_strerror(errno)); return (-1); } memset(&ifr, 0, sizeof(ifr)); #ifdef linux /* XXX Work around Linux kernel bug */ ifr.ifr_addr.sa_family = AF_INET; #endif (void)strncpy(ifr.ifr_name, device, sizeof(ifr.ifr_name)); if (ioctl(fd, SIOCGIFADDR, (char *)&ifr) < 0) { if (errno == EADDRNOTAVAIL) { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "%s: no IPv4 address assigned", device); } else { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "SIOCGIFADDR: %s: %s", device, pcap_strerror(errno)); } (void)close(fd); return (-1); } sin4 = (struct sockaddr_in *)&ifr.ifr_addr; *netp = sin4->sin_addr.s_addr; if (ioctl(fd, SIOCGIFNETMASK, (char *)&ifr) < 0) { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "SIOCGIFNETMASK: %s: %s", device, pcap_strerror(errno)); (void)close(fd); return (-1); } (void)close(fd); *maskp = sin4->sin_addr.s_addr; if (*maskp == 0) { if (IN_CLASSA(*netp)) *maskp = IN_CLASSA_NET; else if (IN_CLASSB(*netp)) *maskp = IN_CLASSB_NET; else if (IN_CLASSC(*netp)) *maskp = IN_CLASSC_NET; else { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "inet class for 0x%x unknown", *netp); return (-1); } } *netp &= *maskp; return (0); } #elif defined(WIN32) /* * Return the name of a network interface attached to the system, or NULL * if none can be found. The interface must be configured up; the * lowest unit number is preferred; loopback is ignored. */ char * pcap_lookupdev(errbuf) register char *errbuf; { DWORD dwVersion; DWORD dwWindowsMajorVersion; dwVersion = GetVersion(); /* get the OS version */ dwWindowsMajorVersion = (DWORD)(LOBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion))); if (dwVersion >= 0x80000000 && dwWindowsMajorVersion >= 4) { /* * Windows 95, 98, ME. */ ULONG NameLength = 8192; static char AdaptersName[8192]; if (PacketGetAdapterNames(AdaptersName,&NameLength) ) return (AdaptersName); else return NULL; } else { /* * Windows NT (NT 4.0, W2K, WXP). Convert the names to UNICODE for backward compatibility */ ULONG NameLength = 8192; static WCHAR AdaptersName[8192]; char *tAstr; WCHAR *tUstr; WCHAR *TAdaptersName = (WCHAR*)malloc(8192 * sizeof(WCHAR)); int NAdapts = 0; if(TAdaptersName == NULL) { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "memory allocation failure"); return NULL; } if ( !PacketGetAdapterNames((PTSTR)TAdaptersName,&NameLength) ) { (void)snprintf(errbuf, PCAP_ERRBUF_SIZE, "PacketGetAdapterNames: %s", pcap_win32strerror()); free(TAdaptersName); return NULL; } tAstr = (char*)TAdaptersName; tUstr = (WCHAR*)AdaptersName; /* * Convert and copy the device names */ while(sscanf(tAstr, "%S", tUstr) > 0) { tAstr += strlen(tAstr) + 1; tUstr += wcslen(tUstr) + 1; NAdapts ++; } tAstr++; *tUstr = 0; tUstr++; /* * Copy the descriptions */ while(NAdapts--) { strcpy((char*)tUstr, tAstr); (char*)tUstr += strlen(tAstr) + 1;; tAstr += strlen(tAstr) + 1; } free(TAdaptersName); return (char *)(AdaptersName); } } int pcap_lookupnet(device, netp, maskp, errbuf) register const char *device; register bpf_u_int32 *netp, *maskp; register char *errbuf; { /* * We need only the first IPv4 address, so we must scan the array returned by PacketGetNetInfo() * in order to skip non IPv4 (i.e. IPv6 addresses) */ npf_if_addr if_addrs[MAX_NETWORK_ADDRESSES]; LONG if_addr_size = 1; struct sockaddr_in *t_addr; unsigned int i; if (!PacketGetNetInfoEx((void *)device, if_addrs, &if_addr_size)) { *netp = *maskp = 0; return (0); } for(i=0; isin_addr.S_un.S_addr; t_addr = (struct sockaddr_in *) &(if_addrs[i].SubnetMask); *maskp = t_addr->sin_addr.S_un.S_addr; *netp &= *maskp; return (0); } } *netp = *maskp = 0; return (0); } #endif /* !WIN32 && !MSDOS */ Index: stable/8/contrib/libpcap =================================================================== --- stable/8/contrib/libpcap (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/contrib/libpcap (revision 204344) Property changes on: stable/8/contrib/libpcap ___________________________________________________________________ Modified: svn:mergeinfo ## -0,0 +0,1 ## Merged /head/contrib/libpcap:r203052 Index: stable/8/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8 =================================================================== --- stable/8/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8 (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8 (revision 204344) @@ -1,2537 +1,2547 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors .\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software .\" without specific prior written permission. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" From: @(#)ifconfig.8 8.3 (Berkeley) 1/5/94 .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" -.Dd December 7, 2009 +.Dd January 26, 2010 .Dt IFCONFIG 8 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm ifconfig .Nd configure network interface parameters .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm .Op Fl L .Op Fl k .Op Fl m .Op Fl n .Ar interface .Op Cm create .Op Ar address_family .Oo .Ar address .Op Ar dest_address .Oc .Op Ar parameters .Nm .Ar interface .Cm destroy .Nm .Fl a .Op Fl L .Op Fl d .Op Fl m .Op Fl u .Op Fl v .Op Ar address_family .Nm .Fl l .Op Fl d .Op Fl u .Op Ar address_family .Nm .Op Fl L .Op Fl d .Op Fl k .Op Fl m .Op Fl u .Op Fl v .Op Fl C .Nm .Op Fl g Ar groupname .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm utility is used to assign an address to a network interface and/or configure network interface parameters. The .Nm utility must be used at boot time to define the network address of each interface present on a machine; it may also be used at a later time to redefine an interface's address or other operating parameters. .Pp The following options are available: .Bl -tag -width indent .It Ar address For the .Tn DARPA Ns -Internet family, the address is either a host name present in the host name data base, .Xr hosts 5 , or a .Tn DARPA Internet address expressed in the Internet standard .Dq dot notation . .Pp It is also possible to use the CIDR notation (also known as the slash notation) to include the netmask. That is, one can specify an address like .Li 192.168.0.1/16 . .Pp For the .Dq inet6 family, it is also possible to specify the prefix length using the slash notation, like .Li ::1/128 . See the .Cm prefixlen parameter below for more information. .\" For the Xerox Network Systems(tm) family, .\" addresses are .\" .Ar net:a.b.c.d.e.f , .\" where .\" .Ar net .\" is the assigned network number (in decimal), .\" and each of the six bytes of the host number, .\" .Ar a .\" through .\" .Ar f , .\" are specified in hexadecimal. .\" The host number may be omitted on IEEE 802 protocol .\" (Ethernet, FDDI, and Token Ring) interfaces, .\" which use the hardware physical address, .\" and on interfaces other than the first. .\" For the .\" .Tn ISO .\" family, addresses are specified as a long hexadecimal string, .\" as in the Xerox family. .\" However, two consecutive dots imply a zero .\" byte, and the dots are optional, if the user wishes to (carefully) .\" count out long strings of digits in network byte order. .Pp The link-level .Pq Dq link address is specified as a series of colon-separated hex digits. This can be used to e.g.\& set a new MAC address on an ethernet interface, though the mechanism used is not ethernet-specific. If the interface is already up when this option is used, it will be briefly brought down and then brought back up again in order to ensure that the receive filter in the underlying ethernet hardware is properly reprogrammed. .It Ar address_family Specify the address family which affects interpretation of the remaining parameters. Since an interface can receive transmissions in differing protocols with different naming schemes, specifying the address family is recommended. The address or protocol families currently supported are .Dq inet , .Dq inet6 , .Dq atalk , .Dq ipx , .\" .Dq iso , and .Dq link . .\" and .\" .Dq ns . The default is .Dq inet . .Dq ether and .Dq lladdr are synonyms for .Dq link . .It Ar dest_address Specify the address of the correspondent on the other end of a point to point link. .It Ar interface This parameter is a string of the form .Dq name unit , for example, .Dq Li ed0 . .It Ar groupname List the interfaces in the given group. .El .Pp The following parameters may be set with .Nm : .Bl -tag -width indent .It Cm add Another name for the .Cm alias parameter. Introduced for compatibility with .Bsx . .It Cm alias Establish an additional network address for this interface. This is sometimes useful when changing network numbers, and one wishes to accept packets addressed to the old interface. If the address is on the same subnet as the first network address for this interface, a non-conflicting netmask must be given. Usually .Li 0xffffffff is most appropriate. .It Fl alias Remove the network address specified. This would be used if you incorrectly specified an alias, or it was no longer needed. If you have incorrectly set an NS address having the side effect of specifying the host portion, removing all NS addresses will allow you to respecify the host portion. .It Cm anycast (Inet6 only.) Specify that the address configured is an anycast address. Based on the current specification, only routers may configure anycast addresses. Anycast address will not be used as source address of any of outgoing IPv6 packets. .It Cm arp Enable the use of the Address Resolution Protocol .Pq Xr arp 4 in mapping between network level addresses and link level addresses (default). This is currently implemented for mapping between .Tn DARPA Internet addresses and .Tn IEEE 802 48-bit MAC addresses (Ethernet, FDDI, and Token Ring addresses). .It Fl arp Disable the use of the Address Resolution Protocol .Pq Xr arp 4 . .It Cm staticarp If the Address Resolution Protocol is enabled, the host will only reply to requests for its addresses, and will never send any requests. .It Fl staticarp If the Address Resolution Protocol is enabled, the host will perform normally, sending out requests and listening for replies. .It Cm broadcast (Inet only.) Specify the address to use to represent broadcasts to the network. The default broadcast address is the address with a host part of all 1's. .It Cm debug Enable driver dependent debugging code; usually, this turns on extra console error logging. .It Fl debug Disable driver dependent debugging code. .It Cm promisc Put interface into permanently promiscuous mode. .It Fl promisc Disable permanently promiscuous mode. .It Cm delete Another name for the .Fl alias parameter. +.It Cm description Ar value , Cm descr Ar value +Specify a description of the interface. +This can be used to label interfaces in situations where they may +otherwise be difficult to distinguish. +.It Cm -description , Cm -descr +Clear the interface description. .It Cm down Mark an interface .Dq down . When an interface is marked .Dq down , the system will not attempt to transmit messages through that interface. If possible, the interface will be reset to disable reception as well. This action does not automatically disable routes using the interface. .It Cm group Ar group-name Assign the interface to a .Dq group . Any interface can be in multiple groups. .Pp Cloned interfaces are members of their interface family group by default. For example, a PPP interface such as .Em ppp0 is a member of the PPP interface family group, .Em ppp . .\" The interface(s) the default route(s) point to are members of the .\" .Em egress .\" interface group. .It Cm -group Ar group-name Remove the interface from the given .Dq group . .It Cm eui64 (Inet6 only.) Fill interface index (lowermost 64bit of an IPv6 address) automatically. .It Cm ipdst This is used to specify an Internet host who is willing to receive IP packets encapsulating IPX packets bound for a remote network. An apparent point to point link is constructed, and the address specified will be taken as the IPX address and network of the destination. .It Cm maclabel Ar label If Mandatory Access Control support is enabled in the kernel, set the MAC label to .Ar label . .\" (see .\" .Xr maclabel 7 ) . .It Cm media Ar type If the driver supports the media selection system, set the media type of the interface to .Ar type . Some interfaces support the mutually exclusive use of one of several different physical media connectors. For example, a 10Mbit/s Ethernet interface might support the use of either .Tn AUI or twisted pair connectors. Setting the media type to .Cm 10base5/AUI would change the currently active connector to the AUI port. Setting it to .Cm 10baseT/UTP would activate twisted pair. Refer to the interfaces' driver specific documentation or man page for a complete list of the available types. .It Cm mediaopt Ar opts If the driver supports the media selection system, set the specified media options on the interface. The .Ar opts argument is a comma delimited list of options to apply to the interface. Refer to the interfaces' driver specific man page for a complete list of available options. .It Fl mediaopt Ar opts If the driver supports the media selection system, disable the specified media options on the interface. .It Cm mode Ar mode If the driver supports the media selection system, set the specified operating mode on the interface to .Ar mode . For IEEE 802.11 wireless interfaces that support multiple operating modes this directive is used to select between 802.11a .Pq Cm 11a , 802.11b .Pq Cm 11b , and 802.11g .Pq Cm 11g operating modes. .It Cm inst Ar minst , Cm instance Ar minst Set the media instance to .Ar minst . This is useful for devices which have multiple physical layer interfaces .Pq PHYs . .It Cm name Ar name Set the interface name to .Ar name . .It Cm rxcsum , txcsum If the driver supports user-configurable checksum offloading, enable receive (or transmit) checksum offloading on the interface. Some drivers may not be able to enable these flags independently of each other, so setting one may also set the other. The driver will offload as much checksum work as it can reliably support, the exact level of offloading varies between drivers. .It Fl rxcsum , txcsum If the driver supports user-configurable checksum offloading, disable receive (or transmit) checksum offloading on the interface. These settings may not always be independent of each other. .It Cm tso If the driver supports .Xr tcp 4 segmentation offloading, enable TSO on the interface. Some drivers may not be able to support TSO for .Xr ip 4 and .Xr ip6 4 packets, so they may enable only one of them. .It Fl tso If the driver supports .Xr tcp 4 segmentation offloading, disable TSO on the interface. It will always disable TSO for .Xr ip 4 and .Xr ip6 4 . .It Cm lro If the driver supports .Xr tcp 4 large receive offloading, enable LRO on the interface. .It Fl lro If the driver supports .Xr tcp 4 large receive offloading, disable LRO on the interface. .It Cm wol , wol_ucast , wol_mcast , wol_magic Enable Wake On Lan (WOL) support, if available. WOL is a facility whereby a machine in a low power state may be woken in response to a received packet. There are three types of packets that may wake a system: ucast (directed solely to the machine's mac address), mcast (directed to a broadcast or multicast address), or magic (unicast or multicast frames with a ``magic contents''). Not all devices support WOL, those that do indicate the mechanisms they support in their capabilities. .Cm wol is a synonym for enabling all available WOL mechanisms. To disable WOL use .Fl wol . .It Cm vlanmtu , vlanhwtag, vlanhwfilter If the driver offers user-configurable VLAN support, enable reception of extended frames, tag processing in hardware, or frame filtering in hardware, respectively. Note that this must be issued on a physical interface associated with .Xr vlan 4 , not on a .Xr vlan 4 interface itself. .It Fl vlanmtu , vlanhwtag, vlanhwfilter If the driver offers user-configurable VLAN support, disable reception of extended frames, tag processing in hardware, or frame filtering in hardware, respectively. .It Cm vnet Ar jail Move the interface to the .Xr jail 8 , specified by name or JID. If the jail has a virtual network stack, the interface will disappear from the current environment and become visible to the jail. .It Fl vnet Ar jail Reclaim the interface from the .Xr jail 8 , specified by name or JID. If the jail has a virtual network stack, the interface will disappear from the jail, and become visible to the current network environment. .It Cm polling Turn on .Xr polling 4 feature and disable interrupts on the interface, if driver supports this mode. .It Fl polling Turn off .Xr polling 4 feature and enable interrupt mode on the interface. .It Cm create Create the specified network pseudo-device. If the interface is given without a unit number, try to create a new device with an arbitrary unit number. If creation of an arbitrary device is successful, the new device name is printed to standard output unless the interface is renamed or destroyed in the same .Nm invocation. .It Cm destroy Destroy the specified network pseudo-device. .It Cm plumb Another name for the .Cm create parameter. Included for .Tn Solaris compatibility. .It Cm unplumb Another name for the .Cm destroy parameter. Included for .Tn Solaris compatibility. .It Cm metric Ar n Set the routing metric of the interface to .Ar n , default 0. The routing metric is used by the routing protocol .Pq Xr routed 8 . Higher metrics have the effect of making a route less favorable; metrics are counted as additional hops to the destination network or host. .It Cm mtu Ar n Set the maximum transmission unit of the interface to .Ar n , default is interface specific. The MTU is used to limit the size of packets that are transmitted on an interface. Not all interfaces support setting the MTU, and some interfaces have range restrictions. .It Cm netmask Ar mask .\" (Inet and ISO.) (Inet only.) Specify how much of the address to reserve for subdividing networks into sub-networks. The mask includes the network part of the local address and the subnet part, which is taken from the host field of the address. The mask can be specified as a single hexadecimal number with a leading .Ql 0x , with a dot-notation Internet address, or with a pseudo-network name listed in the network table .Xr networks 5 . The mask contains 1's for the bit positions in the 32-bit address which are to be used for the network and subnet parts, and 0's for the host part. The mask should contain at least the standard network portion, and the subnet field should be contiguous with the network portion. .Pp The netmask can also be specified in CIDR notation after the address. See the .Ar address option above for more information. .It Cm prefixlen Ar len (Inet6 only.) Specify that .Ar len bits are reserved for subdividing networks into sub-networks. The .Ar len must be integer, and for syntactical reason it must be between 0 to 128. It is almost always 64 under the current IPv6 assignment rule. If the parameter is omitted, 64 is used. .Pp The prefix can also be specified using the slash notation after the address. See the .Ar address option above for more information. .\" see .\" Xr eon 5 . .\" .It Cm nsellength Ar n .\" .Pf ( Tn ISO .\" only) .\" This specifies a trailing number of bytes for a received .\" .Tn NSAP .\" used for local identification, the remaining leading part of which is .\" taken to be the .\" .Tn NET .\" (Network Entity Title). .\" The default value is 1, which is conformant to US .\" .Tn GOSIP . .\" When an ISO address is set in an ifconfig command, .\" it is really the .\" .Tn NSAP .\" which is being specified. .\" For example, in .\" .Tn US GOSIP , .\" 20 hex digits should be .\" specified in the .\" .Tn ISO NSAP .\" to be assigned to the interface. .\" There is some evidence that a number different from 1 may be useful .\" for .\" .Tn AFI .\" 37 type addresses. .It Cm range Ar netrange Under appletalk, set the interface to respond to a .Ar netrange of the form .Ar startnet Ns - Ns Ar endnet . Appletalk uses this scheme instead of netmasks though .Fx implements it internally as a set of netmasks. .It Cm remove Another name for the .Fl alias parameter. Introduced for compatibility with .Bsx . .It Cm phase The argument following this specifies the version (phase) of the Appletalk network attached to the interface. Values of 1 or 2 are permitted. .Sm off .It Cm link Op Cm 0 No - Cm 2 .Sm on Enable special processing of the link level of the interface. These three options are interface specific in actual effect, however, they are in general used to select special modes of operation. An example of this is to enable SLIP compression, or to select the connector type for some Ethernet cards. Refer to the man page for the specific driver for more information. .Sm off .It Fl link Op Cm 0 No - Cm 2 .Sm on Disable special processing at the link level with the specified interface. .It Cm monitor Put the interface in monitor mode. No packets are transmitted, and received packets are discarded after .Xr bpf 4 processing. .It Fl monitor Take the interface out of monitor mode. .It Cm up Mark an interface .Dq up . This may be used to enable an interface after an .Dq Nm Cm down . It happens automatically when setting the first address on an interface. If the interface was reset when previously marked down, the hardware will be re-initialized. .El .Pp The following parameters are for ICMPv6 Neightbor Discovery Protocol: .Bl -tag -width indent .It Cm accept_rtadv Set a flag to enable accepting ICMPv6 Router Advertisement messages. .It Cm -accept_rtadv Clear a flag .Cm accept_rtadv . .It Cm defaultif Set the specified interface as the default route when there is no default router. .It Cm -defaultif Clear a flag .Cm defaultif . .It Cm ifdisabled Set a flag to disable all of IPv6 network communications on the specified interface. .It Cm -ifdisabled Clear a flag .Cm ifdisabled . .It Cm nud Set a flag to enable Neighbor Unreachability Detection. .It Cm -nud Clear a flag .Cm nud . .It Cm prefer_source Set a flag to prefer addesses on the interface as candidates of the source address for outgoing packets. .It Cm -prefer_source Clear a flag .Cm prefer_source . .El .Pp The following parameters are specific to cloning IEEE 802.11 wireless interfaces with the .Cm create request: .Bl -tag -width indent .It Cm wlandev Ar device Use .Ar device as the parent for the cloned device. .It Cm wlanmode Ar mode Specify the operating mode for this cloned device. .Ar mode is one of .Cm sta , .Cm ahdemo (or .Cm adhoc-demo ), .Cm ibss , (or .Cm adhoc ), .Cm ap , (or .Cm hostap ), .Cm wds , .Cm tdma , .Cm mesh , and .Cm monitor . The operating mode of a cloned interface cannot be changed. The .Cm tdma mode is actually implemented as an .Cm adhoc-demo interface with special properties. .It Cm wlanbssid Ar bssid The 802.11 mac address to use for the bssid. This must be specified at create time for a legacy .Cm wds device. .It Cm wlanaddr Ar address The local mac address. If this is not specified then a mac address will automatically be assigned to the cloned device. Typically this address is the same as the address of the parent device but if the .Cm bssid parameter is specified then the driver will craft a unique address for the device (if supported). .It Cm wdslegacy Mark a .Cm wds device as operating in ``legacy mode''. Legacy .Cm wds devices have a fixed peer relationship and do not, for example, roam if their peer stops communicating. For completeness a Dynamic WDS (DWDS) interface may marked as .Fl wdslegacy . .It Cm bssid Request a unique local mac address for the cloned device. This is only possible if the device supports multiple mac addresses. To force use of the parent's mac address use .Fl bssid . .It Cm beacons Mark the cloned interface as depending on hardware support to track received beacons. To have beacons tracked in software use .Fl beacons . For .Cm hostap mode .Fl beacons can also be used to indicate no beacons should be transmitted; this can be useful when creating a WDS configuration but .Cm wds interfaces can only be created as companions to an access point. .El .Pp The following parameters are specific to IEEE 802.11 wireless interfaces cloned with a .Cm create operation: .Bl -tag -width indent .It Cm ampdu Enable sending and receiving AMPDU frames when using 802.11n (default). The 802.11n specification states a compliant station must be capable of receiving AMPDU frames but transmision is optional. Use .Fl ampdu to disable all use of AMPDU with 802.11n. For testing and/or to work around interoperability problems one can use .Cm ampdutx and .Cm ampdurx to control use of AMPDU in one direction. .It Cm ampdudensity Ar density Set the AMPDU density parameter used when operating with 802.11n. This parameter controls the inter-packet gap for AMPDU frames. The sending device normally controls this setting but a receiving station may request wider gaps. Legal values for .Ar density are 0, .25, .5, 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16 (microseconds). A value of .Cm - is treated the same as 0. .It Cm ampdulimit Ar limit Set the limit on packet size for receiving AMPDU frames when operating with 802.11n. Legal values for .Ar limit are 8192, 16384, 32768, and 65536 but one can also specify just the unique prefix: 8, 16, 32, 64. Note the sender may limit the size of AMPDU frames to be less than the maximum specified by the receiving station. .It Cm amsdu Enable sending and receiving AMSDU frames when using 802.11n. By default AMSDU is received but not transmitted. Use .Fl amsdu to disable all use of AMSDU with 802.11n. For testing and/or to work around interoperability problems one can use .Cm amsdutx and .Cm amsdurx to control use of AMSDU in one direction. .It Cm amsdulimit Ar limit Set the limit on packet size for sending and receiving AMSDU frames when operating with 802.11n. Legal values for .Ar limit are 7935 and 3839 (bytes). Note the sender may limit the size of AMSDU frames to be less than the maximum specified by the receiving station. Note also that devices are not required to support the 7935 limit, only 3839 is required by the specification and the larger value may require more memory to be dedicated to support functionality that is rarely used. .It Cm apbridge When operating as an access point, pass packets between wireless clients directly (default). To instead let them pass up through the system and be forwarded using some other mechanism, use .Fl apbridge . Disabling the internal bridging is useful when traffic is to be processed with packet filtering. .It Cm authmode Ar mode Set the desired authentication mode in infrastructure mode. Not all adapters support all modes. The set of valid modes is .Cm none , open , shared (shared key), .Cm 8021x (IEEE 802.1x), and .Cm wpa (IEEE WPA/WPA2/802.11i). The .Cm 8021x and .Cm wpa modes are only useful when using an authentication service (a supplicant for client operation or an authenticator when operating as an access point). Modes are case insensitive. .It Cm bgscan Enable background scanning when operating as a station. Background scanning is a technique whereby a station associated to an access point will temporarily leave the channel to scan for neighboring stations. This allows a station to maintain a cache of nearby access points so that roaming between access points can be done without a lengthy scan operation. Background scanning is done only when a station is not busy and any outbound traffic will cancel a scan operation. Background scanning should never cause packets to be lost though there may be some small latency if outbound traffic interrupts a scan operation. By default background scanning is enabled if the device is capable. To disable background scanning, use .Fl bgscan . Background scanning is controlled by the .Cm bgscanidle and .Cm bgscanintvl parameters. Background scanning must be enabled for roaming; this is an artifact of the current implementation and may not be required in the future. .It Cm bgscanidle Ar idletime Set the minimum time a station must be idle (not transmitting or receiving frames) before a background scan is initiated. The .Ar idletime parameter is specified in milliseconds. By default a station must be idle at least 250 milliseconds before a background scan is initiated. The idle time may not be set to less than 100 milliseconds. .It Cm bgscanintvl Ar interval Set the interval at which background scanning is attempted. The .Ar interval parameter is specified in seconds. By default a background scan is considered every 300 seconds (5 minutes). The .Ar interval may not be set to less than 15 seconds. .It Cm bintval Ar interval Set the interval at which beacon frames are sent when operating in ad-hoc or ap mode. The .Ar interval parameter is specified in TU's (1024 usecs). By default beacon frames are transmitted every 100 TU's. .It Cm bmissthreshold Ar count Set the number of consecutive missed beacons at which the station will attempt to roam (i.e., search for a new access point). The .Ar count parameter must be in the range 1 to 255; though the upper bound may be reduced according to device capabilities. The default threshold is 7 consecutive missed beacons; but this may be overridden by the device driver. Another name for the .Cm bmissthreshold parameter is .Cm bmiss . .It Cm bssid Ar address Specify the MAC address of the access point to use when operating as a station in a BSS network. This overrides any automatic selection done by the system. To disable a previously selected access point, supply .Cm any , none , or .Cm - for the address. This option is useful when more than one access point uses the same SSID. Another name for the .Cm bssid parameter is .Cm ap . .It Cm burst Enable packet bursting. Packet bursting is a transmission technique whereby the wireless medium is acquired once to send multiple frames and the interframe spacing is reduced. This technique can significantly increase throughput by reducing transmission overhead. Packet bursting is supported by the 802.11e QoS specification and some devices that do not support QoS may still be capable. By default packet bursting is enabled if a device is capable of doing it. To disable packet bursting, use .Fl burst . .It Cm chanlist Ar channels Set the desired channels to use when scanning for access points, neighbors in an IBSS network, or looking for unoccupied channels when operating as an access point. The set of channels is specified as a comma-separated list with each element in the list representing either a single channel number or a range of the form .Dq Li a-b . Channel numbers must be in the range 1 to 255 and be permissible according to the operating characteristics of the device. .It Cm channel Ar number Set a single desired channel. Channels range from 1 to 255, but the exact selection available depends on the region your adaptor was manufactured for. Setting the channel to .Li any , or .Cm - will clear any desired channel and, if the device is marked up, force a scan for a channel to operate on. Alternatively the frequency, in megahertz, may be specified instead of the channel number. .Pp When there are several ways to use a channel the channel number/frequency may be appended with attributes to clarify. For example, if a device is capable of operating on channel 6 with 802.11n and 802.11g then one can specify that g-only use should be used by specifying ``6:g''. Similarly the channel width can be specified by appending it with ``/''; e.g. ``6/40'' specifies a 40MHz wide channel, These attributes can be combined as in: ``6:ht/40''. The full set of flags specified following a `:'' are: .Cm a (802.11a), .Cm b (802.11b), .Cm d (Atheros Dynamic Turbo mode), .Cm g (802.11g), .Cm h or .Cm n (802.11n aka HT), .Cm s (Atheros Static Turbo mode), and .Cm t (Atheros Dynamic Turbo mode, or appended to ``st'' and ``dt''). The full set of channel widths following a '/' are: .Cm 5 (5MHz aka quarter-rate channel), .Cm 10 (10MHz aka half-rate channel), .Cm 20 (20MHz mostly for use in specifying ht20), and .Cm 40 (40MHz mostly for use in specifying ht40), In addition, a 40MHz HT channel specification may include the location of the extension channel by appending ``+'' or ``-'' for above and below, respectively; e.g. ``2437:ht/40+'' specifies 40MHz wide HT operation with the center channel at frequency 2437 and the extension channel above. .It Cm country Ar name Set the country code to use in calculating the regulatory constraints for operation. In particular the set of available channels, how the wireless device will operation on the channels, and the maximum transmit power that can be used on a channel are defined by this setting. Country/Region codes are specified as a 2-character abbreviation defined by ISO 3166 or using a longer, but possibly ambiguous, spelling; e.g. "ES" and "Spain". The set of country codes are taken from /etc/regdomain.xml and can also be viewed with the ``list countries'' request. Note that not all devices support changing the country code from a default setting; typically stored in EEPROM. See also .Cm regdomain , .Cm indoor , .Cm outdoor , and .Cm anywhere . .It Cm dfs Enable Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) as specified in 802.11h. DFS embodies several facilities including detection of overlapping radar signals, dynamic transmit power control, and channel selection according to a least-congested criteria. DFS support is mandatory for some 5Ghz frequencies in certain locales (e.g. ETSI). By default DFS is enabled according to the regulatory definitions specified in /etc/regdomain.xml and the curent country code, regdomain, and channel. Note the underlying device (and driver) must support radar detection for full DFS support to work. To be fully compliant with the local regulatory agency frequencies that require DFS should not be used unless it is fully supported. Use .Fl dfs to disable this functionality for testing. .It Cm dotd Enable support for the 802.11d specification (default). When this support is enabled in station mode, beacon frames that advertise a country code different than the currently configured country code will cause an event to be dispatched to user applications. This event can be used by the station to adopt that country code and operate according to the associated regulatory constraints. When operating as an access point with 802.11d enabled the beacon and probe response frames transmitted will advertise the current regulatory domain settings. To disable 802.11d use .Fl dotd . .It Cm doth Enable 802.11h support including spectrum management. When 802.11h is enabled beacon and probe response frames will have the SpectrumMgt bit set in the capabilities field and country and power constraint information elements will be present. 802.11h support also includes handling Channel Switch Announcements (CSA) which are a mechanism to coordinate channel changes by an access point. By default 802.11h is enabled if the device is capable. To disable 802.11h use .Fl doth . .It Cm deftxkey Ar index Set the default key to use for transmission. Typically this is only set when using WEP encryption. Note that you must set a default transmit key for the system to know which key to use in encrypting outbound traffic. The .Cm weptxkey is an alias for this request; it is provided for backwards compatibility. .It Cm dtimperiod Ar period Set the DTIM period for transmitting buffered multicast data frames when operating in ap mode. The .Ar period specifies the number of beacon intervals between DTIM and must be in the range 1 to 15. By default DTIM is 1 (i.e., DTIM occurs at each beacon). .It Cm dturbo Enable the use of Atheros Dynamic Turbo mode when communicating with another Dynamic Turbo-capable station. Dynamic Turbo mode is an Atheros-specific mechanism by which stations switch between normal 802.11 operation and a ``boosted'' mode in which a 40MHz wide channel is used for communication. Stations using Dynamic Turbo mode operate boosted only when the channel is free of non-dturbo stations; when a non-dturbo station is identified on the channel all stations will automatically drop back to normal operation. By default, Dynamic Turbo mode is not enabled, even if the device is capable. Note that turbo mode (dynamic or static) is only allowed on some channels depending on the regulatory constraints; use the .Cm list chan command to identify the channels where turbo mode may be used. To disable Dynamic Turbo mode use .Fl dturbo . .It Cm dwds Enable Dynamic WDS (DWDS) support. DWDS is a facility by which 4-address traffic can be carried between stations operating in infrastructure mode. A station first associates to an access point and authenticates using normal procedures (e.g. WPA). Then 4-address frames are passed to carry traffic for stations operating on either side of the wireless link. DWDS extends the normal WDS mechanism by leveraging existing security protocols and eliminating static binding. .Pp When DWDS is enabled on an access point 4-address frames received from an authorized station will generate a ``DWDS discovery'' event to user applications. This event should be used to create a WDS interface that is bound to the remote station (and usually plumbed into a bridge). Once the WDS interface is up and running 4-address traffic then logically flows through that interface. .Pp When DWDS is enabled on a station, traffic with a destination address different from the peer station are encapsulated in a 4-address frame and transmitted to the peer. All 4-address traffic uses the security information of the stations (e.g. cryptographic keys). A station is associated using 802.11n facilities may transport 4-address traffic using these same mechanisms; this depends on available resources and capabilities of the device. The DWDS implementation guards against layer 2 routing loops of multicast traffic. .It Cm ff Enable the use of Atheros Fast Frames when communicating with another Fast Frames-capable station. Fast Frames are an encapsulation technique by which two 802.3 frames are transmitted in a single 802.11 frame. This can noticeably improve throughput but requires that the receiving station understand how to decapsulate the frame. Fast frame use is negotiated using the Atheros 802.11 vendor-specific protocol extension so enabling use is safe when communicating with non-Atheros devices. By default, use of fast frames is enabled if the device is capable. To explicitly disable fast frames, use .Fl ff . .It Cm fragthreshold Ar length Set the threshold for which transmitted frames are broken into fragments. The .Ar length argument is the frame size in bytes and must be in the range 256 to 2346. Setting .Ar length to .Li 2346 , .Cm any , or .Cm - disables transmit fragmentation. Not all adapters honor the fragmentation threshold. .It Cm hidessid When operating as an access point, do not broadcast the SSID in beacon frames or respond to probe request frames unless they are directed to the ap (i.e., they include the ap's SSID). By default, the SSID is included in beacon frames and undirected probe request frames are answered. To re-enable the broadcast of the SSID etc., use .Fl hidessid . .It Cm ht Enable use of High Throughput (HT) when using 802.11n (default). The 802.11n specification includes mechanisms for operation on 20MHz and 40MHz wide channels using different signalling mechanisms than specified in 802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11a. Stations negotiate use of these facilities, termed HT20 and HT40, when they associate. To disable all use of 802.11n use .Fl ht . To disable use of HT20 (e.g. to force only HT40 use) use .Fl ht20 . To disable use of HT40 use .Fl ht40 . .Pp HT configuration is used to ``auto promote'' operation when several choices are available. For example, if a station associates to an 11n-capable access point it controls whether the station uses legacy operation, HT20, or HT40. When an 11n-capable device is setup as an access point and Auto Channel Selection is used to locate a channel to operate on, HT configuration controls whether legacy, HT20, or HT40 operation is setup on the selected channel. If a fixed channel is specified for a station then HT configuration can be given as part of the channel specification; e.g. 6:ht/20 to setup HT20 operation on channel 6. .It Cm htcompat Enable use of compatibility support for pre-802.11n devices (default). The 802.11n protocol specification went through several incompatible iterations. Some vendors implemented 11n support to older specifications that will not interoperate with a purely 11n-compliant station. In particular the information elements included in management frames for old devices are different. When compatibility support is enabled both standard and compatible data will be provided. Stations that associate using the compatiblity mechanisms are flagged in ``list sta''. To disable compatiblity support use .Fl htcompat . .It Cm htprotmode Ar technique For interfaces operating in 802.11n, use the specified .Ar technique for protecting HT frames in a mixed legacy/HT network. The set of valid techniques is .Cm off , and .Cm rts (RTS/CTS, default). Technique names are case insensitive. .It Cm inact Enable inactivity processing for stations associated to an access point (default). When operating as an access point the 802.11 layer monitors the activity of each associated station. When a station is inactive for 5 minutes it will send several ``probe frames'' to see if the station is still present. If no response is received then the station is deauthenticated. Applications that prefer to handle this work can disable this facility by using .Fl inact . .It Cm indoor Set the location to use in calculating regulatory constraints. The location is also advertised in beacon and probe response frames when 802.11d is enabled with .Cm dotd . See also .Cm outdoor , .Cm anywhere , .Cm country , and .Cm regdomain . .It Cm list active Display the list of channels available for use taking into account any restrictions set with the .Cm chanlist directive. See the description of .Cm list chan for more information. .It Cm list caps Display the adaptor's capabilities, including the operating modes supported. .It Cm list chan Display the list of channels available for use. Channels are shown with their IEEE channel number, equivalent frequency, and usage modes. Channels identified as .Ql 11g are also usable in .Ql 11b mode. Channels identified as .Ql 11a Turbo may be used only for Atheros' Static Turbo mode (specified with . Cm mediaopt turbo ) . Channels marked with a .Ql * have a regulatory constraint that they be passively scanned. This means a station is not permitted to transmit on the channel until it identifies the channel is being used for 802.11 communication; typically by hearing a beacon frame from an access point operating on the channel. .Cm list freq is another way of requesting this information. By default a compacted list of channels is displayed; if the .Fl v option is specified then all channels are shown. .It Cm list countries Display the set of country codes and regulatory domains that can be used in regulatory configuration. .It Cm list mac Display the current MAC Access Control List state. Each address is prefixed with a character that indicates the current policy applied to it: .Ql + indicates the address is allowed access, .Ql - indicates the address is denied access, .Ql * indicates the address is present but the current policy open (so the ACL is not consulted). .It Cm list mesh Displays the mesh routing table, used for forwarding packets on a mesh network. .It Cm list regdomain Display the current regulatory settings including the available channels and transmit power caps. .It Cm list roam Display the parameters that govern roaming operation. .It Cm list txparam Display the parameters that govern transmit operation. .It Cm list txpower Display the transmit power caps for each channel. .It Cm list scan Display the access points and/or ad-hoc neighbors located in the vicinity. This information may be updated automatically by the adapter with a .Cm scan request or through background scanning. Depending on the capabilities of the stations the following flags can be included in the output: .Bl -tag -width 3n .It Li A Authorized. Indicates that the station is permitted to send/receive data frames. .It Li E Extended Rate Phy (ERP). Indicates that the station is operating in an 802.11g network using extended transmit rates. .It Li H High Throughput (HT). Indicates that the station is using HT transmit rates. If a `+' follows immediately after then the station associated using deprecated mechanisms supported only when .Cm htcompat is enabled. .It Li P Power Save. Indicates that the station is operating in power save mode. .It Li Q Quality of Service (QoS). Indicates that the station is using QoS encapsulation for data frame. QoS encapsulation is enabled only when WME mode is enabled. .It Li T Transitional Security Network (TSN). Indicates that the station associated using TSN; see also .Cm tsn below. .It Li W Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS). Indicates that the station associated using WPS. .El .Pp By default interesting information elements captured from the neighboring stations are displayed at the end of each row. Possible elements include: .Cm WME (station supports WME), .Cm WPA (station supports WPA), .Cm WPS (station supports WPS), .Cm RSN (station supports 802.11i/RSN), .Cm HTCAP (station supports 802.11n/HT communication), .Cm ATH (station supports Atheros protocol extensions), .Cm VEN (station supports unknown vendor-specific extensions). If the .Fl v flag is used all the information elements and their contents will be shown. Specifying the .Fl v flag also enables display of long SSIDs. The .Cm list ap command is another way of requesting this information. .It Cm list sta When operating as an access point display the stations that are currently associated. When operating in ad-hoc mode display stations identified as neighbors in the IBSS. When operating in mesh mode display stations identified as neighbors in the MBSS. When operating in station mode display the access point. Capabilities advertised by the stations are described under the .Cm scan request. Depending on the capabilities of the stations the following flags can be included in the output: .Bl -tag -width 3n .It Li A Authorized. Indicates that the station is permitted to send/receive data frames. .It Li E Extended Rate Phy (ERP). Indicates that the station is operating in an 802.11g network using extended transmit rates. .It Li H High Throughput (HT). Indicates that the station is using HT transmit rates. If a `+' follows immediately after then the station associated using deprecated mechanisms supported only when .Cm htcompat is enabled. .It Li P Power Save. Indicates that the station is operating in power save mode. .It Li Q Quality of Service (QoS). Indicates that the station is using QoS encapsulation for data frame. QoS encapsulation is enabled only when WME mode is enabled. .It Li T Transitional Security Network (TSN). Indicates that the station associated using TSN; see also .Cm tsn below. .It Li W Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS). Indicates that the station associated using WPS. .El .Pp By default information elements received from associated stations are displayed in a short form; the .Fl v flag causes this information to be displayed symbolically. .It Cm list wme Display the current channel parameters to use when operating in WME mode. If the .Fl v option is specified then both channel and BSS parameters are displayed for each AC (first channel, then BSS). When WME mode is enabled for an adaptor this information will be displayed with the regular status; this command is mostly useful for examining parameters when WME mode is disabled. See the description of the .Cm wme directive for information on the various parameters. .It Cm maxretry Ar count Set the maximum number of tries to use in sending unicast frames. The default setting is 6 but drivers may override this with a value they choose. .It Cm mcastrate Ar rate Set the rate for transmitting multicast/broadcast frames. Rates are specified as megabits/second in decimal; e.g.\& 5.5 for 5.5 Mb/s. This rate should be valid for the current operating conditions; if an invalid rate is specified drivers are free to chose an appropriate rate. .It Cm mgtrate Ar rate Set the rate for transmitting management and/or control frames. Rates are specified as megabits/second in decimal; e.g.\& 5.5 for 5.5 Mb/s. .It Cm outdoor Set the location to use in calculating regulatory constraints. The location is also advertised in beacon and probe response frames when 802.11d is enabled with .Cm dotd . See also .Cm anywhere , .Cm country , .Cm indoor , and .Cm regdomain . .It Cm powersave Enable powersave operation. When operating as a client, the station will conserve power by periodically turning off the radio and listening for messages from the access point telling it there are packets waiting. The station must then retrieve the packets. Not all devices support power save operation as a client. The 802.11 specification requires that all access points support power save but some drivers do not. Use .Fl powersave to disable powersave operation when operating as a client. .It Cm powersavesleep Ar sleep Set the desired max powersave sleep time in TU's (1024 usecs). By default the max powersave sleep time is 100 TU's. .It Cm protmode Ar technique For interfaces operating in 802.11g, use the specified .Ar technique for protecting OFDM frames in a mixed 11b/11g network. The set of valid techniques is .Cm off , cts (CTS to self), and .Cm rtscts (RTS/CTS). Technique names are case insensitive. Not all devices support .Cm cts as a protection technique. .It Cm pureg When operating as an access point in 802.11g mode allow only 11g-capable stations to associate (11b-only stations are not permitted to associate). To allow both 11g and 11b-only stations to associate, use .Fl pureg . .It Cm puren When operating as an access point in 802.11n mode allow only HT-capable stations to associate (legacy stations are not permitted to associate). To allow both HT and legacy stations to associate, use .Fl puren . .It Cm regdomain Ar sku Set the regulatory domain to use in calculating the regulatory constraints for operation. In particular the set of available channels, how the wireless device will operation on the channels, and the maximum transmit power that can be used on a channel are defined by this setting. Regdomain codes (SKU's) are taken from /etc/regdomain.xml and can also be viewed with the ``list countries'' request. Note that not all devices support changing the regdomain from a default setting; typically stored in EEPROM. See also .Cm country , .Cm indoor , .Cm outdoor , and .Cm anywhere . .It Cm rifs Enable use of Reduced InterFrame Spacing (RIFS) when operating in 802.11n on an HT channel. Note that RIFS must be supported by both the station and access point for it to be used. To disable RIFS use .Fl rifs . .It Cm roam:rate Ar rate Set the threshold for controlling roaming when operating in a BSS. The .Ar rate parameter specifies the transmit rate in megabits at which roaming should be considered. If the current transmit rate drops below this setting and background scanning is enabled, then the system will check if a more desirable access point is available and switch over to it. The current scan cache contents are used if they are considered valid according to the .Cm scanvalid parameter; otherwise a background scan operation is triggered before any selection occurs. Each channel type has a separate rate threshold; the default values are: 12 Mb/s (11a), 2 Mb/s (11b), 2 Mb/s (11g), MCS 1 (11na, 11ng). .It Cm roam:rssi Ar rssi Set the threshold for controlling roaming when operating in a BSS. The .Ar rssi parameter specifies the receive signal strength in dBm units at which roaming should be considered. If the current rssi drops below this setting and background scanning is enabled, then the system will check if a more desirable access point is available and switch over to it. The current scan cache contents are used if they are considered valid according to the .Cm scanvalid parameter; otherwise a background scan operation is triggered before any selection occurs. Each channel type has a separate rssi threshold; the default values are all 7 dBm. .It Cm roaming Ar mode When operating as a station, control how the system will behave when communication with the current access point is broken. The .Ar mode argument may be one of .Cm device (leave it to the hardware device to decide), .Cm auto (handle either in the device or the operating system\[em]as appropriate), .Cm manual (do nothing until explicitly instructed). By default, the device is left to handle this if it is capable; otherwise, the operating system will automatically attempt to reestablish communication. Manual mode is used by applications such as .Xr wpa_supplicant 8 that want to control the selection of an access point. .It Cm rtsthreshold Ar length Set the threshold for which transmitted frames are preceded by transmission of an RTS control frame. The .Ar length argument is the frame size in bytes and must be in the range 1 to 2346. Setting .Ar length to .Li 2346 , .Cm any , or .Cm - disables transmission of RTS frames. Not all adapters support setting the RTS threshold. .It Cm scan Initiate a scan of neighboring stations, wait for it to complete, and display all stations found. Only the super-user can initiate a scan. See .Cm list scan for information on the display. By default a background scan is done; otherwise a foreground scan is done and the station may roam to a different access point. The .Cm list scan request can be used to show recent scan results without initiating a new scan. .It Cm scanvalid Ar threshold Set the maximum time the scan cache contents are considered valid; i.e. will be used without first triggering a scan operation to refresh the data. The .Ar threshold parameter is specified in seconds and defaults to 60 seconds. The minimum setting for .Ar threshold is 10 seconds. One should take care setting this threshold; if it is set too low then attempts to roam to another access point may trigger unnecessary background scan operations. .It Cm shortgi Enable use of Short Guard Interval when operating in 802.11n on an HT channel. NB: this currently enables Short GI on both HT40 and HT20 channels. To disable Short GI use .Fl shortgi . .It Cm smps Enable use of Static Spatial Multiplexing Power Save (SMPS) when operating in 802.11n. A station operating with Static SMPS maintains only a single receive chain active (this can significantly reduce power consumption). To disable SMPS use .Fl smps . .It Cm smpsdyn Enable use of Dynamic Spatial Multiplexing Power Save (SMPS) when operating in 802.11n. A station operating with Dynamic SMPS maintains only a single receive chain active but switches to multiple receive chains when it receives an RTS frame (this can significantly reduce power consumption). Note that stations cannot distinguish between RTS/CTS intended to enable multiple receive chains and those used for other purposes. To disable SMPS use .Fl smps . .It Cm ssid Ar ssid Set the desired Service Set Identifier (aka network name). The SSID is a string up to 32 characters in length and may be specified as either a normal string or in hexadecimal when preceded by .Ql 0x . Additionally, the SSID may be cleared by setting it to .Ql - . .It Cm tdmaslot Ar slot When operating with TDMA, use the specified .Ar slot configuration. The .Ar slot is a number between 0 and the maximum number of slots in the BSS. Note that a station configured as slot 0 is a master and will broadcast beacon frames advertising the BSS; stations configured to use other slots will always scan to locate a master before they ever transmit. By default .Cm tdmaslot is set to 1. .It Cm tdmaslotcnt Ar cnt When operating with TDMA, setup a BSS with .Ar cnt slots. The slot count may be at most 8. The current implementation is only tested with two stations (i.e. point to point applications). This setting is only meaningful when a station is configured as slot 0; other stations adopt this setting from the BSS they join. By default .Cm tdmaslotcnt is set to 2. .It Cm tdmaslotlen Ar len When operating with TDMA, setup a BSS such that each station has a slot .Ar len microseconds long. The slot length must be at least 150 microseconds (1/8 TU) and no more than 65 milliseconds. Note that setting too small a slot length may result in poor channel bandwidth utilization due to factors such as timer granularity and guard time. This setting is only meaningful when a station is configured as slot 0; other stations adopt this setting from the BSS they join. By default .Cm tdmaslotlen is set to 10 milliseconds. .It Cm tdmabintval Ar intval When operating with TDMA, setup a BSS such that beacons are transmitted every .Ar intval superframes to synchronize the TDMA slot timing. A superframe is defined as the number of slots times the slot length; e.g. a BSS with two slots of 10 milliseconds has a 20 millisecond superframe. The beacon interval may not be zero. A lower setting of .Cm tdmabintval causes the timers to be resynchronized more often; this can be help if significant timer drift is observed. By default .Cm tdmabintval is set to 5. .It Cm tsn When operating as an access point with WPA/802.11i allow legacy stations to associate using static key WEP and open authentication. To disallow legacy station use of WEP, use .Fl tsn . .It Cm txpower Ar power Set the power used to transmit frames. The .Ar power argument is specified in .5 dBm units. Out of range values are truncated. Typically only a few discreet power settings are available and the driver will use the setting closest to the specified value. Not all adapters support changing the transmit power. .It Cm ucastrate Ar rate Set a fixed rate for transmitting unicast frames. Rates are specified as megabits/second in decimal; e.g.\& 5.5 for 5.5 Mb/s. This rate should be valid for the current operating conditions; if an invalid rate is specified drivers are free to chose an appropriate rate. .It Cm wepmode Ar mode Set the desired WEP mode. Not all adapters support all modes. The set of valid modes is .Cm off , on , and .Cm mixed . The .Cm mixed mode explicitly tells the adaptor to allow association with access points which allow both encrypted and unencrypted traffic. On these adapters, .Cm on means that the access point must only allow encrypted connections. On other adapters, .Cm on is generally another name for .Cm mixed . Modes are case insensitive. .It Cm weptxkey Ar index Set the WEP key to be used for transmission. This is the same as setting the default transmission key with .Cm deftxkey . .It Cm wepkey Ar key Ns | Ns Ar index : Ns Ar key Set the selected WEP key. If an .Ar index is not given, key 1 is set. A WEP key will be either 5 or 13 characters (40 or 104 bits) depending of the local network and the capabilities of the adaptor. It may be specified either as a plain string or as a string of hexadecimal digits preceded by .Ql 0x . For maximum portability, hex keys are recommended; the mapping of text keys to WEP encryption is usually driver-specific. In particular, the .Tn Windows drivers do this mapping differently to .Fx . A key may be cleared by setting it to .Ql - . If WEP is supported then there are at least four keys. Some adapters support more than four keys. If that is the case, then the first four keys (1-4) will be the standard temporary keys and any others will be adaptor specific keys such as permanent keys stored in NVRAM. .Pp Note that you must set a default transmit key with .Cm deftxkey for the system to know which key to use in encrypting outbound traffic. .It Cm wme Enable Wireless Multimedia Extensions (WME) support, if available, for the specified interface. WME is a subset of the IEEE 802.11e standard to support the efficient communication of realtime and multimedia data. To disable WME support, use .Fl wme . Another name for this parameter is .Cm wmm . .Pp The following parameters are meaningful only when WME support is in use. Parameters are specified per-AC (Access Category) and split into those that are used by a station when acting as an access point and those for client stations in the BSS. The latter are received from the access point and may not be changed (at the station). The following Access Categories are recognized: .Pp .Bl -tag -width ".Cm AC_BK" -compact .It Cm AC_BE (or .Cm BE ) best effort delivery, .It Cm AC_BK (or .Cm BK ) background traffic, .It Cm AC_VI (or .Cm VI ) video traffic, .It Cm AC_VO (or .Cm VO ) voice traffic. .El .Pp AC parameters are case-insensitive. Traffic classification is done in the operating system using the vlan priority associated with data frames or the ToS (Type of Service) indication in IP-encapsulated frames. If neither information is present, traffic is assigned to the Best Effort (BE) category. .Bl -tag -width indent .It Cm ack Ar ac Set the ACK policy for QoS transmissions by the local station; this controls whether or not data frames transmitted by a station require an ACK response from the receiving station. To disable waiting for an ACK use .Fl ack . This parameter is applied only to the local station. .It Cm acm Ar ac Enable the Admission Control Mandatory (ACM) mechanism for transmissions by the local station. To disable the ACM use .Fl acm . On stations in a BSS this parameter is read-only and indicates the setting received from the access point. NB: ACM is not supported right now. .It Cm aifs Ar ac Ar count Set the Arbitration Inter Frame Spacing (AIFS) channel access parameter to use for transmissions by the local station. On stations in a BSS this parameter is read-only and indicates the setting received from the access point. .It Cm cwmin Ar ac Ar count Set the CWmin channel access parameter to use for transmissions by the local station. On stations in a BSS this parameter is read-only and indicates the setting received from the access point. .It Cm cwmax Ar ac Ar count Set the CWmax channel access parameter to use for transmissions by the local station. On stations in a BSS this parameter is read-only and indicates the setting received from the access point. .It Cm txoplimit Ar ac Ar limit Set the Transmission Opportunity Limit channel access parameter to use for transmissions by the local station. This parameter defines an interval of time when a WME station has the right to initiate transmissions onto the wireless medium. On stations in a BSS this parameter is read-only and indicates the setting received from the access point. .It Cm bss:aifs Ar ac Ar count Set the AIFS channel access parameter to send to stations in a BSS. This parameter is meaningful only when operating in ap mode. .It Cm bss:cwmin Ar ac Ar count Set the CWmin channel access parameter to send to stations in a BSS. This parameter is meaningful only when operating in ap mode. .It Cm bss:cwmax Ar ac Ar count Set the CWmax channel access parameter to send to stations in a BSS. This parameter is meaningful only when operating in ap mode. .It Cm bss:txoplimit Ar ac Ar limit Set the TxOpLimit channel access parameter to send to stations in a BSS. This parameter is meaningful only when operating in ap mode. .El .It Cm wps Enable Wireless Privacy Subscriber support. Note that WPS support requires a WPS-capable supplicant. To disable this function use .Fl wps . .El .Pp The following parameters support an optional access control list feature available with some adapters when operating in ap mode; see .Xr wlan_acl 4 . This facility allows an access point to accept/deny association requests based on the MAC address of the station. Note that this feature does not significantly enhance security as MAC address spoofing is easy to do. .Bl -tag -width indent .It Cm mac:add Ar address Add the specified MAC address to the database. Depending on the policy setting association requests from the specified station will be allowed or denied. .It Cm mac:allow Set the ACL policy to permit association only by stations registered in the database. .It Cm mac:del Ar address Delete the specified MAC address from the database. .It Cm mac:deny Set the ACL policy to deny association only by stations registered in the database. .It Cm mac:kick Ar address Force the specified station to be deauthenticated. This typically is done to block a station after updating the address database. .It Cm mac:open Set the ACL policy to allow all stations to associate. .It Cm mac:flush Delete all entries in the database. .It Cm mac:radius Set the ACL policy to permit association only by stations approved by a RADIUS server. Note that this feature requires the .Xr hostapd 8 program be configured to do the right thing as it handles the RADIUS processing (and marks stations as authorized). .El .Pp The following parameters are related to a wireless interface operating in mesh mode: .Bl -tag -width indent .It Cm meshid Ar meshid Set the desired Mesh Identifier. The Mesh ID is a string up to 32 characters in length. A mesh interface must have a Mesh Identifier specified to reach an operational state. .It Cm meshttl Ar ttl Set the desired ``time to live'' for mesh forwarded packets; this is the number of hops a packet may be forwarded before it is discarded. The default setting for .Cm meshttl is 31. .It Cm meshpeering Enable or disable peering with neighbor mesh stations. Stations must peer before any data packets can be exchanged. By default .Cm meshpeering is enabled. .It Cm meshforward Enable or disable forwarding packets by a mesh interface. By default .Cm meshforward is enabled. .It Cm meshmetric Ar protocol Set the specified .Ar protocol as the link metric protocol used on a mesh network. The default protocol is called .Ar AIRTIME . The mesh interface will restart after changing this setting. .It Cm meshpath Ar protocol Set the specified .Ar protocol as the path selection protocol used on a mesh network. The only available protocol at the moment is called .Ar HWMP (Hybrid Wireless Mesh Protocol). The mesh interface will restart after changing this setting. .It Cm hwmprootmode Ar mode Stations on a mesh network can operate as ``root nodes.'' Root nodes try to find paths to all mesh nodes and advertise themselves regularly. When there is a root mesh node on a network, other mesh nodes can setup paths between themselves faster because they can use the root node to find the destination. This path may not be the best, but on-demand routing will eventually find the best path. The following modes are recognized: .Pp .Bl -tag -width ".Cm PROACTIVE" -compact .It Cm DISABLED Disable root mode. .It Cm NORMAL Send broadcast path requests every two seconds. Nodes on the mesh without a path to this root mesh station with try to discover a path to us. .It Cm PROACTIVE Send broadcast path requests every two seconds and every node must reply with with a path reply even if it already has a path to this root mesh station, .It Cm RANN Send broadcast root annoucement (RANN) frames. Nodes on the mesh without a path to this root mesh station with try to discover a path to us. .El By default .Cm hwmprootmode is set to .Ar DISABLED . .It Cm hwmpmaxhops Ar cnt Set the maximum number of hops allowed in an HMWP path to .Ar cnt . The default setting for .Cm hwmpmaxhops is 31. .El .Pp The following parameters are for compatibility with other systems: .Bl -tag -width indent .It Cm nwid Ar ssid Another name for the .Cm ssid parameter. Included for .Nx compatibility. .It Cm stationname Ar name Set the name of this station. The station name is not part of the IEEE 802.11 protocol though some interfaces support it. As such it only seems to be meaningful to identical or virtually identical equipment. Setting the station name is identical in syntax to setting the SSID. One can also use .Cm station for .Bsx compatibility. .It Cm wep Another way of saying .Cm wepmode on . Included for .Bsx compatibility. .It Fl wep Another way of saying .Cm wepmode off . Included for .Bsx compatibility. .It Cm nwkey key Another way of saying: .Dq Li "wepmode on weptxkey 1 wepkey 1:key wepkey 2:- wepkey 3:- wepkey 4:-" . Included for .Nx compatibility. .It Cm nwkey Xo .Sm off .Ar n : k1 , k2 , k3 , k4 .Sm on .Xc Another way of saying .Dq Li "wepmode on weptxkey n wepkey 1:k1 wepkey 2:k2 wepkey 3:k3 wepkey 4:k4" . Included for .Nx compatibility. .It Fl nwkey Another way of saying .Cm wepmode off . Included for .Nx compatibility. .El .Pp The following parameters are specific to bridge interfaces: .Bl -tag -width indent .It Cm addm Ar interface Add the interface named by .Ar interface as a member of the bridge. The interface is put into promiscuous mode so that it can receive every packet sent on the network. .It Cm deletem Ar interface Remove the interface named by .Ar interface from the bridge. Promiscuous mode is disabled on the interface when it is removed from the bridge. .It Cm maxaddr Ar size Set the size of the bridge address cache to .Ar size . The default is 100 entries. .It Cm timeout Ar seconds Set the timeout of address cache entries to .Ar seconds seconds. If .Ar seconds is zero, then address cache entries will not be expired. The default is 240 seconds. .It Cm addr Display the addresses that have been learned by the bridge. .It Cm static Ar interface-name Ar address Add a static entry into the address cache pointing to .Ar interface-name . Static entries are never aged out of the cache or re-placed, even if the address is seen on a different interface. .It Cm deladdr Ar address Delete .Ar address from the address cache. .It Cm flush Delete all dynamically-learned addresses from the address cache. .It Cm flushall Delete all addresses, including static addresses, from the address cache. .It Cm discover Ar interface Mark an interface as a .Dq discovering interface. When the bridge has no address cache entry (either dynamic or static) for the destination address of a packet, the bridge will forward the packet to all member interfaces marked as .Dq discovering . This is the default for all interfaces added to a bridge. .It Cm -discover Ar interface Clear the .Dq discovering attribute on a member interface. For packets without the .Dq discovering attribute, the only packets forwarded on the interface are broadcast or multicast packets and packets for which the destination address is known to be on the interface's segment. .It Cm learn Ar interface Mark an interface as a .Dq learning interface. When a packet arrives on such an interface, the source address of the packet is entered into the address cache as being a destination address on the interface's segment. This is the default for all interfaces added to a bridge. .It Cm -learn Ar interface Clear the .Dq learning attribute on a member interface. .It Cm sticky Ar interface Mark an interface as a .Dq sticky interface. Dynamically learned address entries are treated at static once entered into the cache. Sticky entries are never aged out of the cache or replaced, even if the address is seen on a different interface. .It Cm -sticky Ar interface Clear the .Dq sticky attribute on a member interface. .It Cm private Ar interface Mark an interface as a .Dq private interface. A private interface does not forward any traffic to any other port that is also a private interface. .It Cm -private Ar interface Clear the .Dq private attribute on a member interface. .It Cm span Ar interface Add the interface named by .Ar interface as a span port on the bridge. Span ports transmit a copy of every frame received by the bridge. This is most useful for snooping a bridged network passively on another host connected to one of the span ports of the bridge. .It Cm -span Ar interface Delete the interface named by .Ar interface from the list of span ports of the bridge. .It Cm stp Ar interface Enable Spanning Tree protocol on .Ar interface . The .Xr if_bridge 4 driver has support for the IEEE 802.1D Spanning Tree protocol (STP). Spanning Tree is used to detect and remove loops in a network topology. .It Cm -stp Ar interface Disable Spanning Tree protocol on .Ar interface . This is the default for all interfaces added to a bridge. .It Cm edge Ar interface Set .Ar interface as an edge port. An edge port connects directly to end stations cannot create bridging loops in the network, this allows it to transition straight to forwarding. .It Cm -edge Ar interface Disable edge status on .Ar interface . .It Cm autoedge Ar interface Allow .Ar interface to automatically detect edge status. This is the default for all interfaces added to a bridge. .It Cm -autoedge Ar interface Disable automatic edge status on .Ar interface . .It Cm ptp Ar interface Set the .Ar interface as a point to point link. This is required for straight transitions to forwarding and should be enabled on a direct link to another RSTP capable switch. .It Cm -ptp Ar interface Disable point to point link status on .Ar interface . This should be disabled for a half duplex link and for an interface connected to a shared network segment, like a hub or a wireless network. .It Cm autoptp Ar interface Automatically detect the point to point status on .Ar interface by checking the full duplex link status. This is the default for interfaces added to the bridge. .It Cm -autoptp Ar interface Disable automatic point to point link detection on .Ar interface . .It Cm maxage Ar seconds Set the time that a Spanning Tree protocol configuration is valid. The default is 20 seconds. The minimum is 6 seconds and the maximum is 40 seconds. .It Cm fwddelay Ar seconds Set the time that must pass before an interface begins forwarding packets when Spanning Tree is enabled. The default is 15 seconds. The minimum is 4 seconds and the maximum is 30 seconds. .It Cm hellotime Ar seconds Set the time between broadcasting of Spanning Tree protocol configuration messages. The hello time may only be changed when operating in legacy stp mode. The default is 2 seconds. The minimum is 1 second and the maximum is 2 seconds. .It Cm priority Ar value Set the bridge priority for Spanning Tree. The default is 32768. The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 61440. .It Cm proto Ar value Set the Spanning Tree protocol. The default is rstp. The available options are stp and rstp. .It Cm holdcnt Ar value Set the transmit hold count for Spanning Tree. This is the number of packets transmitted before being rate limited. The default is 6. The minimum is 1 and the maximum is 10. .It Cm ifpriority Ar interface Ar value Set the Spanning Tree priority of .Ar interface to .Ar value . The default is 128. The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 240. .It Cm ifpathcost Ar interface Ar value Set the Spanning Tree path cost of .Ar interface to .Ar value . The default is calculated from the link speed. To change a previously selected path cost back to automatic, set the cost to 0. The minimum is 1 and the maximum is 200000000. .It Cm ifmaxaddr Ar interface Ar size Set the maximum number of hosts allowed from an interface, packets with unknown source addresses are dropped until an existing host cache entry expires or is removed. Set to 0 to disable. .El .Pp The following parameters are specific to lagg interfaces: .Bl -tag -width indent .It Cm laggport Ar interface Add the interface named by .Ar interface as a port of the aggregation interface. .It Cm -laggport Ar interface Remove the interface named by .Ar interface from the aggregation interface. .It Cm laggproto Ar proto Set the aggregation protocol. The default is failover. The available options are failover, fec, lacp, loadbalance, roundrobin and none. .El .Pp The following parameters are specific to IP tunnel interfaces, .Xr gif 4 : .Bl -tag -width indent .It Cm tunnel Ar src_addr dest_addr Configure the physical source and destination address for IP tunnel interfaces. The arguments .Ar src_addr and .Ar dest_addr are interpreted as the outer source/destination for the encapsulating IPv4/IPv6 header. .It Fl tunnel Unconfigure the physical source and destination address for IP tunnel interfaces previously configured with .Cm tunnel . .It Cm deletetunnel Another name for the .Fl tunnel parameter. .It Cm accept_rev_ethip_ver Set a flag to acccept both correct EtherIP packets and ones with reversed version field. Enabled by default. This is for backward compatibility with .Fx 6.1 , 6.2, 6.3, 7.0, and 7.1. .It Cm -accept_rev_ethip_ver Clear a flag .Cm accept_rev_ethip_ver . .It Cm send_rev_ethip_ver Set a flag to send EtherIP packets with reversed version field intentionally. Disabled by default. This is for backward compatibility with .Fx 6.1 , 6.2, 6.3, 7.0, and 7.1. .It Cm -send_rev_ethip_ver Clear a flag .Cm send_rev_ethip_ver . .El .Pp The following parameters are specific to GRE tunnel interfaces, .Xr gre 4 : .Bl -tag -width indent .It Cm grekey Ar key Configure the GRE key to be used for outgoing packets. Note that .Xr gre 4 will always accept GRE packets with invalid or absent keys. This command will result in a four byte MTU reduction on the interface. .El .Pp The following parameters are specific to .Xr pfsync 4 interfaces: .Bl -tag -width indent .It Cm maxupd Ar n Set the maximum number of updates for a single state which can be collapsed into one. This is an 8-bit number; the default value is 128. .El .Pp The following parameters are specific to .Xr vlan 4 interfaces: .Bl -tag -width indent .It Cm vlan Ar vlan_tag Set the VLAN tag value to .Ar vlan_tag . This value is a 16-bit number which is used to create an 802.1Q VLAN header for packets sent from the .Xr vlan 4 interface. Note that .Cm vlan and .Cm vlandev must both be set at the same time. .It Cm vlandev Ar iface Associate the physical interface .Ar iface with a .Xr vlan 4 interface. Packets transmitted through the .Xr vlan 4 interface will be diverted to the specified physical interface .Ar iface with 802.1Q VLAN encapsulation. Packets with 802.1Q encapsulation received by the parent interface with the correct VLAN tag will be diverted to the associated .Xr vlan 4 pseudo-interface. The .Xr vlan 4 interface is assigned a copy of the parent interface's flags and the parent's ethernet address. The .Cm vlandev and .Cm vlan must both be set at the same time. If the .Xr vlan 4 interface already has a physical interface associated with it, this command will fail. To change the association to another physical interface, the existing association must be cleared first. .Pp Note: if the hardware tagging capability is set on the parent interface, the .Xr vlan 4 pseudo interface's behavior changes: the .Xr vlan 4 interface recognizes that the parent interface supports insertion and extraction of VLAN tags on its own (usually in firmware) and that it should pass packets to and from the parent unaltered. .It Fl vlandev Op Ar iface If the driver is a .Xr vlan 4 pseudo device, disassociate the parent interface from it. This breaks the link between the .Xr vlan 4 interface and its parent, clears its VLAN tag, flags and its link address and shuts the interface down. The .Ar iface argument is useless and hence deprecated. .El .Pp The following parameters are specific to .Xr carp 4 interfaces: .Bl -tag -width indent .It Cm advbase Ar seconds Specifies the base of the advertisement interval in seconds. The acceptable values are 1 to 255. The default value is 1. .\" The default value is .\" .Dv CARP_DFLTINTV . .It Cm advskew Ar interval Specifies the skew to add to the base advertisement interval to make one host advertise slower than another host. It is specified in 1/256 of seconds. The acceptable values are 1 to 254. The default value is 0. .It Cm pass Ar phrase Set the authentication key to .Ar phrase . .It Cm vhid Ar n Set the virtual host ID. This is a required setting. Acceptable values are 1 to 255. .El .Pp The .Nm utility displays the current configuration for a network interface when no optional parameters are supplied. If a protocol family is specified, .Nm will report only the details specific to that protocol family. .Pp If the .Fl m flag is passed before an interface name, .Nm will display the capability list and all of the supported media for the specified interface. If .Fl L flag is supplied, address lifetime is displayed for IPv6 addresses, as time offset string. .Pp Optionally, the .Fl a flag may be used instead of an interface name. This flag instructs .Nm to display information about all interfaces in the system. The .Fl d flag limits this to interfaces that are down, and .Fl u limits this to interfaces that are up. When no arguments are given, .Fl a is implied. .Pp The .Fl l flag may be used to list all available interfaces on the system, with no other additional information. Use of this flag is mutually exclusive with all other flags and commands, except for .Fl d (only list interfaces that are down) and .Fl u (only list interfaces that are up). .Pp The .Fl v flag may be used to get more verbose status for an interface. .Pp The .Fl C flag may be used to list all of the interface cloners available on the system, with no additional information. Use of this flag is mutually exclusive with all other flags and commands. .Pp The .Fl k flag causes keying information for the interface, if available, to be printed. For example, the values of 802.11 WEP keys will be printed, if accessible to the current user. This information is not printed by default, as it may be considered sensitive. .Pp If the network interface driver is not present in the kernel then .Nm will attempt to load it. The .Fl n flag disables this behavior. .Pp Only the super-user may modify the configuration of a network interface. .Sh NOTES The media selection system is relatively new and only some drivers support it (or have need for it). .Sh EXAMPLES Assign the IPv4 address .Li 192.0.2.10 , with a network mask of .Li 255.255.255.0 , to the interface .Li fxp0 : .Dl # ifconfig fxp0 inet 192.0.2.10 netmask 255.255.255.0 .Pp Add the IPv4 address .Li 192.0.2.45 , with the CIDR network prefix .Li /28 , to the interface .Li ed0 , using .Cm add as a synonym for the canonical form of the option .Cm alias : .Dl # ifconfig ed0 inet 192.0.2.45/28 add .Pp Remove the IPv4 address .Li 192.0.2.45 from the interface .Li ed0 : .Dl # ifconfig ed0 inet 192.0.2.45 -alias .Pp Add the IPv6 address .Li 2001:DB8:DBDB::123/48 to the interface .Li em0 : .Dl # ifconfig em0 inet6 2001:db8:bdbd::123 prefixlen 48 alias Note that lower case hexadecimal IPv6 addresses are acceptable. .Pp Remove the IPv6 address added in the above example, using the .Li / character as shorthand for the network prefix, and using .Cm delete as a synonym for the canonical form of the option .Fl alias : .Dl # ifconfig em0 inet6 2001:db8:bdbd::123/48 delete .Pp Configure the interface .Li xl0 , to use 100baseTX, full duplex Ethernet media options: .Dl # ifconfig xl0 media 100baseTX mediaopt full-duplex +.Pp +Label the em0 interface as an uplink: +.Pp +.Dl # ifconfig em0 description \&"Uplink to Gigabit Switch 2\&" .Pp Create the software network interface .Li gif1 : .Dl # ifconfig gif1 create .Pp Destroy the software network interface .Li gif1 : .Dl # ifconfig gif1 destroy .Sh DIAGNOSTICS Messages indicating the specified interface does not exist, the requested address is unknown, or the user is not privileged and tried to alter an interface's configuration. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr netstat 1 , .Xr carp 4 , .Xr gif 4 , .Xr netintro 4 , .Xr pfsync 4 , .Xr polling 4 , .Xr vlan 4 , .\" .Xr eon 5 , .Xr rc 8 , .Xr routed 8 , .Xr jail 8 , .Xr sysctl 8 .Sh HISTORY The .Nm utility appeared in .Bx 4.2 . .Sh BUGS Basic IPv6 node operation requires a link-local address on each interface configured for IPv6. Normally, such an address is automatically configured by the kernel on each interface added to the system; this behaviour may be disabled by setting the sysctl MIB variable .Va net.inet6.ip6.auto_linklocal to 0. .Pp If you delete such an address using .Nm , the kernel may act very odd. Do this at your own risk. Index: stable/8/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c =================================================================== --- stable/8/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c (revision 204344) @@ -1,1105 +1,1163 @@ /* * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifndef lint static const char copyright[] = "@(#) Copyright (c) 1983, 1993\n\ The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.\n"; #endif /* not lint */ #ifndef lint #if 0 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ifconfig.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 2/16/94"; #endif static const char rcsid[] = "$FreeBSD$"; #endif /* not lint */ #include #include #include -#include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include /* IP */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "ifconfig.h" /* * Since "struct ifreq" is composed of various union members, callers * should pay special attention to interprete the value. * (.e.g. little/big endian difference in the structure.) */ struct ifreq ifr; char name[IFNAMSIZ]; +char *descr = NULL; +size_t descrlen = 64; int setaddr; int setmask; int doalias; int clearaddr; int newaddr = 1; int verbose; int noload; int supmedia = 0; int printkeys = 0; /* Print keying material for interfaces. */ static int ifconfig(int argc, char *const *argv, int iscreate, const struct afswtch *afp); static void status(const struct afswtch *afp, const struct sockaddr_dl *sdl, struct ifaddrs *ifa); static void tunnel_status(int s); static void usage(void); static struct afswtch *af_getbyname(const char *name); static struct afswtch *af_getbyfamily(int af); static void af_other_status(int); static struct option *opts = NULL; void opt_register(struct option *p) { p->next = opts; opts = p; } static void usage(void) { char options[1024]; struct option *p; /* XXX not right but close enough for now */ options[0] = '\0'; for (p = opts; p != NULL; p = p->next) { strlcat(options, p->opt_usage, sizeof(options)); strlcat(options, " ", sizeof(options)); } fprintf(stderr, "usage: ifconfig %sinterface address_family [address [dest_address]]\n" " [parameters]\n" " ifconfig interface create\n" " ifconfig -a %s[-d] [-m] [-u] [-v] [address_family]\n" " ifconfig -l [-d] [-u] [address_family]\n" " ifconfig %s[-d] [-m] [-u] [-v]\n", options, options, options); exit(1); } int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { int c, all, namesonly, downonly, uponly; const struct afswtch *afp = NULL; int ifindex; struct ifaddrs *ifap, *ifa; struct ifreq paifr; const struct sockaddr_dl *sdl; char options[1024], *cp; const char *ifname; struct option *p; size_t iflen; all = downonly = uponly = namesonly = noload = verbose = 0; /* Parse leading line options */ strlcpy(options, "adklmnuv", sizeof(options)); for (p = opts; p != NULL; p = p->next) strlcat(options, p->opt, sizeof(options)); while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, options)) != -1) { switch (c) { case 'a': /* scan all interfaces */ all++; break; case 'd': /* restrict scan to "down" interfaces */ downonly++; break; case 'k': printkeys++; break; case 'l': /* scan interface names only */ namesonly++; break; case 'm': /* show media choices in status */ supmedia = 1; break; case 'n': /* suppress module loading */ noload++; break; case 'u': /* restrict scan to "up" interfaces */ uponly++; break; case 'v': verbose++; break; default: for (p = opts; p != NULL; p = p->next) if (p->opt[0] == c) { p->cb(optarg); break; } if (p == NULL) usage(); break; } } argc -= optind; argv += optind; /* -l cannot be used with -a or -m */ if (namesonly && (all || supmedia)) usage(); /* nonsense.. */ if (uponly && downonly) usage(); /* no arguments is equivalent to '-a' */ if (!namesonly && argc < 1) all = 1; /* -a and -l allow an address family arg to limit the output */ if (all || namesonly) { if (argc > 1) usage(); ifname = NULL; ifindex = 0; if (argc == 1) { afp = af_getbyname(*argv); if (afp == NULL) usage(); if (afp->af_name != NULL) argc--, argv++; /* leave with afp non-zero */ } } else { /* not listing, need an argument */ if (argc < 1) usage(); ifname = *argv; argc--, argv++; /* check and maybe load support for this interface */ ifmaybeload(ifname); ifindex = if_nametoindex(ifname); if (ifindex == 0) { /* * NOTE: We must special-case the `create' command * right here as we would otherwise fail when trying * to find the interface. */ if (argc > 0 && (strcmp(argv[0], "create") == 0 || strcmp(argv[0], "plumb") == 0)) { iflen = strlcpy(name, ifname, sizeof(name)); if (iflen >= sizeof(name)) errx(1, "%s: cloning name too long", ifname); ifconfig(argc, argv, 1, NULL); exit(0); } /* * NOTE: We have to special-case the `-vnet' command * right here as we would otherwise fail when trying * to find the interface as it lives in another vnet. */ if (argc > 0 && (strcmp(argv[0], "-vnet") == 0)) { iflen = strlcpy(name, ifname, sizeof(name)); if (iflen >= sizeof(name)) errx(1, "%s: interface name too long", ifname); ifconfig(argc, argv, 0, NULL); exit(0); } errx(1, "interface %s does not exist", ifname); } } /* Check for address family */ if (argc > 0) { afp = af_getbyname(*argv); if (afp != NULL) argc--, argv++; } if (getifaddrs(&ifap) != 0) err(EXIT_FAILURE, "getifaddrs"); cp = NULL; ifindex = 0; for (ifa = ifap; ifa; ifa = ifa->ifa_next) { memset(&paifr, 0, sizeof(paifr)); strncpy(paifr.ifr_name, ifa->ifa_name, sizeof(paifr.ifr_name)); if (sizeof(paifr.ifr_addr) >= ifa->ifa_addr->sa_len) { memcpy(&paifr.ifr_addr, ifa->ifa_addr, ifa->ifa_addr->sa_len); } if (ifname != NULL && strcmp(ifname, ifa->ifa_name) != 0) continue; if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_LINK) sdl = (const struct sockaddr_dl *) ifa->ifa_addr; else sdl = NULL; if (cp != NULL && strcmp(cp, ifa->ifa_name) == 0) continue; iflen = strlcpy(name, ifa->ifa_name, sizeof(name)); if (iflen >= sizeof(name)) { warnx("%s: interface name too long, skipping", ifa->ifa_name); continue; } cp = ifa->ifa_name; if (downonly && (ifa->ifa_flags & IFF_UP) != 0) continue; if (uponly && (ifa->ifa_flags & IFF_UP) == 0) continue; ifindex++; /* * Are we just listing the interfaces? */ if (namesonly) { if (ifindex > 1) printf(" "); fputs(name, stdout); continue; } if (argc > 0) ifconfig(argc, argv, 0, afp); else status(afp, sdl, ifa); } if (namesonly) printf("\n"); freeifaddrs(ifap); exit(0); } static struct afswtch *afs = NULL; void af_register(struct afswtch *p) { p->af_next = afs; afs = p; } static struct afswtch * af_getbyname(const char *name) { struct afswtch *afp; for (afp = afs; afp != NULL; afp = afp->af_next) if (strcmp(afp->af_name, name) == 0) return afp; return NULL; } static struct afswtch * af_getbyfamily(int af) { struct afswtch *afp; for (afp = afs; afp != NULL; afp = afp->af_next) if (afp->af_af == af) return afp; return NULL; } static void af_other_status(int s) { struct afswtch *afp; uint8_t afmask[howmany(AF_MAX, NBBY)]; memset(afmask, 0, sizeof(afmask)); for (afp = afs; afp != NULL; afp = afp->af_next) { if (afp->af_other_status == NULL) continue; if (afp->af_af != AF_UNSPEC && isset(afmask, afp->af_af)) continue; afp->af_other_status(s); setbit(afmask, afp->af_af); } } static void af_all_tunnel_status(int s) { struct afswtch *afp; uint8_t afmask[howmany(AF_MAX, NBBY)]; memset(afmask, 0, sizeof(afmask)); for (afp = afs; afp != NULL; afp = afp->af_next) { if (afp->af_status_tunnel == NULL) continue; if (afp->af_af != AF_UNSPEC && isset(afmask, afp->af_af)) continue; afp->af_status_tunnel(s); setbit(afmask, afp->af_af); } } static struct cmd *cmds = NULL; void cmd_register(struct cmd *p) { p->c_next = cmds; cmds = p; } static const struct cmd * cmd_lookup(const char *name, int iscreate) { #define N(a) (sizeof(a)/sizeof(a[0])) const struct cmd *p; for (p = cmds; p != NULL; p = p->c_next) if (strcmp(name, p->c_name) == 0) { if (iscreate) { if (p->c_iscloneop) return p; } else { if (!p->c_iscloneop) return p; } } return NULL; #undef N } struct callback { callback_func *cb_func; void *cb_arg; struct callback *cb_next; }; static struct callback *callbacks = NULL; void callback_register(callback_func *func, void *arg) { struct callback *cb; cb = malloc(sizeof(struct callback)); if (cb == NULL) errx(1, "unable to allocate memory for callback"); cb->cb_func = func; cb->cb_arg = arg; cb->cb_next = callbacks; callbacks = cb; } /* specially-handled commands */ static void setifaddr(const char *, int, int, const struct afswtch *); static const struct cmd setifaddr_cmd = DEF_CMD("ifaddr", 0, setifaddr); static void setifdstaddr(const char *, int, int, const struct afswtch *); static const struct cmd setifdstaddr_cmd = DEF_CMD("ifdstaddr", 0, setifdstaddr); static int ifconfig(int argc, char *const *argv, int iscreate, const struct afswtch *uafp) { const struct afswtch *afp, *nafp; const struct cmd *p; struct callback *cb; int s; strncpy(ifr.ifr_name, name, sizeof ifr.ifr_name); afp = uafp != NULL ? uafp : af_getbyname("inet"); top: ifr.ifr_addr.sa_family = afp->af_af == AF_LINK || afp->af_af == AF_UNSPEC ? AF_LOCAL : afp->af_af; if ((s = socket(ifr.ifr_addr.sa_family, SOCK_DGRAM, 0)) < 0 && (uafp != NULL || errno != EPROTONOSUPPORT || (s = socket(AF_LOCAL, SOCK_DGRAM, 0)) < 0)) err(1, "socket(family %u,SOCK_DGRAM", ifr.ifr_addr.sa_family); while (argc > 0) { p = cmd_lookup(*argv, iscreate); if (iscreate && p == NULL) { /* * Push the clone create callback so the new * device is created and can be used for any * remaining arguments. */ cb = callbacks; if (cb == NULL) errx(1, "internal error, no callback"); callbacks = cb->cb_next; cb->cb_func(s, cb->cb_arg); iscreate = 0; /* * Handle any address family spec that * immediately follows and potentially * recreate the socket. */ nafp = af_getbyname(*argv); if (nafp != NULL) { argc--, argv++; if (nafp != afp) { close(s); afp = nafp; goto top; } } /* * Look for a normal parameter. */ continue; } if (p == NULL) { /* * Not a recognized command, choose between setting * the interface address and the dst address. */ p = (setaddr ? &setifdstaddr_cmd : &setifaddr_cmd); } if (p->c_u.c_func || p->c_u.c_func2) { if (p->c_parameter == NEXTARG) { if (argv[1] == NULL) errx(1, "'%s' requires argument", p->c_name); p->c_u.c_func(argv[1], 0, s, afp); argc--, argv++; } else if (p->c_parameter == OPTARG) { p->c_u.c_func(argv[1], 0, s, afp); if (argv[1] != NULL) argc--, argv++; } else if (p->c_parameter == NEXTARG2) { if (argc < 3) errx(1, "'%s' requires 2 arguments", p->c_name); p->c_u.c_func2(argv[1], argv[2], s, afp); argc -= 2, argv += 2; } else p->c_u.c_func(*argv, p->c_parameter, s, afp); } argc--, argv++; } /* * Do any post argument processing required by the address family. */ if (afp->af_postproc != NULL) afp->af_postproc(s, afp); /* * Do deferred callbacks registered while processing * command-line arguments. */ for (cb = callbacks; cb != NULL; cb = cb->cb_next) cb->cb_func(s, cb->cb_arg); /* * Do deferred operations. */ if (clearaddr) { if (afp->af_ridreq == NULL || afp->af_difaddr == 0) { warnx("interface %s cannot change %s addresses!", name, afp->af_name); clearaddr = 0; } } if (clearaddr) { int ret; strncpy(afp->af_ridreq, name, sizeof ifr.ifr_name); ret = ioctl(s, afp->af_difaddr, afp->af_ridreq); if (ret < 0) { if (errno == EADDRNOTAVAIL && (doalias >= 0)) { /* means no previous address for interface */ } else Perror("ioctl (SIOCDIFADDR)"); } } if (newaddr) { if (afp->af_addreq == NULL || afp->af_aifaddr == 0) { warnx("interface %s cannot change %s addresses!", name, afp->af_name); newaddr = 0; } } if (newaddr && (setaddr || setmask)) { strncpy(afp->af_addreq, name, sizeof ifr.ifr_name); if (ioctl(s, afp->af_aifaddr, afp->af_addreq) < 0) Perror("ioctl (SIOCAIFADDR)"); } close(s); return(0); } /*ARGSUSED*/ static void setifaddr(const char *addr, int param, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) { if (afp->af_getaddr == NULL) return; /* * Delay the ioctl to set the interface addr until flags are all set. * The address interpretation may depend on the flags, * and the flags may change when the address is set. */ setaddr++; if (doalias == 0 && afp->af_af != AF_LINK) clearaddr = 1; afp->af_getaddr(addr, (doalias >= 0 ? ADDR : RIDADDR)); } static void settunnel(const char *src, const char *dst, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) { struct addrinfo *srcres, *dstres; int ecode; if (afp->af_settunnel == NULL) { warn("address family %s does not support tunnel setup", afp->af_name); return; } if ((ecode = getaddrinfo(src, NULL, NULL, &srcres)) != 0) errx(1, "error in parsing address string: %s", gai_strerror(ecode)); if ((ecode = getaddrinfo(dst, NULL, NULL, &dstres)) != 0) errx(1, "error in parsing address string: %s", gai_strerror(ecode)); if (srcres->ai_addr->sa_family != dstres->ai_addr->sa_family) errx(1, "source and destination address families do not match"); afp->af_settunnel(s, srcres, dstres); freeaddrinfo(srcres); freeaddrinfo(dstres); } /* ARGSUSED */ static void deletetunnel(const char *vname, int param, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) { if (ioctl(s, SIOCDIFPHYADDR, &ifr) < 0) err(1, "SIOCDIFPHYADDR"); } static void setifvnet(const char *jname, int dummy __unused, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) { struct ifreq my_ifr; memcpy(&my_ifr, &ifr, sizeof(my_ifr)); my_ifr.ifr_jid = jail_getid(jname); if (my_ifr.ifr_jid < 0) errx(1, "%s", jail_errmsg); if (ioctl(s, SIOCSIFVNET, &my_ifr) < 0) err(1, "SIOCSIFVNET"); } static void setifrvnet(const char *jname, int dummy __unused, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) { struct ifreq my_ifr; memcpy(&my_ifr, &ifr, sizeof(my_ifr)); my_ifr.ifr_jid = jail_getid(jname); if (my_ifr.ifr_jid < 0) errx(1, "%s", jail_errmsg); if (ioctl(s, SIOCSIFRVNET, &my_ifr) < 0) err(1, "SIOCSIFRVNET(%d, %s)", my_ifr.ifr_jid, my_ifr.ifr_name); } static void setifnetmask(const char *addr, int dummy __unused, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) { if (afp->af_getaddr != NULL) { setmask++; afp->af_getaddr(addr, MASK); } } static void setifbroadaddr(const char *addr, int dummy __unused, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) { if (afp->af_getaddr != NULL) afp->af_getaddr(addr, DSTADDR); } static void setifipdst(const char *addr, int dummy __unused, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) { const struct afswtch *inet; inet = af_getbyname("inet"); if (inet == NULL) return; inet->af_getaddr(addr, DSTADDR); clearaddr = 0; newaddr = 0; } static void notealias(const char *addr, int param, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) { #define rqtosa(x) (&(((struct ifreq *)(afp->x))->ifr_addr)) if (setaddr && doalias == 0 && param < 0) if (afp->af_addreq != NULL && afp->af_ridreq != NULL) bcopy((caddr_t)rqtosa(af_addreq), (caddr_t)rqtosa(af_ridreq), rqtosa(af_addreq)->sa_len); doalias = param; if (param < 0) { clearaddr = 1; newaddr = 0; } else clearaddr = 0; #undef rqtosa } /*ARGSUSED*/ static void setifdstaddr(const char *addr, int param __unused, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) { if (afp->af_getaddr != NULL) afp->af_getaddr(addr, DSTADDR); } /* * Note: doing an SIOCIGIFFLAGS scribbles on the union portion * of the ifreq structure, which may confuse other parts of ifconfig. * Make a private copy so we can avoid that. */ static void setifflags(const char *vname, int value, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) { struct ifreq my_ifr; int flags; memset(&my_ifr, 0, sizeof(my_ifr)); (void) strlcpy(my_ifr.ifr_name, name, sizeof(my_ifr.ifr_name)); if (ioctl(s, SIOCGIFFLAGS, (caddr_t)&my_ifr) < 0) { Perror("ioctl (SIOCGIFFLAGS)"); exit(1); } flags = (my_ifr.ifr_flags & 0xffff) | (my_ifr.ifr_flagshigh << 16); if (value < 0) { value = -value; flags &= ~value; } else flags |= value; my_ifr.ifr_flags = flags & 0xffff; my_ifr.ifr_flagshigh = flags >> 16; if (ioctl(s, SIOCSIFFLAGS, (caddr_t)&my_ifr) < 0) Perror(vname); } void setifcap(const char *vname, int value, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) { int flags; if (ioctl(s, SIOCGIFCAP, (caddr_t)&ifr) < 0) { Perror("ioctl (SIOCGIFCAP)"); exit(1); } flags = ifr.ifr_curcap; if (value < 0) { value = -value; flags &= ~value; } else flags |= value; flags &= ifr.ifr_reqcap; ifr.ifr_reqcap = flags; if (ioctl(s, SIOCSIFCAP, (caddr_t)&ifr) < 0) Perror(vname); } static void setifmetric(const char *val, int dummy __unused, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) { strncpy(ifr.ifr_name, name, sizeof (ifr.ifr_name)); ifr.ifr_metric = atoi(val); if (ioctl(s, SIOCSIFMETRIC, (caddr_t)&ifr) < 0) warn("ioctl (set metric)"); } static void setifmtu(const char *val, int dummy __unused, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) { strncpy(ifr.ifr_name, name, sizeof (ifr.ifr_name)); ifr.ifr_mtu = atoi(val); if (ioctl(s, SIOCSIFMTU, (caddr_t)&ifr) < 0) warn("ioctl (set mtu)"); } static void setifname(const char *val, int dummy __unused, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) { char *newname; newname = strdup(val); if (newname == NULL) { warn("no memory to set ifname"); return; } ifr.ifr_data = newname; if (ioctl(s, SIOCSIFNAME, (caddr_t)&ifr) < 0) { warn("ioctl (set name)"); free(newname); return; } strlcpy(name, newname, sizeof(name)); free(newname); } +/* ARGSUSED */ +static void +setifdescr(const char *val, int dummy __unused, int s, + const struct afswtch *afp) +{ + char *newdescr; + + ifr.ifr_buffer.length = strlen(val) + 1; + if (ifr.ifr_buffer.length == 1) { + ifr.ifr_buffer.buffer = newdescr = NULL; + ifr.ifr_buffer.length = 0; + } else { + newdescr = strdup(val); + ifr.ifr_buffer.buffer = newdescr; + if (newdescr == NULL) { + warn("no memory to set ifdescr"); + return; + } + } + + if (ioctl(s, SIOCSIFDESCR, (caddr_t)&ifr) < 0) + warn("ioctl (set descr)"); + + free(newdescr); +} + +/* ARGSUSED */ +static void +unsetifdescr(const char *val, int value, int s, const struct afswtch *afp) +{ + + setifdescr("", 0, s, 0); +} + #define IFFBITS \ "\020\1UP\2BROADCAST\3DEBUG\4LOOPBACK\5POINTOPOINT\6SMART\7RUNNING" \ "\10NOARP\11PROMISC\12ALLMULTI\13OACTIVE\14SIMPLEX\15LINK0\16LINK1\17LINK2" \ "\20MULTICAST\22PPROMISC\23MONITOR\24STATICARP" #define IFCAPBITS \ "\020\1RXCSUM\2TXCSUM\3NETCONS\4VLAN_MTU\5VLAN_HWTAGGING\6JUMBO_MTU\7POLLING" \ "\10VLAN_HWCSUM\11TSO4\12TSO6\13LRO\14WOL_UCAST\15WOL_MCAST\16WOL_MAGIC" \ "\21VLAN_HWFILTER" /* * Print the status of the interface. If an address family was * specified, show only it; otherwise, show them all. */ static void status(const struct afswtch *afp, const struct sockaddr_dl *sdl, struct ifaddrs *ifa) { struct ifaddrs *ift; int allfamilies, s; struct ifstat ifs; if (afp == NULL) { allfamilies = 1; ifr.ifr_addr.sa_family = AF_LOCAL; } else { allfamilies = 0; ifr.ifr_addr.sa_family = afp->af_af == AF_LINK ? AF_LOCAL : afp->af_af; } strncpy(ifr.ifr_name, name, sizeof(ifr.ifr_name)); s = socket(ifr.ifr_addr.sa_family, SOCK_DGRAM, 0); if (s < 0) err(1, "socket(family %u,SOCK_DGRAM)", ifr.ifr_addr.sa_family); printf("%s: ", name); printb("flags", ifa->ifa_flags, IFFBITS); if (ioctl(s, SIOCGIFMETRIC, &ifr) != -1) printf(" metric %d", ifr.ifr_metric); if (ioctl(s, SIOCGIFMTU, &ifr) != -1) printf(" mtu %d", ifr.ifr_mtu); putchar('\n'); + for (;;) { + if ((descr = reallocf(descr, descrlen)) != NULL) { + ifr.ifr_buffer.buffer = descr; + ifr.ifr_buffer.length = descrlen; + if (ioctl(s, SIOCGIFDESCR, &ifr) == 0) { + if (strlen(descr) > 0) + printf("\tdescription: %s\n", descr); + break; + } else if (errno == ENAMETOOLONG) + descrlen = ifr.ifr_buffer.length; + else + break; + } else { + warn("unable to allocate memory for interface" + "description"); + break; + } + }; + if (ioctl(s, SIOCGIFCAP, (caddr_t)&ifr) == 0) { if (ifr.ifr_curcap != 0) { printb("\toptions", ifr.ifr_curcap, IFCAPBITS); putchar('\n'); } if (supmedia && ifr.ifr_reqcap != 0) { printb("\tcapabilities", ifr.ifr_reqcap, IFCAPBITS); putchar('\n'); } } tunnel_status(s); for (ift = ifa; ift != NULL; ift = ift->ifa_next) { if (ift->ifa_addr == NULL) continue; if (strcmp(ifa->ifa_name, ift->ifa_name) != 0) continue; if (allfamilies) { const struct afswtch *p; p = af_getbyfamily(ift->ifa_addr->sa_family); if (p != NULL && p->af_status != NULL) p->af_status(s, ift); } else if (afp->af_af == ift->ifa_addr->sa_family) afp->af_status(s, ift); } #if 0 if (allfamilies || afp->af_af == AF_LINK) { const struct afswtch *lafp; /* * Hack; the link level address is received separately * from the routing information so any address is not * handled above. Cobble together an entry and invoke * the status method specially. */ lafp = af_getbyname("lladdr"); if (lafp != NULL) { info.rti_info[RTAX_IFA] = (struct sockaddr *)sdl; lafp->af_status(s, &info); } } #endif if (allfamilies) af_other_status(s); else if (afp->af_other_status != NULL) afp->af_other_status(s); strncpy(ifs.ifs_name, name, sizeof ifs.ifs_name); if (ioctl(s, SIOCGIFSTATUS, &ifs) == 0) printf("%s", ifs.ascii); close(s); return; } static void tunnel_status(int s) { af_all_tunnel_status(s); } void Perror(const char *cmd) { switch (errno) { case ENXIO: errx(1, "%s: no such interface", cmd); break; case EPERM: errx(1, "%s: permission denied", cmd); break; default: err(1, "%s", cmd); } } /* * Print a value a la the %b format of the kernel's printf */ void printb(const char *s, unsigned v, const char *bits) { int i, any = 0; char c; if (bits && *bits == 8) printf("%s=%o", s, v); else printf("%s=%x", s, v); bits++; if (bits) { putchar('<'); while ((i = *bits++) != '\0') { if (v & (1 << (i-1))) { if (any) putchar(','); any = 1; for (; (c = *bits) > 32; bits++) putchar(c); } else for (; *bits > 32; bits++) ; } putchar('>'); } } void ifmaybeload(const char *name) { #define MOD_PREFIX_LEN 3 /* "if_" */ struct module_stat mstat; int fileid, modid; char ifkind[IFNAMSIZ + MOD_PREFIX_LEN], ifname[IFNAMSIZ], *dp; const char *cp; /* loading suppressed by the user */ if (noload) return; /* trim the interface number off the end */ strlcpy(ifname, name, sizeof(ifname)); for (dp = ifname; *dp != 0; dp++) if (isdigit(*dp)) { *dp = 0; break; } /* turn interface and unit into module name */ strcpy(ifkind, "if_"); strlcpy(ifkind + MOD_PREFIX_LEN, ifname, sizeof(ifkind) - MOD_PREFIX_LEN); /* scan files in kernel */ mstat.version = sizeof(struct module_stat); for (fileid = kldnext(0); fileid > 0; fileid = kldnext(fileid)) { /* scan modules in file */ for (modid = kldfirstmod(fileid); modid > 0; modid = modfnext(modid)) { if (modstat(modid, &mstat) < 0) continue; /* strip bus name if present */ if ((cp = strchr(mstat.name, '/')) != NULL) { cp++; } else { cp = mstat.name; } /* already loaded? */ if (strncmp(ifname, cp, strlen(ifname) + 1) == 0 || strncmp(ifkind, cp, strlen(ifkind) + 1) == 0) return; } } /* not present, we should try to load it */ kldload(ifkind); } static struct cmd basic_cmds[] = { DEF_CMD("up", IFF_UP, setifflags), DEF_CMD("down", -IFF_UP, setifflags), DEF_CMD("arp", -IFF_NOARP, setifflags), DEF_CMD("-arp", IFF_NOARP, setifflags), DEF_CMD("debug", IFF_DEBUG, setifflags), DEF_CMD("-debug", -IFF_DEBUG, setifflags), + DEF_CMD_ARG("description", setifdescr), + DEF_CMD_ARG("descr", setifdescr), + DEF_CMD("-description", 0, unsetifdescr), + DEF_CMD("-descr", 0, unsetifdescr), DEF_CMD("promisc", IFF_PPROMISC, setifflags), DEF_CMD("-promisc", -IFF_PPROMISC, setifflags), DEF_CMD("add", IFF_UP, notealias), DEF_CMD("alias", IFF_UP, notealias), DEF_CMD("-alias", -IFF_UP, notealias), DEF_CMD("delete", -IFF_UP, notealias), DEF_CMD("remove", -IFF_UP, notealias), #ifdef notdef #define EN_SWABIPS 0x1000 DEF_CMD("swabips", EN_SWABIPS, setifflags), DEF_CMD("-swabips", -EN_SWABIPS, setifflags), #endif DEF_CMD_ARG("netmask", setifnetmask), DEF_CMD_ARG("metric", setifmetric), DEF_CMD_ARG("broadcast", setifbroadaddr), DEF_CMD_ARG("ipdst", setifipdst), DEF_CMD_ARG2("tunnel", settunnel), DEF_CMD("-tunnel", 0, deletetunnel), DEF_CMD("deletetunnel", 0, deletetunnel), DEF_CMD_ARG("vnet", setifvnet), DEF_CMD_ARG("-vnet", setifrvnet), DEF_CMD("link0", IFF_LINK0, setifflags), DEF_CMD("-link0", -IFF_LINK0, setifflags), DEF_CMD("link1", IFF_LINK1, setifflags), DEF_CMD("-link1", -IFF_LINK1, setifflags), DEF_CMD("link2", IFF_LINK2, setifflags), DEF_CMD("-link2", -IFF_LINK2, setifflags), DEF_CMD("monitor", IFF_MONITOR, setifflags), DEF_CMD("-monitor", -IFF_MONITOR, setifflags), DEF_CMD("staticarp", IFF_STATICARP, setifflags), DEF_CMD("-staticarp", -IFF_STATICARP, setifflags), DEF_CMD("rxcsum", IFCAP_RXCSUM, setifcap), DEF_CMD("-rxcsum", -IFCAP_RXCSUM, setifcap), DEF_CMD("txcsum", IFCAP_TXCSUM, setifcap), DEF_CMD("-txcsum", -IFCAP_TXCSUM, setifcap), DEF_CMD("netcons", IFCAP_NETCONS, setifcap), DEF_CMD("-netcons", -IFCAP_NETCONS, setifcap), DEF_CMD("polling", IFCAP_POLLING, setifcap), DEF_CMD("-polling", -IFCAP_POLLING, setifcap), DEF_CMD("tso", IFCAP_TSO, setifcap), DEF_CMD("-tso", -IFCAP_TSO, setifcap), DEF_CMD("lro", IFCAP_LRO, setifcap), DEF_CMD("-lro", -IFCAP_LRO, setifcap), DEF_CMD("wol", IFCAP_WOL, setifcap), DEF_CMD("-wol", -IFCAP_WOL, setifcap), DEF_CMD("wol_ucast", IFCAP_WOL_UCAST, setifcap), DEF_CMD("-wol_ucast", -IFCAP_WOL_UCAST, setifcap), DEF_CMD("wol_mcast", IFCAP_WOL_MCAST, setifcap), DEF_CMD("-wol_mcast", -IFCAP_WOL_MCAST, setifcap), DEF_CMD("wol_magic", IFCAP_WOL_MAGIC, setifcap), DEF_CMD("-wol_magic", -IFCAP_WOL_MAGIC, setifcap), DEF_CMD("normal", -IFF_LINK0, setifflags), DEF_CMD("compress", IFF_LINK0, setifflags), DEF_CMD("noicmp", IFF_LINK1, setifflags), DEF_CMD_ARG("mtu", setifmtu), DEF_CMD_ARG("name", setifname), }; static __constructor void ifconfig_ctor(void) { #define N(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof(a[0])) size_t i; for (i = 0; i < N(basic_cmds); i++) cmd_register(&basic_cmds[i]); #undef N } Index: stable/8/sbin/ifconfig =================================================================== --- stable/8/sbin/ifconfig (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sbin/ifconfig (revision 204344) Property changes on: stable/8/sbin/ifconfig ___________________________________________________________________ Modified: svn:mergeinfo ## -0,0 +0,1 ## Merged /head/sbin/ifconfig:r203052 Index: stable/8/share/man/man4/netintro.4 =================================================================== --- stable/8/share/man/man4/netintro.4 (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/share/man/man4/netintro.4 (revision 204344) @@ -1,418 +1,454 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software .\" must display the following acknowledgement: .\" This product includes software developed by the University of .\" California, Berkeley and its contributors. .\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors .\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software .\" without specific prior written permission. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" @(#)netintro.4 8.2 (Berkeley) 11/30/93 .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" -.Dd June 18, 2004 +.Dd January 26, 2010 .Dt NETINTRO 4 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm networking .Nd introduction to networking facilities .Sh SYNOPSIS .In sys/types.h .In sys/time.h .In sys/socket.h .In net/if.h .In net/route.h .Sh DESCRIPTION This section is a general introduction to the networking facilities available in the system. Documentation in this part of section 4 is broken up into three areas: .Em protocol families (domains), .Em protocols , and .Em network interfaces . .Pp All network protocols are associated with a specific .Em protocol family . A protocol family provides basic services to the protocol implementation to allow it to function within a specific network environment. These services may include packet fragmentation and reassembly, routing, addressing, and basic transport. A protocol family may support multiple methods of addressing, though the current protocol implementations do not. A protocol family is normally comprised of a number of protocols, one per .Xr socket 2 type. It is not required that a protocol family support all socket types. A protocol family may contain multiple protocols supporting the same socket abstraction. .Pp A protocol supports one of the socket abstractions detailed in .Xr socket 2 . A specific protocol may be accessed either by creating a socket of the appropriate type and protocol family, or by requesting the protocol explicitly when creating a socket. Protocols normally accept only one type of address format, usually determined by the addressing structure inherent in the design of the protocol family/network architecture. Certain semantics of the basic socket abstractions are protocol specific. All protocols are expected to support the basic model for their particular socket type, but may, in addition, provide non-standard facilities or extensions to a mechanism. For example, a protocol supporting the .Dv SOCK_STREAM abstraction may allow more than one byte of out-of-band data to be transmitted per out-of-band message. .Pp A network interface is similar to a device interface. Network interfaces comprise the lowest layer of the networking subsystem, interacting with the actual transport hardware. An interface may support one or more protocol families and/or address formats. The SYNOPSIS section of each network interface entry gives a sample specification of the related drivers for use in providing a system description to the .Xr config 8 program. The DIAGNOSTICS section lists messages which may appear on the console and/or in the system error log, .Pa /var/log/messages (see .Xr syslogd 8 ) , due to errors in device operation. .Sh PROTOCOLS The system currently supports the Internet protocols, the Xerox Network Systems(tm) protocols, and some of the .Tn ISO OSI protocols. Raw socket interfaces are provided to the .Tn IP protocol layer of the Internet, and to the .Tn IDP protocol of Xerox .Tn NS . Consult the appropriate manual pages in this section for more information regarding the support for each protocol family. .Sh ADDRESSING Associated with each protocol family is an address format. All network addresses adhere to a general structure, called a sockaddr, described below. However, each protocol imposes finer and more specific structure, generally renaming the variant, which is discussed in the protocol family manual page alluded to above. .Bd -literal -offset indent struct sockaddr { u_char sa_len; u_char sa_family; char sa_data[14]; }; .Ed .Pp The field .Va sa_len contains the total length of the structure, which may exceed 16 bytes. The following address values for .Va sa_family are known to the system (and additional formats are defined for possible future implementation): .Bd -literal #define AF_UNIX 1 /* local to host (pipes, portals) */ #define AF_INET 2 /* internetwork: UDP, TCP, etc. */ #define AF_NS 6 /* Xerox NS protocols */ #define AF_CCITT 10 /* CCITT protocols, X.25 etc */ #define AF_HYLINK 15 /* NSC Hyperchannel */ #define AF_ISO 18 /* ISO protocols */ .Ed .Sh ROUTING .Fx provides some packet routing facilities. The kernel maintains a routing information database, which is used in selecting the appropriate network interface when transmitting packets. .Pp A user process (or possibly multiple co-operating processes) maintains this database by sending messages over a special kind of socket. This supplants fixed size .Xr ioctl 2 used in earlier releases. .Pp This facility is described in .Xr route 4 . .Sh INTERFACES Each network interface in a system corresponds to a path through which messages may be sent and received. A network interface usually has a hardware device associated with it, though certain interfaces such as the loopback interface, .Xr lo 4 , do not. .Pp The following .Xr ioctl 2 calls may be used to manipulate network interfaces. The .Fn ioctl is made on a socket (typically of type .Dv SOCK_DGRAM ) in the desired domain. Most of the requests supported in earlier releases take an .Vt ifreq structure as its parameter. This structure has the form .Bd -literal struct ifreq { #define IFNAMSIZ 16 char ifr_name[IFNAMSIZ]; /* if name, e.g. "en0" */ union { struct sockaddr ifru_addr; struct sockaddr ifru_dstaddr; struct sockaddr ifru_broadaddr; + struct ifreq_buffer ifru_buffer; short ifru_flags[2]; short ifru_index; int ifru_metric; int ifru_mtu; int ifru_phys; int ifru_media; caddr_t ifru_data; int ifru_cap[2]; } ifr_ifru; #define ifr_addr ifr_ifru.ifru_addr /* address */ #define ifr_dstaddr ifr_ifru.ifru_dstaddr /* other end of p-to-p link */ #define ifr_broadaddr ifr_ifru.ifru_broadaddr /* broadcast address */ +#define ifr_buffer ifr_ifru.ifru_buffer /* user supplied buffer with its length */ #define ifr_flags ifr_ifru.ifru_flags[0] /* flags (low 16 bits) */ #define ifr_flagshigh ifr_ifru.ifru_flags[1] /* flags (high 16 bits) */ #define ifr_metric ifr_ifru.ifru_metric /* metric */ #define ifr_mtu ifr_ifru.ifru_mtu /* mtu */ #define ifr_phys ifr_ifru.ifru_phys /* physical wire */ #define ifr_media ifr_ifru.ifru_media /* physical media */ #define ifr_data ifr_ifru.ifru_data /* for use by interface */ #define ifr_reqcap ifr_ifru.ifru_cap[0] /* requested capabilities */ #define ifr_curcap ifr_ifru.ifru_cap[1] /* current capabilities */ #define ifr_index ifr_ifru.ifru_index /* interface index */ }; .Ed .Pp Calls which are now deprecated are: .Bl -tag -width SIOCGIFBRDADDR .It Dv SIOCSIFADDR Set interface address for protocol family. Following the address assignment, the .Dq initialization routine for the interface is called. .It Dv SIOCSIFDSTADDR Set point to point address for protocol family and interface. .It Dv SIOCSIFBRDADDR Set broadcast address for protocol family and interface. .El .Pp .Fn Ioctl requests to obtain addresses and requests both to set and retrieve other data are still fully supported and use the .Vt ifreq structure: .Bl -tag -width SIOCGIFBRDADDR .It Dv SIOCGIFADDR Get interface address for protocol family. .It Dv SIOCGIFDSTADDR Get point to point address for protocol family and interface. .It Dv SIOCGIFBRDADDR Get broadcast address for protocol family and interface. .It Dv SIOCSIFCAP Attempt to set the enabled capabilities field for the interface to the value of the .Va ifr_reqcap field of the .Vt ifreq structure. Note that, depending on the particular interface features, some capabilities may appear hard-coded to enabled, or toggling a capability may affect the status of other ones. The supported capabilities field is read-only, and the .Va ifr_curcap field is unused by this call. .It Dv SIOCGIFCAP Get the interface capabilities fields. The values for supported and enabled capabilities will be returned in the .Va ifr_reqcap and .Va ifr_curcap fields of the .Vt ifreq structure, respectively. +.It Dv SIOCGIFDESCR +Get the interface description, returned in the +.Va buffer +field of +.Va ifru_buffer +struct. +The user supplied buffer length should be defined in the +.Va length +field of +.Va ifru_buffer +struct passed in as parameter, and the length would include +the terminating nul character. +If there is not enough space to hold the interface length, +no copy would be done and an +error would be returned. +The kernel will store the buffer length in the +.Va length +field upon return, regardless whether the buffer itself is +sufficient to hold the data. +.It Dv SIOCSIFDESCR +Set the interface description to the value of the +.Va buffer +field of +.Va ifru_buffer +struct, with +.Va length +field specifying its length (counting the terminating nul). .It Dv SIOCSIFFLAGS Set interface flags field. If the interface is marked down, any processes currently routing packets through the interface are notified; some interfaces may be reset so that incoming packets are no longer received. When marked up again, the interface is reinitialized. .It Dv SIOCGIFFLAGS Get interface flags. .It Dv SIOCSIFMETRIC Set interface routing metric. The metric is used only by user-level routers. .It Dv SIOCGIFMETRIC Get interface metric. .It Dv SIOCIFCREATE Attempt to create the specified interface. If the interface name is given without a unit number the system will attempt to create a new interface with an arbitrary unit number. On successful return the .Va ifr_name field will contain the new interface name. .It Dv SIOCIFDESTROY Attempt to destroy the specified interface. .El .Pp There are two requests that make use of a new structure: .Bl -tag -width SIOCGIFBRDADDR .It Dv SIOCAIFADDR An interface may have more than one address associated with it in some protocols. This request provides a means to add additional addresses (or modify characteristics of the primary address if the default address for the address family is specified). Rather than making separate calls to set destination or broadcast addresses, or network masks (now an integral feature of multiple protocols) a separate structure is used to specify all three facets simultaneously (see below). One would use a slightly tailored version of this struct specific to each family (replacing each sockaddr by one of the family-specific type). Where the sockaddr itself is larger than the default size, one needs to modify the .Fn ioctl identifier itself to include the total size, as described in .Fn ioctl . .It Dv SIOCDIFADDR This requests deletes the specified address from the list associated with an interface. It also uses the .Vt ifaliasreq structure to allow for the possibility of protocols allowing multiple masks or destination addresses, and also adopts the convention that specification of the default address means to delete the first address for the interface belonging to the address family in which the original socket was opened. .It Dv SIOCGIFCONF Get interface configuration list. This request takes an .Vt ifconf structure (see below) as a value-result parameter. The .Va ifc_len field should be initially set to the size of the buffer pointed to by .Va ifc_buf . On return it will contain the length, in bytes, of the configuration list. .It Dv SIOCIFGCLONERS Get list of clonable interfaces. This request takes an .Vt if_clonereq structure (see below) as a value-result parameter. The .Va ifcr_count field should be set to the number of .Dv IFNAMSIZ sized strings that can be fit in the buffer pointed to by .Va ifcr_buffer . On return, .Va ifcr_total will be set to the number of clonable interfaces and the buffer pointed to by .Va ifcr_buffer will be filled with the names of clonable interfaces aligned on .Dv IFNAMSIZ boundaries. .El .Bd -literal /* * Structure used in SIOCAIFCONF request. */ struct ifaliasreq { char ifra_name[IFNAMSIZ]; /* if name, e.g. "en0" */ struct sockaddr ifra_addr; struct sockaddr ifra_broadaddr; struct sockaddr ifra_mask; }; .Ed .Pp .Bd -literal /* * Structure used in SIOCGIFCONF request. * Used to retrieve interface configuration * for machine (useful for programs which * must know all networks accessible). */ struct ifconf { int ifc_len; /* size of associated buffer */ union { caddr_t ifcu_buf; struct ifreq *ifcu_req; } ifc_ifcu; #define ifc_buf ifc_ifcu.ifcu_buf /* buffer address */ #define ifc_req ifc_ifcu.ifcu_req /* array of structures returned */ }; .Ed .Pp .Bd -literal /* Structure used in SIOCIFGCLONERS request. */ struct if_clonereq { int ifcr_total; /* total cloners (out) */ int ifcr_count; /* room for this many in user buffer */ char *ifcr_buffer; /* buffer for cloner names */ +}; +.Ed +.Bd -literal +/* Structure used in SIOCGIFDESCR and SIOCSIFDESCR requests */ +struct ifreq_buffer { + size_t length; /* length of the buffer */ + void *buffer; /* pointer to userland space buffer */ }; .Ed .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr ioctl 2 , .Xr socket 2 , .Xr intro 4 , .Xr config 8 , .Xr routed 8 , .Xr ifnet 9 .Sh HISTORY The .Nm netintro manual appeared in .Bx 4.3 tahoe . Index: stable/8/share/man/man4 =================================================================== --- stable/8/share/man/man4 (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/share/man/man4 (revision 204344) Property changes on: stable/8/share/man/man4 ___________________________________________________________________ Modified: svn:mergeinfo ## -0,0 +0,1 ## Merged /head/share/man/man4:r203052 Index: stable/8/sys/amd64/include/xen =================================================================== --- stable/8/sys/amd64/include/xen (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sys/amd64/include/xen (revision 204344) Property changes on: stable/8/sys/amd64/include/xen ___________________________________________________________________ Modified: svn:mergeinfo ## -0,0 +0,1 ## Merged /head/sys/amd64/include/xen:r203052 Index: stable/8/sys/cddl/contrib/opensolaris =================================================================== --- stable/8/sys/cddl/contrib/opensolaris (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sys/cddl/contrib/opensolaris (revision 204344) Property changes on: stable/8/sys/cddl/contrib/opensolaris ___________________________________________________________________ Modified: svn:mergeinfo ## -0,0 +0,1 ## Merged /head/sys/cddl/contrib/opensolaris:r203052 Index: stable/8/sys/contrib/dev/acpica =================================================================== --- stable/8/sys/contrib/dev/acpica (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sys/contrib/dev/acpica (revision 204344) Property changes on: stable/8/sys/contrib/dev/acpica ___________________________________________________________________ Modified: svn:mergeinfo ## -0,0 +0,1 ## Merged /head/sys/contrib/dev/acpica:r203052 Index: stable/8/sys/contrib/pf =================================================================== --- stable/8/sys/contrib/pf (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sys/contrib/pf (revision 204344) Property changes on: stable/8/sys/contrib/pf ___________________________________________________________________ Modified: svn:mergeinfo ## -0,0 +0,1 ## Merged /head/sys/contrib/pf:r203052 Index: stable/8/sys/dev/xen/xenpci =================================================================== --- stable/8/sys/dev/xen/xenpci (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sys/dev/xen/xenpci (revision 204344) Property changes on: stable/8/sys/dev/xen/xenpci ___________________________________________________________________ Modified: svn:mergeinfo ## -0,0 +0,1 ## Merged /head/sys/dev/xen/xenpci:r203052 Index: stable/8/sys/kern/kern_jail.c =================================================================== --- stable/8/sys/kern/kern_jail.c (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sys/kern/kern_jail.c (revision 204344) @@ -1,4362 +1,4363 @@ /*- * Copyright (c) 1999 Poul-Henning Kamp. * Copyright (c) 2008 Bjoern A. Zeeb. * Copyright (c) 2009 James Gritton. * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #include __FBSDID("$FreeBSD$"); #include "opt_compat.h" #include "opt_ddb.h" #include "opt_inet.h" #include "opt_inet6.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef DDB #include #ifdef INET6 #include #endif /* INET6 */ #endif /* DDB */ #include #define DEFAULT_HOSTUUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" MALLOC_DEFINE(M_PRISON, "prison", "Prison structures"); /* Keep struct prison prison0 and some code in kern_jail_set() readable. */ #ifdef INET #ifdef INET6 #define _PR_IP_SADDRSEL PR_IP4_SADDRSEL|PR_IP6_SADDRSEL #else #define _PR_IP_SADDRSEL PR_IP4_SADDRSEL #endif #else /* !INET */ #ifdef INET6 #define _PR_IP_SADDRSEL PR_IP6_SADDRSEL #else #define _PR_IP_SADDRSEL 0 #endif #endif /* prison0 describes what is "real" about the system. */ struct prison prison0 = { .pr_id = 0, .pr_name = "0", .pr_ref = 1, .pr_uref = 1, .pr_path = "/", .pr_securelevel = -1, .pr_childmax = JAIL_MAX, .pr_hostuuid = DEFAULT_HOSTUUID, .pr_children = LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(prison0.pr_children), #ifdef VIMAGE .pr_flags = PR_HOST|PR_VNET|_PR_IP_SADDRSEL, #else .pr_flags = PR_HOST|_PR_IP_SADDRSEL, #endif .pr_allow = PR_ALLOW_ALL, }; MTX_SYSINIT(prison0, &prison0.pr_mtx, "jail mutex", MTX_DEF); /* allprison and lastprid are protected by allprison_lock. */ struct sx allprison_lock; SX_SYSINIT(allprison_lock, &allprison_lock, "allprison"); struct prisonlist allprison = TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(allprison); int lastprid = 0; static int do_jail_attach(struct thread *td, struct prison *pr); static void prison_complete(void *context, int pending); static void prison_deref(struct prison *pr, int flags); static char *prison_path(struct prison *pr1, struct prison *pr2); static void prison_remove_one(struct prison *pr); #ifdef INET static int _prison_check_ip4(struct prison *pr, struct in_addr *ia); static int prison_restrict_ip4(struct prison *pr, struct in_addr *newip4); #endif #ifdef INET6 static int _prison_check_ip6(struct prison *pr, struct in6_addr *ia6); static int prison_restrict_ip6(struct prison *pr, struct in6_addr *newip6); #endif /* Flags for prison_deref */ #define PD_DEREF 0x01 #define PD_DEUREF 0x02 #define PD_LOCKED 0x04 #define PD_LIST_SLOCKED 0x08 #define PD_LIST_XLOCKED 0x10 /* * Parameter names corresponding to PR_* flag values */ static char *pr_flag_names[] = { [0] = "persist", #ifdef INET [7] = "ip4.saddrsel", #endif #ifdef INET6 [8] = "ip6.saddrsel", #endif }; static char *pr_flag_nonames[] = { [0] = "nopersist", #ifdef INET [7] = "ip4.nosaddrsel", #endif #ifdef INET6 [8] = "ip6.nosaddrsel", #endif }; struct jailsys_flags { const char *name; unsigned disable; unsigned new; } pr_flag_jailsys[] = { { "host", 0, PR_HOST }, #ifdef VIMAGE { "vnet", 0, PR_VNET }, #endif #ifdef INET { "ip4", PR_IP4_USER | PR_IP4_DISABLE, PR_IP4_USER }, #endif #ifdef INET6 { "ip6", PR_IP6_USER | PR_IP6_DISABLE, PR_IP6_USER }, #endif }; static char *pr_allow_names[] = { "allow.set_hostname", "allow.sysvipc", "allow.raw_sockets", "allow.chflags", "allow.mount", "allow.quotas", "allow.socket_af", }; static char *pr_allow_nonames[] = { "allow.noset_hostname", "allow.nosysvipc", "allow.noraw_sockets", "allow.nochflags", "allow.nomount", "allow.noquotas", "allow.nosocket_af", }; #define JAIL_DEFAULT_ALLOW PR_ALLOW_SET_HOSTNAME #define JAIL_DEFAULT_ENFORCE_STATFS 2 static unsigned jail_default_allow = JAIL_DEFAULT_ALLOW; static int jail_default_enforce_statfs = JAIL_DEFAULT_ENFORCE_STATFS; #if defined(INET) || defined(INET6) static unsigned jail_max_af_ips = 255; #endif #ifdef INET static int qcmp_v4(const void *ip1, const void *ip2) { in_addr_t iaa, iab; /* * We need to compare in HBO here to get the list sorted as expected * by the result of the code. Sorting NBO addresses gives you * interesting results. If you do not understand, do not try. */ iaa = ntohl(((const struct in_addr *)ip1)->s_addr); iab = ntohl(((const struct in_addr *)ip2)->s_addr); /* * Do not simply return the difference of the two numbers, the int is * not wide enough. */ if (iaa > iab) return (1); else if (iaa < iab) return (-1); else return (0); } #endif #ifdef INET6 static int qcmp_v6(const void *ip1, const void *ip2) { const struct in6_addr *ia6a, *ia6b; int i, rc; ia6a = (const struct in6_addr *)ip1; ia6b = (const struct in6_addr *)ip2; rc = 0; for (i = 0; rc == 0 && i < sizeof(struct in6_addr); i++) { if (ia6a->s6_addr[i] > ia6b->s6_addr[i]) rc = 1; else if (ia6a->s6_addr[i] < ia6b->s6_addr[i]) rc = -1; } return (rc); } #endif /* * struct jail_args { * struct jail *jail; * }; */ int jail(struct thread *td, struct jail_args *uap) { uint32_t version; int error; struct jail j; error = copyin(uap->jail, &version, sizeof(uint32_t)); if (error) return (error); switch (version) { case 0: { struct jail_v0 j0; /* FreeBSD single IPv4 jails. */ bzero(&j, sizeof(struct jail)); error = copyin(uap->jail, &j0, sizeof(struct jail_v0)); if (error) return (error); j.version = j0.version; j.path = j0.path; j.hostname = j0.hostname; j.ip4s = j0.ip_number; break; } case 1: /* * Version 1 was used by multi-IPv4 jail implementations * that never made it into the official kernel. */ return (EINVAL); case 2: /* JAIL_API_VERSION */ /* FreeBSD multi-IPv4/IPv6,noIP jails. */ error = copyin(uap->jail, &j, sizeof(struct jail)); if (error) return (error); break; default: /* Sci-Fi jails are not supported, sorry. */ return (EINVAL); } return (kern_jail(td, &j)); } int kern_jail(struct thread *td, struct jail *j) { struct iovec optiov[2 * (4 + sizeof(pr_allow_names) / sizeof(pr_allow_names[0]) #ifdef INET + 1 #endif #ifdef INET6 + 1 #endif )]; struct uio opt; char *u_path, *u_hostname, *u_name; #ifdef INET uint32_t ip4s; struct in_addr *u_ip4; #endif #ifdef INET6 struct in6_addr *u_ip6; #endif size_t tmplen; int error, enforce_statfs, fi; bzero(&optiov, sizeof(optiov)); opt.uio_iov = optiov; opt.uio_iovcnt = 0; opt.uio_offset = -1; opt.uio_resid = -1; opt.uio_segflg = UIO_SYSSPACE; opt.uio_rw = UIO_READ; opt.uio_td = td; /* Set permissions for top-level jails from sysctls. */ if (!jailed(td->td_ucred)) { for (fi = 0; fi < sizeof(pr_allow_names) / sizeof(pr_allow_names[0]); fi++) { optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_base = (jail_default_allow & (1 << fi)) ? pr_allow_names[fi] : pr_allow_nonames[fi]; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_len = strlen(optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_base) + 1; opt.uio_iovcnt += 2; } optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_base = "enforce_statfs"; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_len = sizeof("enforce_statfs"); opt.uio_iovcnt++; enforce_statfs = jail_default_enforce_statfs; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_base = &enforce_statfs; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_len = sizeof(enforce_statfs); opt.uio_iovcnt++; } tmplen = MAXPATHLEN + MAXHOSTNAMELEN + MAXHOSTNAMELEN; #ifdef INET ip4s = (j->version == 0) ? 1 : j->ip4s; if (ip4s > jail_max_af_ips) return (EINVAL); tmplen += ip4s * sizeof(struct in_addr); #else if (j->ip4s > 0) return (EINVAL); #endif #ifdef INET6 if (j->ip6s > jail_max_af_ips) return (EINVAL); tmplen += j->ip6s * sizeof(struct in6_addr); #else if (j->ip6s > 0) return (EINVAL); #endif u_path = malloc(tmplen, M_TEMP, M_WAITOK); u_hostname = u_path + MAXPATHLEN; u_name = u_hostname + MAXHOSTNAMELEN; #ifdef INET u_ip4 = (struct in_addr *)(u_name + MAXHOSTNAMELEN); #endif #ifdef INET6 #ifdef INET u_ip6 = (struct in6_addr *)(u_ip4 + ip4s); #else u_ip6 = (struct in6_addr *)(u_name + MAXHOSTNAMELEN); #endif #endif optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_base = "path"; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_len = sizeof("path"); opt.uio_iovcnt++; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_base = u_path; error = copyinstr(j->path, u_path, MAXPATHLEN, &optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_len); if (error) { free(u_path, M_TEMP); return (error); } opt.uio_iovcnt++; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_base = "host.hostname"; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_len = sizeof("host.hostname"); opt.uio_iovcnt++; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_base = u_hostname; error = copyinstr(j->hostname, u_hostname, MAXHOSTNAMELEN, &optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_len); if (error) { free(u_path, M_TEMP); return (error); } opt.uio_iovcnt++; if (j->jailname != NULL) { optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_base = "name"; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_len = sizeof("name"); opt.uio_iovcnt++; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_base = u_name; error = copyinstr(j->jailname, u_name, MAXHOSTNAMELEN, &optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_len); if (error) { free(u_path, M_TEMP); return (error); } opt.uio_iovcnt++; } #ifdef INET optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_base = "ip4.addr"; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_len = sizeof("ip4.addr"); opt.uio_iovcnt++; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_base = u_ip4; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_len = ip4s * sizeof(struct in_addr); if (j->version == 0) u_ip4->s_addr = j->ip4s; else { error = copyin(j->ip4, u_ip4, optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_len); if (error) { free(u_path, M_TEMP); return (error); } } opt.uio_iovcnt++; #endif #ifdef INET6 optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_base = "ip6.addr"; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_len = sizeof("ip6.addr"); opt.uio_iovcnt++; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_base = u_ip6; optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_len = j->ip6s * sizeof(struct in6_addr); error = copyin(j->ip6, u_ip6, optiov[opt.uio_iovcnt].iov_len); if (error) { free(u_path, M_TEMP); return (error); } opt.uio_iovcnt++; #endif KASSERT(opt.uio_iovcnt <= sizeof(optiov) / sizeof(optiov[0]), ("kern_jail: too many iovecs (%d)", opt.uio_iovcnt)); error = kern_jail_set(td, &opt, JAIL_CREATE | JAIL_ATTACH); free(u_path, M_TEMP); return (error); } /* * struct jail_set_args { * struct iovec *iovp; * unsigned int iovcnt; * int flags; * }; */ int jail_set(struct thread *td, struct jail_set_args *uap) { struct uio *auio; int error; /* Check that we have an even number of iovecs. */ if (uap->iovcnt & 1) return (EINVAL); error = copyinuio(uap->iovp, uap->iovcnt, &auio); if (error) return (error); error = kern_jail_set(td, auio, uap->flags); free(auio, M_IOV); return (error); } int kern_jail_set(struct thread *td, struct uio *optuio, int flags) { struct nameidata nd; #ifdef INET struct in_addr *ip4; #endif #ifdef INET6 struct in6_addr *ip6; #endif struct vfsopt *opt; struct vfsoptlist *opts; struct prison *pr, *deadpr, *mypr, *ppr, *tpr; struct vnode *root; char *domain, *errmsg, *host, *name, *namelc, *p, *path, *uuid; #if defined(INET) || defined(INET6) struct prison *tppr; void *op; #endif unsigned long hid; size_t namelen, onamelen; int created, cuflags, descend, enforce, error, errmsg_len, errmsg_pos; int gotchildmax, gotenforce, gothid, gotslevel; int fi, jid, jsys, len, level; int childmax, slevel, vfslocked; #if defined(INET) || defined(INET6) int ii, ij; #endif #ifdef INET int ip4s, redo_ip4; #endif #ifdef INET6 int ip6s, redo_ip6; #endif unsigned pr_flags, ch_flags; unsigned pr_allow, ch_allow, tallow; char numbuf[12]; error = priv_check(td, PRIV_JAIL_SET); if (!error && (flags & JAIL_ATTACH)) error = priv_check(td, PRIV_JAIL_ATTACH); if (error) return (error); mypr = ppr = td->td_ucred->cr_prison; if ((flags & JAIL_CREATE) && mypr->pr_childmax == 0) return (EPERM); if (flags & ~JAIL_SET_MASK) return (EINVAL); /* * Check all the parameters before committing to anything. Not all * errors can be caught early, but we may as well try. Also, this * takes care of some expensive stuff (path lookup) before getting * the allprison lock. * * XXX Jails are not filesystems, and jail parameters are not mount * options. But it makes more sense to re-use the vfsopt code * than duplicate it under a different name. */ error = vfs_buildopts(optuio, &opts); if (error) return (error); #ifdef INET ip4 = NULL; #endif #ifdef INET6 ip6 = NULL; #endif error = vfs_copyopt(opts, "jid", &jid, sizeof(jid)); if (error == ENOENT) jid = 0; else if (error != 0) goto done_free; error = vfs_copyopt(opts, "securelevel", &slevel, sizeof(slevel)); if (error == ENOENT) gotslevel = 0; else if (error != 0) goto done_free; else gotslevel = 1; error = vfs_copyopt(opts, "children.max", &childmax, sizeof(childmax)); if (error == ENOENT) gotchildmax = 0; else if (error != 0) goto done_free; else gotchildmax = 1; error = vfs_copyopt(opts, "enforce_statfs", &enforce, sizeof(enforce)); gotenforce = (error == 0); if (gotenforce) { if (enforce < 0 || enforce > 2) return (EINVAL); } else if (error != ENOENT) goto done_free; pr_flags = ch_flags = 0; for (fi = 0; fi < sizeof(pr_flag_names) / sizeof(pr_flag_names[0]); fi++) { if (pr_flag_names[fi] == NULL) continue; vfs_flagopt(opts, pr_flag_names[fi], &pr_flags, 1 << fi); vfs_flagopt(opts, pr_flag_nonames[fi], &ch_flags, 1 << fi); } ch_flags |= pr_flags; for (fi = 0; fi < sizeof(pr_flag_jailsys) / sizeof(pr_flag_jailsys[0]); fi++) { error = vfs_copyopt(opts, pr_flag_jailsys[fi].name, &jsys, sizeof(jsys)); if (error == ENOENT) continue; if (error != 0) goto done_free; switch (jsys) { case JAIL_SYS_DISABLE: if (!pr_flag_jailsys[fi].disable) { error = EINVAL; goto done_free; } pr_flags |= pr_flag_jailsys[fi].disable; break; case JAIL_SYS_NEW: pr_flags |= pr_flag_jailsys[fi].new; break; case JAIL_SYS_INHERIT: break; default: error = EINVAL; goto done_free; } ch_flags |= pr_flag_jailsys[fi].new | pr_flag_jailsys[fi].disable; } if ((flags & (JAIL_CREATE | JAIL_UPDATE | JAIL_ATTACH)) == JAIL_CREATE && !(pr_flags & PR_PERSIST)) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "new jail must persist or attach"); goto done_errmsg; } #ifdef VIMAGE if ((flags & JAIL_UPDATE) && (ch_flags & PR_VNET)) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "vnet cannot be changed after creation"); goto done_errmsg; } #endif #ifdef INET if ((flags & JAIL_UPDATE) && (ch_flags & PR_IP4_USER)) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "ip4 cannot be changed after creation"); goto done_errmsg; } #endif #ifdef INET6 if ((flags & JAIL_UPDATE) && (ch_flags & PR_IP6_USER)) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "ip6 cannot be changed after creation"); goto done_errmsg; } #endif pr_allow = ch_allow = 0; for (fi = 0; fi < sizeof(pr_allow_names) / sizeof(pr_allow_names[0]); fi++) { vfs_flagopt(opts, pr_allow_names[fi], &pr_allow, 1 << fi); vfs_flagopt(opts, pr_allow_nonames[fi], &ch_allow, 1 << fi); } ch_allow |= pr_allow; error = vfs_getopt(opts, "name", (void **)&name, &len); if (error == ENOENT) name = NULL; else if (error != 0) goto done_free; else { if (len == 0 || name[len - 1] != '\0') { error = EINVAL; goto done_free; } if (len > MAXHOSTNAMELEN) { error = ENAMETOOLONG; goto done_free; } } error = vfs_getopt(opts, "host.hostname", (void **)&host, &len); if (error == ENOENT) host = NULL; else if (error != 0) goto done_free; else { ch_flags |= PR_HOST; pr_flags |= PR_HOST; if (len == 0 || host[len - 1] != '\0') { error = EINVAL; goto done_free; } if (len > MAXHOSTNAMELEN) { error = ENAMETOOLONG; goto done_free; } } error = vfs_getopt(opts, "host.domainname", (void **)&domain, &len); if (error == ENOENT) domain = NULL; else if (error != 0) goto done_free; else { ch_flags |= PR_HOST; pr_flags |= PR_HOST; if (len == 0 || domain[len - 1] != '\0') { error = EINVAL; goto done_free; } if (len > MAXHOSTNAMELEN) { error = ENAMETOOLONG; goto done_free; } } error = vfs_getopt(opts, "host.hostuuid", (void **)&uuid, &len); if (error == ENOENT) uuid = NULL; else if (error != 0) goto done_free; else { ch_flags |= PR_HOST; pr_flags |= PR_HOST; if (len == 0 || uuid[len - 1] != '\0') { error = EINVAL; goto done_free; } if (len > HOSTUUIDLEN) { error = ENAMETOOLONG; goto done_free; } } #ifdef COMPAT_IA32 if (td->td_proc->p_sysent->sv_flags & SV_IA32) { uint32_t hid32; error = vfs_copyopt(opts, "host.hostid", &hid32, sizeof(hid32)); hid = hid32; } else #endif error = vfs_copyopt(opts, "host.hostid", &hid, sizeof(hid)); if (error == ENOENT) gothid = 0; else if (error != 0) goto done_free; else { gothid = 1; ch_flags |= PR_HOST; pr_flags |= PR_HOST; } #ifdef INET error = vfs_getopt(opts, "ip4.addr", &op, &ip4s); if (error == ENOENT) ip4s = (pr_flags & PR_IP4_DISABLE) ? 0 : -1; else if (error != 0) goto done_free; else if (ip4s & (sizeof(*ip4) - 1)) { error = EINVAL; goto done_free; } else { ch_flags |= PR_IP4_USER | PR_IP4_DISABLE; if (ip4s == 0) pr_flags |= PR_IP4_USER | PR_IP4_DISABLE; else { pr_flags = (pr_flags & ~PR_IP4_DISABLE) | PR_IP4_USER; ip4s /= sizeof(*ip4); if (ip4s > jail_max_af_ips) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "too many IPv4 addresses"); goto done_errmsg; } ip4 = malloc(ip4s * sizeof(*ip4), M_PRISON, M_WAITOK); bcopy(op, ip4, ip4s * sizeof(*ip4)); /* * IP addresses are all sorted but ip[0] to preserve * the primary IP address as given from userland. * This special IP is used for unbound outgoing * connections as well for "loopback" traffic in case * source address selection cannot find any more fitting * address to connect from. */ if (ip4s > 1) qsort(ip4 + 1, ip4s - 1, sizeof(*ip4), qcmp_v4); /* * Check for duplicate addresses and do some simple * zero and broadcast checks. If users give other bogus * addresses it is their problem. * * We do not have to care about byte order for these * checks so we will do them in NBO. */ for (ii = 0; ii < ip4s; ii++) { if (ip4[ii].s_addr == INADDR_ANY || ip4[ii].s_addr == INADDR_BROADCAST) { error = EINVAL; goto done_free; } if ((ii+1) < ip4s && (ip4[0].s_addr == ip4[ii+1].s_addr || ip4[ii].s_addr == ip4[ii+1].s_addr)) { error = EINVAL; goto done_free; } } } } #endif #ifdef INET6 error = vfs_getopt(opts, "ip6.addr", &op, &ip6s); if (error == ENOENT) ip6s = (pr_flags & PR_IP6_DISABLE) ? 0 : -1; else if (error != 0) goto done_free; else if (ip6s & (sizeof(*ip6) - 1)) { error = EINVAL; goto done_free; } else { ch_flags |= PR_IP6_USER | PR_IP6_DISABLE; if (ip6s == 0) pr_flags |= PR_IP6_USER | PR_IP6_DISABLE; else { pr_flags = (pr_flags & ~PR_IP6_DISABLE) | PR_IP6_USER; ip6s /= sizeof(*ip6); if (ip6s > jail_max_af_ips) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "too many IPv6 addresses"); goto done_errmsg; } ip6 = malloc(ip6s * sizeof(*ip6), M_PRISON, M_WAITOK); bcopy(op, ip6, ip6s * sizeof(*ip6)); if (ip6s > 1) qsort(ip6 + 1, ip6s - 1, sizeof(*ip6), qcmp_v6); for (ii = 0; ii < ip6s; ii++) { if (IN6_IS_ADDR_UNSPECIFIED(&ip6[ii])) { error = EINVAL; goto done_free; } if ((ii+1) < ip6s && (IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&ip6[0], &ip6[ii+1]) || IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&ip6[ii], &ip6[ii+1]))) { error = EINVAL; goto done_free; } } } } #endif #if defined(VIMAGE) && (defined(INET) || defined(INET6)) if ((ch_flags & PR_VNET) && (ch_flags & (PR_IP4_USER | PR_IP6_USER))) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "vnet jails cannot have IP address restrictions"); goto done_errmsg; } #endif root = NULL; error = vfs_getopt(opts, "path", (void **)&path, &len); if (error == ENOENT) path = NULL; else if (error != 0) goto done_free; else { if (flags & JAIL_UPDATE) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "path cannot be changed after creation"); goto done_errmsg; } if (len == 0 || path[len - 1] != '\0') { error = EINVAL; goto done_free; } if (len < 2 || (len == 2 && path[0] == '/')) path = NULL; else { /* Leave room for a real-root full pathname. */ if (len + (path[0] == '/' && strcmp(mypr->pr_path, "/") ? strlen(mypr->pr_path) : 0) > MAXPATHLEN) { error = ENAMETOOLONG; goto done_free; } NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, MPSAFE | FOLLOW, UIO_SYSSPACE, path, td); error = namei(&nd); if (error) goto done_free; vfslocked = NDHASGIANT(&nd); root = nd.ni_vp; NDFREE(&nd, NDF_ONLY_PNBUF); if (root->v_type != VDIR) { error = ENOTDIR; vrele(root); VFS_UNLOCK_GIANT(vfslocked); goto done_free; } VFS_UNLOCK_GIANT(vfslocked); } } /* * Grab the allprison lock before letting modules check their * parameters. Once we have it, do not let go so we'll have a * consistent view of the OSD list. */ sx_xlock(&allprison_lock); error = osd_jail_call(NULL, PR_METHOD_CHECK, opts); if (error) goto done_unlock_list; /* By now, all parameters should have been noted. */ TAILQ_FOREACH(opt, opts, link) { if (!opt->seen && strcmp(opt->name, "errmsg")) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "unknown parameter: %s", opt->name); goto done_unlock_list; } } /* * See if we are creating a new record or updating an existing one. * This abuses the file error codes ENOENT and EEXIST. */ cuflags = flags & (JAIL_CREATE | JAIL_UPDATE); if (!cuflags) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "no valid operation (create or update)"); goto done_unlock_list; } pr = NULL; namelc = NULL; if (cuflags == JAIL_CREATE && jid == 0 && name != NULL) { namelc = strrchr(name, '.'); jid = strtoul(namelc != NULL ? namelc + 1 : name, &p, 10); if (*p != '\0') jid = 0; } if (jid != 0) { /* * See if a requested jid already exists. There is an * information leak here if the jid exists but is not within * the caller's jail hierarchy. Jail creators will get EEXIST * even though they cannot see the jail, and CREATE | UPDATE * will return ENOENT which is not normally a valid error. */ if (jid < 0) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "negative jid"); goto done_unlock_list; } pr = prison_find(jid); if (pr != NULL) { ppr = pr->pr_parent; /* Create: jid must not exist. */ if (cuflags == JAIL_CREATE) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); error = EEXIST; vfs_opterror(opts, "jail %d already exists", jid); goto done_unlock_list; } if (!prison_ischild(mypr, pr)) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); pr = NULL; } else if (pr->pr_uref == 0) { if (!(flags & JAIL_DYING)) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); error = ENOENT; vfs_opterror(opts, "jail %d is dying", jid); goto done_unlock_list; } else if ((flags & JAIL_ATTACH) || (pr_flags & PR_PERSIST)) { /* * A dying jail might be resurrected * (via attach or persist), but first * it must determine if another jail * has claimed its name. Accomplish * this by implicitly re-setting the * name. */ if (name == NULL) name = prison_name(mypr, pr); } } } if (pr == NULL) { /* Update: jid must exist. */ if (cuflags == JAIL_UPDATE) { error = ENOENT; vfs_opterror(opts, "jail %d not found", jid); goto done_unlock_list; } } } /* * If the caller provided a name, look for a jail by that name. * This has different semantics for creates and updates keyed by jid * (where the name must not already exist in a different jail), * and updates keyed by the name itself (where the name must exist * because that is the jail being updated). */ if (name != NULL) { namelc = strrchr(name, '.'); if (namelc == NULL) namelc = name; else { /* * This is a hierarchical name. Split it into the * parent and child names, and make sure the parent * exists or matches an already found jail. */ *namelc = '\0'; if (pr != NULL) { if (strncmp(name, ppr->pr_name, namelc - name) || ppr->pr_name[namelc - name] != '\0') { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "cannot change jail's parent"); goto done_unlock_list; } } else { ppr = prison_find_name(mypr, name); if (ppr == NULL) { error = ENOENT; vfs_opterror(opts, "jail \"%s\" not found", name); goto done_unlock_list; } mtx_unlock(&ppr->pr_mtx); } name = ++namelc; } if (name[0] != '\0') { namelen = (ppr == &prison0) ? 0 : strlen(ppr->pr_name) + 1; name_again: deadpr = NULL; FOREACH_PRISON_CHILD(ppr, tpr) { if (tpr != pr && tpr->pr_ref > 0 && !strcmp(tpr->pr_name + namelen, name)) { if (pr == NULL && cuflags != JAIL_CREATE) { mtx_lock(&tpr->pr_mtx); if (tpr->pr_ref > 0) { /* * Use this jail * for updates. */ if (tpr->pr_uref > 0) { pr = tpr; break; } deadpr = tpr; } mtx_unlock(&tpr->pr_mtx); } else if (tpr->pr_uref > 0) { /* * Create, or update(jid): * name must not exist in an * active sibling jail. */ error = EEXIST; if (pr != NULL) mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); vfs_opterror(opts, "jail \"%s\" already exists", name); goto done_unlock_list; } } } /* If no active jail is found, use a dying one. */ if (deadpr != NULL && pr == NULL) { if (flags & JAIL_DYING) { mtx_lock(&deadpr->pr_mtx); if (deadpr->pr_ref == 0) { mtx_unlock(&deadpr->pr_mtx); goto name_again; } pr = deadpr; } else if (cuflags == JAIL_UPDATE) { error = ENOENT; vfs_opterror(opts, "jail \"%s\" is dying", name); goto done_unlock_list; } } /* Update: name must exist if no jid. */ else if (cuflags == JAIL_UPDATE && pr == NULL) { error = ENOENT; vfs_opterror(opts, "jail \"%s\" not found", name); goto done_unlock_list; } } } /* Update: must provide a jid or name. */ else if (cuflags == JAIL_UPDATE && pr == NULL) { error = ENOENT; vfs_opterror(opts, "update specified no jail"); goto done_unlock_list; } /* If there's no prison to update, create a new one and link it in. */ if (pr == NULL) { for (tpr = mypr; tpr != NULL; tpr = tpr->pr_parent) if (tpr->pr_childcount >= tpr->pr_childmax) { error = EPERM; vfs_opterror(opts, "prison limit exceeded"); goto done_unlock_list; } created = 1; mtx_lock(&ppr->pr_mtx); if (ppr->pr_ref == 0 || (ppr->pr_flags & PR_REMOVE)) { mtx_unlock(&ppr->pr_mtx); error = ENOENT; vfs_opterror(opts, "parent jail went away!"); goto done_unlock_list; } ppr->pr_ref++; ppr->pr_uref++; mtx_unlock(&ppr->pr_mtx); pr = malloc(sizeof(*pr), M_PRISON, M_WAITOK | M_ZERO); if (jid == 0) { /* Find the next free jid. */ jid = lastprid + 1; findnext: if (jid == JAIL_MAX) jid = 1; TAILQ_FOREACH(tpr, &allprison, pr_list) { if (tpr->pr_id < jid) continue; if (tpr->pr_id > jid || tpr->pr_ref == 0) { TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(tpr, pr, pr_list); break; } if (jid == lastprid) { error = EAGAIN; vfs_opterror(opts, "no available jail IDs"); free(pr, M_PRISON); prison_deref(ppr, PD_DEREF | PD_DEUREF | PD_LIST_XLOCKED); goto done_releroot; } jid++; goto findnext; } lastprid = jid; } else { /* * The jail already has a jid (that did not yet exist), * so just find where to insert it. */ TAILQ_FOREACH(tpr, &allprison, pr_list) if (tpr->pr_id >= jid) { TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(tpr, pr, pr_list); break; } } if (tpr == NULL) TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&allprison, pr, pr_list); LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&ppr->pr_children, pr, pr_sibling); for (tpr = ppr; tpr != NULL; tpr = tpr->pr_parent) tpr->pr_childcount++; pr->pr_parent = ppr; pr->pr_id = jid; /* Set some default values, and inherit some from the parent. */ if (name == NULL) name = ""; if (path == NULL) { path = "/"; root = mypr->pr_root; vref(root); } strlcpy(pr->pr_hostuuid, DEFAULT_HOSTUUID, HOSTUUIDLEN); pr->pr_flags |= PR_HOST; #if defined(INET) || defined(INET6) #ifdef VIMAGE if (!(pr_flags & PR_VNET)) #endif { #ifdef INET if (!(ch_flags & PR_IP4_USER)) pr->pr_flags |= PR_IP4 | PR_IP4_USER | PR_IP4_DISABLE; else if (!(pr_flags & PR_IP4_USER)) { pr->pr_flags |= ppr->pr_flags & PR_IP4; if (ppr->pr_ip4 != NULL) { pr->pr_ip4s = ppr->pr_ip4s; pr->pr_ip4 = malloc(pr->pr_ip4s * sizeof(struct in_addr), M_PRISON, M_WAITOK); bcopy(ppr->pr_ip4, pr->pr_ip4, pr->pr_ip4s * sizeof(*pr->pr_ip4)); } } #endif #ifdef INET6 if (!(ch_flags & PR_IP6_USER)) pr->pr_flags |= PR_IP6 | PR_IP6_USER | PR_IP6_DISABLE; else if (!(pr_flags & PR_IP6_USER)) { pr->pr_flags |= ppr->pr_flags & PR_IP6; if (ppr->pr_ip6 != NULL) { pr->pr_ip6s = ppr->pr_ip6s; pr->pr_ip6 = malloc(pr->pr_ip6s * sizeof(struct in6_addr), M_PRISON, M_WAITOK); bcopy(ppr->pr_ip6, pr->pr_ip6, pr->pr_ip6s * sizeof(*pr->pr_ip6)); } } #endif } #endif /* Source address selection is always on by default. */ pr->pr_flags |= _PR_IP_SADDRSEL; pr->pr_securelevel = ppr->pr_securelevel; pr->pr_allow = JAIL_DEFAULT_ALLOW & ppr->pr_allow; pr->pr_enforce_statfs = JAIL_DEFAULT_ENFORCE_STATFS; LIST_INIT(&pr->pr_children); mtx_init(&pr->pr_mtx, "jail mutex", NULL, MTX_DEF | MTX_DUPOK); #ifdef VIMAGE /* Allocate a new vnet if specified. */ pr->pr_vnet = (pr_flags & PR_VNET) ? vnet_alloc() : ppr->pr_vnet; #endif /* * Allocate a dedicated cpuset for each jail. * Unlike other initial settings, this may return an erorr. */ error = cpuset_create_root(ppr, &pr->pr_cpuset); if (error) { prison_deref(pr, PD_LIST_XLOCKED); goto done_releroot; } mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); /* * New prisons do not yet have a reference, because we do not * want other to see the incomplete prison once the * allprison_lock is downgraded. */ } else { created = 0; /* * Grab a reference for existing prisons, to ensure they * continue to exist for the duration of the call. */ pr->pr_ref++; #if defined(VIMAGE) && (defined(INET) || defined(INET6)) if ((pr->pr_flags & PR_VNET) && (ch_flags & (PR_IP4_USER | PR_IP6_USER))) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "vnet jails cannot have IP address restrictions"); goto done_deref_locked; } #endif #ifdef INET if (PR_IP4_USER & ch_flags & (pr_flags ^ pr->pr_flags)) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "ip4 cannot be changed after creation"); goto done_deref_locked; } #endif #ifdef INET6 if (PR_IP6_USER & ch_flags & (pr_flags ^ pr->pr_flags)) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "ip6 cannot be changed after creation"); goto done_deref_locked; } #endif } /* Do final error checking before setting anything. */ if (gotslevel) { if (slevel < ppr->pr_securelevel) { error = EPERM; goto done_deref_locked; } } if (gotchildmax) { if (childmax >= ppr->pr_childmax) { error = EPERM; goto done_deref_locked; } } if (gotenforce) { if (enforce < ppr->pr_enforce_statfs) { error = EPERM; goto done_deref_locked; } } #ifdef INET if (ip4s > 0) { if (ppr->pr_flags & PR_IP4) { /* * Make sure the new set of IP addresses is a * subset of the parent's list. Don't worry * about the parent being unlocked, as any * setting is done with allprison_lock held. */ for (ij = 0; ij < ppr->pr_ip4s; ij++) if (ip4[0].s_addr == ppr->pr_ip4[ij].s_addr) break; if (ij == ppr->pr_ip4s) { error = EPERM; goto done_deref_locked; } if (ip4s > 1) { for (ii = ij = 1; ii < ip4s; ii++) { if (ip4[ii].s_addr == ppr->pr_ip4[0].s_addr) continue; for (; ij < ppr->pr_ip4s; ij++) if (ip4[ii].s_addr == ppr->pr_ip4[ij].s_addr) break; if (ij == ppr->pr_ip4s) break; } if (ij == ppr->pr_ip4s) { error = EPERM; goto done_deref_locked; } } } /* * Check for conflicting IP addresses. We permit them * if there is no more than one IP on each jail. If * there is a duplicate on a jail with more than one * IP stop checking and return error. */ tppr = ppr; #ifdef VIMAGE for (; tppr != &prison0; tppr = tppr->pr_parent) if (tppr->pr_flags & PR_VNET) break; #endif FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT(tppr, tpr, descend) { if (tpr == pr || #ifdef VIMAGE (tpr != tppr && (tpr->pr_flags & PR_VNET)) || #endif tpr->pr_uref == 0) { descend = 0; continue; } if (!(tpr->pr_flags & PR_IP4_USER)) continue; descend = 0; if (tpr->pr_ip4 == NULL || (ip4s == 1 && tpr->pr_ip4s == 1)) continue; for (ii = 0; ii < ip4s; ii++) { if (_prison_check_ip4(tpr, &ip4[ii]) == 0) { error = EADDRINUSE; vfs_opterror(opts, "IPv4 addresses clash"); goto done_deref_locked; } } } } #endif #ifdef INET6 if (ip6s > 0) { if (ppr->pr_flags & PR_IP6) { /* * Make sure the new set of IP addresses is a * subset of the parent's list. */ for (ij = 0; ij < ppr->pr_ip6s; ij++) if (IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&ip6[0], &ppr->pr_ip6[ij])) break; if (ij == ppr->pr_ip6s) { error = EPERM; goto done_deref_locked; } if (ip6s > 1) { for (ii = ij = 1; ii < ip6s; ii++) { if (IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&ip6[ii], &ppr->pr_ip6[0])) continue; for (; ij < ppr->pr_ip6s; ij++) if (IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL( &ip6[ii], &ppr->pr_ip6[ij])) break; if (ij == ppr->pr_ip6s) break; } if (ij == ppr->pr_ip6s) { error = EPERM; goto done_deref_locked; } } } /* Check for conflicting IP addresses. */ tppr = ppr; #ifdef VIMAGE for (; tppr != &prison0; tppr = tppr->pr_parent) if (tppr->pr_flags & PR_VNET) break; #endif FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT(tppr, tpr, descend) { if (tpr == pr || #ifdef VIMAGE (tpr != tppr && (tpr->pr_flags & PR_VNET)) || #endif tpr->pr_uref == 0) { descend = 0; continue; } if (!(tpr->pr_flags & PR_IP6_USER)) continue; descend = 0; if (tpr->pr_ip6 == NULL || (ip6s == 1 && tpr->pr_ip6s == 1)) continue; for (ii = 0; ii < ip6s; ii++) { if (_prison_check_ip6(tpr, &ip6[ii]) == 0) { error = EADDRINUSE; vfs_opterror(opts, "IPv6 addresses clash"); goto done_deref_locked; } } } } #endif onamelen = namelen = 0; if (name != NULL) { /* Give a default name of the jid. */ if (name[0] == '\0') snprintf(name = numbuf, sizeof(numbuf), "%d", jid); else if (*namelc == '0' || (strtoul(namelc, &p, 10) != jid && *p == '\0')) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "name cannot be numeric (unless it is the jid)"); goto done_deref_locked; } /* * Make sure the name isn't too long for the prison or its * children. */ onamelen = strlen(pr->pr_name); namelen = strlen(name); if (strlen(ppr->pr_name) + namelen + 2 > sizeof(pr->pr_name)) { error = ENAMETOOLONG; goto done_deref_locked; } FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT(pr, tpr, descend) { if (strlen(tpr->pr_name) + (namelen - onamelen) >= sizeof(pr->pr_name)) { error = ENAMETOOLONG; goto done_deref_locked; } } } if (pr_allow & ~ppr->pr_allow) { error = EPERM; goto done_deref_locked; } /* Set the parameters of the prison. */ #ifdef INET redo_ip4 = 0; if (pr_flags & PR_IP4_USER) { pr->pr_flags |= PR_IP4; free(pr->pr_ip4, M_PRISON); pr->pr_ip4s = ip4s; pr->pr_ip4 = ip4; ip4 = NULL; FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT_LOCKED(pr, tpr, descend) { #ifdef VIMAGE if (tpr->pr_flags & PR_VNET) { descend = 0; continue; } #endif if (prison_restrict_ip4(tpr, NULL)) { redo_ip4 = 1; descend = 0; } } } #endif #ifdef INET6 redo_ip6 = 0; if (pr_flags & PR_IP6_USER) { pr->pr_flags |= PR_IP6; free(pr->pr_ip6, M_PRISON); pr->pr_ip6s = ip6s; pr->pr_ip6 = ip6; ip6 = NULL; FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT_LOCKED(pr, tpr, descend) { #ifdef VIMAGE if (tpr->pr_flags & PR_VNET) { descend = 0; continue; } #endif if (prison_restrict_ip6(tpr, NULL)) { redo_ip6 = 1; descend = 0; } } } #endif if (gotslevel) { pr->pr_securelevel = slevel; /* Set all child jails to be at least this level. */ FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT_LOCKED(pr, tpr, descend) if (tpr->pr_securelevel < slevel) tpr->pr_securelevel = slevel; } if (gotchildmax) { pr->pr_childmax = childmax; /* Set all child jails to under this limit. */ FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT_LOCKED_LEVEL(pr, tpr, descend, level) if (tpr->pr_childmax > childmax - level) tpr->pr_childmax = childmax > level ? childmax - level : 0; } if (gotenforce) { pr->pr_enforce_statfs = enforce; /* Pass this restriction on to the children. */ FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT_LOCKED(pr, tpr, descend) if (tpr->pr_enforce_statfs < enforce) tpr->pr_enforce_statfs = enforce; } if (name != NULL) { if (ppr == &prison0) strlcpy(pr->pr_name, name, sizeof(pr->pr_name)); else snprintf(pr->pr_name, sizeof(pr->pr_name), "%s.%s", ppr->pr_name, name); /* Change this component of child names. */ FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT_LOCKED(pr, tpr, descend) { bcopy(tpr->pr_name + onamelen, tpr->pr_name + namelen, strlen(tpr->pr_name + onamelen) + 1); bcopy(pr->pr_name, tpr->pr_name, namelen); } } if (path != NULL) { /* Try to keep a real-rooted full pathname. */ if (path[0] == '/' && strcmp(mypr->pr_path, "/")) snprintf(pr->pr_path, sizeof(pr->pr_path), "%s%s", mypr->pr_path, path); else strlcpy(pr->pr_path, path, sizeof(pr->pr_path)); pr->pr_root = root; } if (PR_HOST & ch_flags & ~pr_flags) { if (pr->pr_flags & PR_HOST) { /* * Copy the parent's host info. As with pr_ip4 above, * the lack of a lock on the parent is not a problem; * it is always set with allprison_lock at least * shared, and is held exclusively here. */ strlcpy(pr->pr_hostname, pr->pr_parent->pr_hostname, sizeof(pr->pr_hostname)); strlcpy(pr->pr_domainname, pr->pr_parent->pr_domainname, sizeof(pr->pr_domainname)); strlcpy(pr->pr_hostuuid, pr->pr_parent->pr_hostuuid, sizeof(pr->pr_hostuuid)); pr->pr_hostid = pr->pr_parent->pr_hostid; } } else if (host != NULL || domain != NULL || uuid != NULL || gothid) { /* Set this prison, and any descendants without PR_HOST. */ if (host != NULL) strlcpy(pr->pr_hostname, host, sizeof(pr->pr_hostname)); if (domain != NULL) strlcpy(pr->pr_domainname, domain, sizeof(pr->pr_domainname)); if (uuid != NULL) strlcpy(pr->pr_hostuuid, uuid, sizeof(pr->pr_hostuuid)); if (gothid) pr->pr_hostid = hid; FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT_LOCKED(pr, tpr, descend) { if (tpr->pr_flags & PR_HOST) descend = 0; else { if (host != NULL) strlcpy(tpr->pr_hostname, pr->pr_hostname, sizeof(tpr->pr_hostname)); if (domain != NULL) strlcpy(tpr->pr_domainname, pr->pr_domainname, sizeof(tpr->pr_domainname)); if (uuid != NULL) strlcpy(tpr->pr_hostuuid, pr->pr_hostuuid, sizeof(tpr->pr_hostuuid)); if (gothid) tpr->pr_hostid = hid; } } } if ((tallow = ch_allow & ~pr_allow)) { /* Clear allow bits in all children. */ FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT_LOCKED(pr, tpr, descend) tpr->pr_allow &= ~tallow; } pr->pr_allow = (pr->pr_allow & ~ch_allow) | pr_allow; /* * Persistent prisons get an extra reference, and prisons losing their * persist flag lose that reference. Only do this for existing prisons * for now, so new ones will remain unseen until after the module * handlers have completed. */ if (!created && (ch_flags & PR_PERSIST & (pr_flags ^ pr->pr_flags))) { if (pr_flags & PR_PERSIST) { pr->pr_ref++; pr->pr_uref++; } else { pr->pr_ref--; pr->pr_uref--; } } pr->pr_flags = (pr->pr_flags & ~ch_flags) | pr_flags; mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); /* Locks may have prevented a complete restriction of child IP * addresses. If so, allocate some more memory and try again. */ #ifdef INET while (redo_ip4) { ip4s = pr->pr_ip4s; ip4 = malloc(ip4s * sizeof(*ip4), M_PRISON, M_WAITOK); mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); redo_ip4 = 0; FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT_LOCKED(pr, tpr, descend) { #ifdef VIMAGE if (tpr->pr_flags & PR_VNET) { descend = 0; continue; } #endif if (prison_restrict_ip4(tpr, ip4)) { if (ip4 != NULL) ip4 = NULL; else redo_ip4 = 1; } } mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); } #endif #ifdef INET6 while (redo_ip6) { ip6s = pr->pr_ip6s; ip6 = malloc(ip6s * sizeof(*ip6), M_PRISON, M_WAITOK); mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); redo_ip6 = 0; FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT_LOCKED(pr, tpr, descend) { #ifdef VIMAGE if (tpr->pr_flags & PR_VNET) { descend = 0; continue; } #endif if (prison_restrict_ip6(tpr, ip6)) { if (ip6 != NULL) ip6 = NULL; else redo_ip6 = 1; } } mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); } #endif /* Let the modules do their work. */ sx_downgrade(&allprison_lock); if (created) { error = osd_jail_call(pr, PR_METHOD_CREATE, opts); if (error) { prison_deref(pr, PD_LIST_SLOCKED); goto done_errmsg; } } error = osd_jail_call(pr, PR_METHOD_SET, opts); if (error) { prison_deref(pr, created ? PD_LIST_SLOCKED : PD_DEREF | PD_LIST_SLOCKED); goto done_errmsg; } /* Attach this process to the prison if requested. */ if (flags & JAIL_ATTACH) { mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); error = do_jail_attach(td, pr); if (error) { vfs_opterror(opts, "attach failed"); if (!created) prison_deref(pr, PD_DEREF); goto done_errmsg; } } /* * Now that it is all there, drop the temporary reference from existing * prisons. Or add a reference to newly created persistent prisons * (which was not done earlier so that the prison would not be publicly * visible). */ if (!created) { prison_deref(pr, (flags & JAIL_ATTACH) ? PD_DEREF : PD_DEREF | PD_LIST_SLOCKED); } else { if (pr_flags & PR_PERSIST) { mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); pr->pr_ref++; pr->pr_uref++; mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); } if (!(flags & JAIL_ATTACH)) sx_sunlock(&allprison_lock); } td->td_retval[0] = pr->pr_id; goto done_errmsg; done_deref_locked: prison_deref(pr, created ? PD_LOCKED | PD_LIST_XLOCKED : PD_DEREF | PD_LOCKED | PD_LIST_XLOCKED); goto done_releroot; done_unlock_list: sx_xunlock(&allprison_lock); done_releroot: if (root != NULL) { vfslocked = VFS_LOCK_GIANT(root->v_mount); vrele(root); VFS_UNLOCK_GIANT(vfslocked); } done_errmsg: if (error) { vfs_getopt(opts, "errmsg", (void **)&errmsg, &errmsg_len); if (errmsg_len > 0) { errmsg_pos = 2 * vfs_getopt_pos(opts, "errmsg") + 1; if (errmsg_pos > 0) { if (optuio->uio_segflg == UIO_SYSSPACE) bcopy(errmsg, optuio->uio_iov[errmsg_pos].iov_base, errmsg_len); else copyout(errmsg, optuio->uio_iov[errmsg_pos].iov_base, errmsg_len); } } } done_free: #ifdef INET free(ip4, M_PRISON); #endif #ifdef INET6 free(ip6, M_PRISON); #endif vfs_freeopts(opts); return (error); } /* * struct jail_get_args { * struct iovec *iovp; * unsigned int iovcnt; * int flags; * }; */ int jail_get(struct thread *td, struct jail_get_args *uap) { struct uio *auio; int error; /* Check that we have an even number of iovecs. */ if (uap->iovcnt & 1) return (EINVAL); error = copyinuio(uap->iovp, uap->iovcnt, &auio); if (error) return (error); error = kern_jail_get(td, auio, uap->flags); if (error == 0) error = copyout(auio->uio_iov, uap->iovp, uap->iovcnt * sizeof (struct iovec)); free(auio, M_IOV); return (error); } int kern_jail_get(struct thread *td, struct uio *optuio, int flags) { struct prison *pr, *mypr; struct vfsopt *opt; struct vfsoptlist *opts; char *errmsg, *name; int error, errmsg_len, errmsg_pos, fi, i, jid, len, locked, pos; if (flags & ~JAIL_GET_MASK) return (EINVAL); /* Get the parameter list. */ error = vfs_buildopts(optuio, &opts); if (error) return (error); errmsg_pos = vfs_getopt_pos(opts, "errmsg"); mypr = td->td_ucred->cr_prison; /* * Find the prison specified by one of: lastjid, jid, name. */ sx_slock(&allprison_lock); error = vfs_copyopt(opts, "lastjid", &jid, sizeof(jid)); if (error == 0) { TAILQ_FOREACH(pr, &allprison, pr_list) { if (pr->pr_id > jid && prison_ischild(mypr, pr)) { mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); if (pr->pr_ref > 0 && (pr->pr_uref > 0 || (flags & JAIL_DYING))) break; mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); } } if (pr != NULL) goto found_prison; error = ENOENT; vfs_opterror(opts, "no jail after %d", jid); goto done_unlock_list; } else if (error != ENOENT) goto done_unlock_list; error = vfs_copyopt(opts, "jid", &jid, sizeof(jid)); if (error == 0) { if (jid != 0) { pr = prison_find_child(mypr, jid); if (pr != NULL) { if (pr->pr_uref == 0 && !(flags & JAIL_DYING)) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); error = ENOENT; vfs_opterror(opts, "jail %d is dying", jid); goto done_unlock_list; } goto found_prison; } error = ENOENT; vfs_opterror(opts, "jail %d not found", jid); goto done_unlock_list; } } else if (error != ENOENT) goto done_unlock_list; error = vfs_getopt(opts, "name", (void **)&name, &len); if (error == 0) { if (len == 0 || name[len - 1] != '\0') { error = EINVAL; goto done_unlock_list; } pr = prison_find_name(mypr, name); if (pr != NULL) { if (pr->pr_uref == 0 && !(flags & JAIL_DYING)) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); error = ENOENT; vfs_opterror(opts, "jail \"%s\" is dying", name); goto done_unlock_list; } goto found_prison; } error = ENOENT; vfs_opterror(opts, "jail \"%s\" not found", name); goto done_unlock_list; } else if (error != ENOENT) goto done_unlock_list; vfs_opterror(opts, "no jail specified"); error = ENOENT; goto done_unlock_list; found_prison: /* Get the parameters of the prison. */ pr->pr_ref++; locked = PD_LOCKED; td->td_retval[0] = pr->pr_id; error = vfs_setopt(opts, "jid", &pr->pr_id, sizeof(pr->pr_id)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; i = (pr->pr_parent == mypr) ? 0 : pr->pr_parent->pr_id; error = vfs_setopt(opts, "parent", &i, sizeof(i)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; error = vfs_setopts(opts, "name", prison_name(mypr, pr)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; error = vfs_setopt(opts, "cpuset.id", &pr->pr_cpuset->cs_id, sizeof(pr->pr_cpuset->cs_id)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; error = vfs_setopts(opts, "path", prison_path(mypr, pr)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; #ifdef INET error = vfs_setopt_part(opts, "ip4.addr", pr->pr_ip4, pr->pr_ip4s * sizeof(*pr->pr_ip4)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; #endif #ifdef INET6 error = vfs_setopt_part(opts, "ip6.addr", pr->pr_ip6, pr->pr_ip6s * sizeof(*pr->pr_ip6)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; #endif error = vfs_setopt(opts, "securelevel", &pr->pr_securelevel, sizeof(pr->pr_securelevel)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; error = vfs_setopt(opts, "children.cur", &pr->pr_childcount, sizeof(pr->pr_childcount)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; error = vfs_setopt(opts, "children.max", &pr->pr_childmax, sizeof(pr->pr_childmax)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; error = vfs_setopts(opts, "host.hostname", pr->pr_hostname); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; error = vfs_setopts(opts, "host.domainname", pr->pr_domainname); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; error = vfs_setopts(opts, "host.hostuuid", pr->pr_hostuuid); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; #ifdef COMPAT_IA32 if (td->td_proc->p_sysent->sv_flags & SV_IA32) { uint32_t hid32 = pr->pr_hostid; error = vfs_setopt(opts, "host.hostid", &hid32, sizeof(hid32)); } else #endif error = vfs_setopt(opts, "host.hostid", &pr->pr_hostid, sizeof(pr->pr_hostid)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; error = vfs_setopt(opts, "enforce_statfs", &pr->pr_enforce_statfs, sizeof(pr->pr_enforce_statfs)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; for (fi = 0; fi < sizeof(pr_flag_names) / sizeof(pr_flag_names[0]); fi++) { if (pr_flag_names[fi] == NULL) continue; i = (pr->pr_flags & (1 << fi)) ? 1 : 0; error = vfs_setopt(opts, pr_flag_names[fi], &i, sizeof(i)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; i = !i; error = vfs_setopt(opts, pr_flag_nonames[fi], &i, sizeof(i)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; } for (fi = 0; fi < sizeof(pr_flag_jailsys) / sizeof(pr_flag_jailsys[0]); fi++) { i = pr->pr_flags & (pr_flag_jailsys[fi].disable | pr_flag_jailsys[fi].new); i = pr_flag_jailsys[fi].disable && (i == pr_flag_jailsys[fi].disable) ? JAIL_SYS_DISABLE : (i == pr_flag_jailsys[fi].new) ? JAIL_SYS_NEW : JAIL_SYS_INHERIT; error = vfs_setopt(opts, pr_flag_jailsys[fi].name, &i, sizeof(i)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; } for (fi = 0; fi < sizeof(pr_allow_names) / sizeof(pr_allow_names[0]); fi++) { if (pr_allow_names[fi] == NULL) continue; i = (pr->pr_allow & (1 << fi)) ? 1 : 0; error = vfs_setopt(opts, pr_allow_names[fi], &i, sizeof(i)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; i = !i; error = vfs_setopt(opts, pr_allow_nonames[fi], &i, sizeof(i)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; } i = (pr->pr_uref == 0); error = vfs_setopt(opts, "dying", &i, sizeof(i)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; i = !i; error = vfs_setopt(opts, "nodying", &i, sizeof(i)); if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT) goto done_deref; /* Get the module parameters. */ mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); locked = 0; error = osd_jail_call(pr, PR_METHOD_GET, opts); if (error) goto done_deref; prison_deref(pr, PD_DEREF | PD_LIST_SLOCKED); /* By now, all parameters should have been noted. */ TAILQ_FOREACH(opt, opts, link) { if (!opt->seen && strcmp(opt->name, "errmsg")) { error = EINVAL; vfs_opterror(opts, "unknown parameter: %s", opt->name); goto done_errmsg; } } /* Write the fetched parameters back to userspace. */ error = 0; TAILQ_FOREACH(opt, opts, link) { if (opt->pos >= 0 && opt->pos != errmsg_pos) { pos = 2 * opt->pos + 1; optuio->uio_iov[pos].iov_len = opt->len; if (opt->value != NULL) { if (optuio->uio_segflg == UIO_SYSSPACE) { bcopy(opt->value, optuio->uio_iov[pos].iov_base, opt->len); } else { error = copyout(opt->value, optuio->uio_iov[pos].iov_base, opt->len); if (error) break; } } } } goto done_errmsg; done_deref: prison_deref(pr, locked | PD_DEREF | PD_LIST_SLOCKED); goto done_errmsg; done_unlock_list: sx_sunlock(&allprison_lock); done_errmsg: if (error && errmsg_pos >= 0) { vfs_getopt(opts, "errmsg", (void **)&errmsg, &errmsg_len); errmsg_pos = 2 * errmsg_pos + 1; if (errmsg_len > 0) { if (optuio->uio_segflg == UIO_SYSSPACE) bcopy(errmsg, optuio->uio_iov[errmsg_pos].iov_base, errmsg_len); else copyout(errmsg, optuio->uio_iov[errmsg_pos].iov_base, errmsg_len); } } vfs_freeopts(opts); return (error); } /* * struct jail_remove_args { * int jid; * }; */ int jail_remove(struct thread *td, struct jail_remove_args *uap) { struct prison *pr, *cpr, *lpr, *tpr; int descend, error; error = priv_check(td, PRIV_JAIL_REMOVE); if (error) return (error); sx_xlock(&allprison_lock); pr = prison_find_child(td->td_ucred->cr_prison, uap->jid); if (pr == NULL) { sx_xunlock(&allprison_lock); return (EINVAL); } /* Remove all descendants of this prison, then remove this prison. */ pr->pr_ref++; pr->pr_flags |= PR_REMOVE; if (!LIST_EMPTY(&pr->pr_children)) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); lpr = NULL; FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT(pr, cpr, descend) { mtx_lock(&cpr->pr_mtx); if (cpr->pr_ref > 0) { tpr = cpr; cpr->pr_ref++; cpr->pr_flags |= PR_REMOVE; } else { /* Already removed - do not do it again. */ tpr = NULL; } mtx_unlock(&cpr->pr_mtx); if (lpr != NULL) { mtx_lock(&lpr->pr_mtx); prison_remove_one(lpr); sx_xlock(&allprison_lock); } lpr = tpr; } if (lpr != NULL) { mtx_lock(&lpr->pr_mtx); prison_remove_one(lpr); sx_xlock(&allprison_lock); } mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); } prison_remove_one(pr); return (0); } static void prison_remove_one(struct prison *pr) { struct proc *p; int deuref; /* If the prison was persistent, it is not anymore. */ deuref = 0; if (pr->pr_flags & PR_PERSIST) { pr->pr_ref--; deuref = PD_DEUREF; pr->pr_flags &= ~PR_PERSIST; } /* * jail_remove added a reference. If that's the only one, remove * the prison now. */ KASSERT(pr->pr_ref > 0, ("prison_remove_one removing a dead prison (jid=%d)", pr->pr_id)); if (pr->pr_ref == 1) { prison_deref(pr, deuref | PD_DEREF | PD_LOCKED | PD_LIST_XLOCKED); return; } mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); sx_xunlock(&allprison_lock); /* * Kill all processes unfortunate enough to be attached to this prison. */ sx_slock(&allproc_lock); LIST_FOREACH(p, &allproc, p_list) { PROC_LOCK(p); if (p->p_state != PRS_NEW && p->p_ucred && p->p_ucred->cr_prison == pr) psignal(p, SIGKILL); PROC_UNLOCK(p); } sx_sunlock(&allproc_lock); /* Remove the temporary reference added by jail_remove. */ prison_deref(pr, deuref | PD_DEREF); } /* * struct jail_attach_args { * int jid; * }; */ int jail_attach(struct thread *td, struct jail_attach_args *uap) { struct prison *pr; int error; error = priv_check(td, PRIV_JAIL_ATTACH); if (error) return (error); sx_slock(&allprison_lock); pr = prison_find_child(td->td_ucred->cr_prison, uap->jid); if (pr == NULL) { sx_sunlock(&allprison_lock); return (EINVAL); } /* * Do not allow a process to attach to a prison that is not * considered to be "alive". */ if (pr->pr_uref == 0) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); sx_sunlock(&allprison_lock); return (EINVAL); } return (do_jail_attach(td, pr)); } static int do_jail_attach(struct thread *td, struct prison *pr) { struct prison *ppr; struct proc *p; struct ucred *newcred, *oldcred; int vfslocked, error; /* * XXX: Note that there is a slight race here if two threads * in the same privileged process attempt to attach to two * different jails at the same time. It is important for * user processes not to do this, or they might end up with * a process root from one prison, but attached to the jail * of another. */ pr->pr_ref++; pr->pr_uref++; mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); /* Let modules do whatever they need to prepare for attaching. */ error = osd_jail_call(pr, PR_METHOD_ATTACH, td); if (error) { prison_deref(pr, PD_DEREF | PD_DEUREF | PD_LIST_SLOCKED); return (error); } sx_sunlock(&allprison_lock); /* * Reparent the newly attached process to this jail. */ ppr = td->td_ucred->cr_prison; p = td->td_proc; error = cpuset_setproc_update_set(p, pr->pr_cpuset); if (error) goto e_revert_osd; vfslocked = VFS_LOCK_GIANT(pr->pr_root->v_mount); vn_lock(pr->pr_root, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY); if ((error = change_dir(pr->pr_root, td)) != 0) goto e_unlock; #ifdef MAC if ((error = mac_vnode_check_chroot(td->td_ucred, pr->pr_root))) goto e_unlock; #endif VOP_UNLOCK(pr->pr_root, 0); if ((error = change_root(pr->pr_root, td))) goto e_unlock_giant; VFS_UNLOCK_GIANT(vfslocked); newcred = crget(); PROC_LOCK(p); oldcred = p->p_ucred; setsugid(p); crcopy(newcred, oldcred); newcred->cr_prison = pr; p->p_ucred = newcred; PROC_UNLOCK(p); crfree(oldcred); prison_deref(ppr, PD_DEREF | PD_DEUREF); return (0); e_unlock: VOP_UNLOCK(pr->pr_root, 0); e_unlock_giant: VFS_UNLOCK_GIANT(vfslocked); e_revert_osd: /* Tell modules this thread is still in its old jail after all. */ (void)osd_jail_call(ppr, PR_METHOD_ATTACH, td); prison_deref(pr, PD_DEREF | PD_DEUREF); return (error); } /* * Returns a locked prison instance, or NULL on failure. */ struct prison * prison_find(int prid) { struct prison *pr; sx_assert(&allprison_lock, SX_LOCKED); TAILQ_FOREACH(pr, &allprison, pr_list) { if (pr->pr_id == prid) { mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); if (pr->pr_ref > 0) return (pr); mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); } } return (NULL); } /* * Find a prison that is a descendant of mypr. Returns a locked prison or NULL. */ struct prison * prison_find_child(struct prison *mypr, int prid) { struct prison *pr; int descend; sx_assert(&allprison_lock, SX_LOCKED); FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT(mypr, pr, descend) { if (pr->pr_id == prid) { mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); if (pr->pr_ref > 0) return (pr); mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); } } return (NULL); } /* * Look for the name relative to mypr. Returns a locked prison or NULL. */ struct prison * prison_find_name(struct prison *mypr, const char *name) { struct prison *pr, *deadpr; size_t mylen; int descend; sx_assert(&allprison_lock, SX_LOCKED); mylen = (mypr == &prison0) ? 0 : strlen(mypr->pr_name) + 1; again: deadpr = NULL; FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT(mypr, pr, descend) { if (!strcmp(pr->pr_name + mylen, name)) { mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); if (pr->pr_ref > 0) { if (pr->pr_uref > 0) return (pr); deadpr = pr; } mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); } } /* There was no valid prison - perhaps there was a dying one. */ if (deadpr != NULL) { mtx_lock(&deadpr->pr_mtx); if (deadpr->pr_ref == 0) { mtx_unlock(&deadpr->pr_mtx); goto again; } } return (deadpr); } /* * See if a prison has the specific flag set. */ int prison_flag(struct ucred *cred, unsigned flag) { /* This is an atomic read, so no locking is necessary. */ return (cred->cr_prison->pr_flags & flag); } int prison_allow(struct ucred *cred, unsigned flag) { /* This is an atomic read, so no locking is necessary. */ return (cred->cr_prison->pr_allow & flag); } /* * Remove a prison reference. If that was the last reference, remove the * prison itself - but not in this context in case there are locks held. */ void prison_free_locked(struct prison *pr) { mtx_assert(&pr->pr_mtx, MA_OWNED); pr->pr_ref--; if (pr->pr_ref == 0) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); TASK_INIT(&pr->pr_task, 0, prison_complete, pr); taskqueue_enqueue(taskqueue_thread, &pr->pr_task); return; } mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); } void prison_free(struct prison *pr) { mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); prison_free_locked(pr); } static void prison_complete(void *context, int pending) { prison_deref((struct prison *)context, 0); } /* * Remove a prison reference (usually). This internal version assumes no * mutexes are held, except perhaps the prison itself. If there are no more * references, release and delist the prison. On completion, the prison lock * and the allprison lock are both unlocked. */ static void prison_deref(struct prison *pr, int flags) { struct prison *ppr, *tpr; int vfslocked; if (!(flags & PD_LOCKED)) mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); /* Decrement the user references in a separate loop. */ if (flags & PD_DEUREF) { for (tpr = pr;; tpr = tpr->pr_parent) { if (tpr != pr) mtx_lock(&tpr->pr_mtx); if (--tpr->pr_uref > 0) break; KASSERT(tpr != &prison0, ("prison0 pr_uref=0")); mtx_unlock(&tpr->pr_mtx); } /* Done if there were only user references to remove. */ if (!(flags & PD_DEREF)) { mtx_unlock(&tpr->pr_mtx); if (flags & PD_LIST_SLOCKED) sx_sunlock(&allprison_lock); else if (flags & PD_LIST_XLOCKED) sx_xunlock(&allprison_lock); return; } if (tpr != pr) { mtx_unlock(&tpr->pr_mtx); mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); } } for (;;) { if (flags & PD_DEREF) pr->pr_ref--; /* If the prison still has references, nothing else to do. */ if (pr->pr_ref > 0) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); if (flags & PD_LIST_SLOCKED) sx_sunlock(&allprison_lock); else if (flags & PD_LIST_XLOCKED) sx_xunlock(&allprison_lock); return; } mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); if (flags & PD_LIST_SLOCKED) { if (!sx_try_upgrade(&allprison_lock)) { sx_sunlock(&allprison_lock); sx_xlock(&allprison_lock); } } else if (!(flags & PD_LIST_XLOCKED)) sx_xlock(&allprison_lock); TAILQ_REMOVE(&allprison, pr, pr_list); LIST_REMOVE(pr, pr_sibling); ppr = pr->pr_parent; for (tpr = ppr; tpr != NULL; tpr = tpr->pr_parent) tpr->pr_childcount--; sx_xunlock(&allprison_lock); #ifdef VIMAGE if (pr->pr_vnet != ppr->pr_vnet) vnet_destroy(pr->pr_vnet); #endif if (pr->pr_root != NULL) { vfslocked = VFS_LOCK_GIANT(pr->pr_root->v_mount); vrele(pr->pr_root); VFS_UNLOCK_GIANT(vfslocked); } mtx_destroy(&pr->pr_mtx); #ifdef INET free(pr->pr_ip4, M_PRISON); #endif #ifdef INET6 free(pr->pr_ip6, M_PRISON); #endif if (pr->pr_cpuset != NULL) cpuset_rel(pr->pr_cpuset); osd_jail_exit(pr); free(pr, M_PRISON); /* Removing a prison frees a reference on its parent. */ pr = ppr; mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); flags = PD_DEREF; } } void prison_hold_locked(struct prison *pr) { mtx_assert(&pr->pr_mtx, MA_OWNED); KASSERT(pr->pr_ref > 0, ("Trying to hold dead prison (jid=%d).", pr->pr_id)); pr->pr_ref++; } void prison_hold(struct prison *pr) { mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); prison_hold_locked(pr); mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); } void prison_proc_hold(struct prison *pr) { mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); KASSERT(pr->pr_uref > 0, ("Cannot add a process to a non-alive prison (jid=%d)", pr->pr_id)); pr->pr_uref++; mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); } void prison_proc_free(struct prison *pr) { mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); KASSERT(pr->pr_uref > 0, ("Trying to kill a process in a dead prison (jid=%d)", pr->pr_id)); prison_deref(pr, PD_DEUREF | PD_LOCKED); } #ifdef INET /* * Restrict a prison's IP address list with its parent's, possibly replacing * it. Return true if the replacement buffer was used (or would have been). */ static int prison_restrict_ip4(struct prison *pr, struct in_addr *newip4) { int ii, ij, used; struct prison *ppr; ppr = pr->pr_parent; if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP4_USER)) { /* This has no user settings, so just copy the parent's list. */ if (pr->pr_ip4s < ppr->pr_ip4s) { /* * There's no room for the parent's list. Use the * new list buffer, which is assumed to be big enough * (if it was passed). If there's no buffer, try to * allocate one. */ used = 1; if (newip4 == NULL) { newip4 = malloc(ppr->pr_ip4s * sizeof(*newip4), M_PRISON, M_NOWAIT); if (newip4 != NULL) used = 0; } if (newip4 != NULL) { bcopy(ppr->pr_ip4, newip4, ppr->pr_ip4s * sizeof(*newip4)); free(pr->pr_ip4, M_PRISON); pr->pr_ip4 = newip4; pr->pr_ip4s = ppr->pr_ip4s; } return (used); } pr->pr_ip4s = ppr->pr_ip4s; if (pr->pr_ip4s > 0) bcopy(ppr->pr_ip4, pr->pr_ip4, pr->pr_ip4s * sizeof(*newip4)); else if (pr->pr_ip4 != NULL) { free(pr->pr_ip4, M_PRISON); pr->pr_ip4 = NULL; } } else if (pr->pr_ip4s > 0) { /* Remove addresses that aren't in the parent. */ for (ij = 0; ij < ppr->pr_ip4s; ij++) if (pr->pr_ip4[0].s_addr == ppr->pr_ip4[ij].s_addr) break; if (ij < ppr->pr_ip4s) ii = 1; else { bcopy(pr->pr_ip4 + 1, pr->pr_ip4, --pr->pr_ip4s * sizeof(*pr->pr_ip4)); ii = 0; } for (ij = 1; ii < pr->pr_ip4s; ) { if (pr->pr_ip4[ii].s_addr == ppr->pr_ip4[0].s_addr) { ii++; continue; } switch (ij >= ppr->pr_ip4s ? -1 : qcmp_v4(&pr->pr_ip4[ii], &ppr->pr_ip4[ij])) { case -1: bcopy(pr->pr_ip4 + ii + 1, pr->pr_ip4 + ii, (--pr->pr_ip4s - ii) * sizeof(*pr->pr_ip4)); break; case 0: ii++; ij++; break; case 1: ij++; break; } } if (pr->pr_ip4s == 0) { pr->pr_flags |= PR_IP4_DISABLE; free(pr->pr_ip4, M_PRISON); pr->pr_ip4 = NULL; } } return (0); } /* * Pass back primary IPv4 address of this jail. * * If not restricted return success but do not alter the address. Caller has * to make sure to initialize it correctly (e.g. INADDR_ANY). * * Returns 0 on success, EAFNOSUPPORT if the jail doesn't allow IPv4. * Address returned in NBO. */ int prison_get_ip4(struct ucred *cred, struct in_addr *ia) { struct prison *pr; KASSERT(cred != NULL, ("%s: cred is NULL", __func__)); KASSERT(ia != NULL, ("%s: ia is NULL", __func__)); pr = cred->cr_prison; if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP4)) return (0); mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP4)) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } if (pr->pr_ip4 == NULL) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (EAFNOSUPPORT); } ia->s_addr = pr->pr_ip4[0].s_addr; mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } /* * Return 1 if we should do proper source address selection or are not jailed. * We will return 0 if we should bypass source address selection in favour * of the primary jail IPv4 address. Only in this case *ia will be updated and * returned in NBO. * Return EAFNOSUPPORT, in case this jail does not allow IPv4. */ int prison_saddrsel_ip4(struct ucred *cred, struct in_addr *ia) { struct prison *pr; struct in_addr lia; int error; KASSERT(cred != NULL, ("%s: cred is NULL", __func__)); KASSERT(ia != NULL, ("%s: ia is NULL", __func__)); if (!jailed(cred)) return (1); pr = cred->cr_prison; if (pr->pr_flags & PR_IP4_SADDRSEL) return (1); lia.s_addr = INADDR_ANY; error = prison_get_ip4(cred, &lia); if (error) return (error); if (lia.s_addr == INADDR_ANY) return (1); ia->s_addr = lia.s_addr; return (0); } /* * Return true if pr1 and pr2 have the same IPv4 address restrictions. */ int prison_equal_ip4(struct prison *pr1, struct prison *pr2) { if (pr1 == pr2) return (1); /* * No need to lock since the PR_IP4_USER flag can't be altered for * existing prisons. */ while (pr1 != &prison0 && #ifdef VIMAGE !(pr1->pr_flags & PR_VNET) && #endif !(pr1->pr_flags & PR_IP4_USER)) pr1 = pr1->pr_parent; while (pr2 != &prison0 && #ifdef VIMAGE !(pr2->pr_flags & PR_VNET) && #endif !(pr2->pr_flags & PR_IP4_USER)) pr2 = pr2->pr_parent; return (pr1 == pr2); } /* * Make sure our (source) address is set to something meaningful to this * jail. * * Returns 0 if jail doesn't restrict IPv4 or if address belongs to jail, * EADDRNOTAVAIL if the address doesn't belong, or EAFNOSUPPORT if the jail * doesn't allow IPv4. Address passed in in NBO and returned in NBO. */ int prison_local_ip4(struct ucred *cred, struct in_addr *ia) { struct prison *pr; struct in_addr ia0; int error; KASSERT(cred != NULL, ("%s: cred is NULL", __func__)); KASSERT(ia != NULL, ("%s: ia is NULL", __func__)); pr = cred->cr_prison; if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP4)) return (0); mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP4)) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } if (pr->pr_ip4 == NULL) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (EAFNOSUPPORT); } ia0.s_addr = ntohl(ia->s_addr); if (ia0.s_addr == INADDR_LOOPBACK) { ia->s_addr = pr->pr_ip4[0].s_addr; mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } if (ia0.s_addr == INADDR_ANY) { /* * In case there is only 1 IPv4 address, bind directly. */ if (pr->pr_ip4s == 1) ia->s_addr = pr->pr_ip4[0].s_addr; mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } error = _prison_check_ip4(pr, ia); mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (error); } /* * Rewrite destination address in case we will connect to loopback address. * * Returns 0 on success, EAFNOSUPPORT if the jail doesn't allow IPv4. * Address passed in in NBO and returned in NBO. */ int prison_remote_ip4(struct ucred *cred, struct in_addr *ia) { struct prison *pr; KASSERT(cred != NULL, ("%s: cred is NULL", __func__)); KASSERT(ia != NULL, ("%s: ia is NULL", __func__)); pr = cred->cr_prison; if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP4)) return (0); mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP4)) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } if (pr->pr_ip4 == NULL) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (EAFNOSUPPORT); } if (ntohl(ia->s_addr) == INADDR_LOOPBACK) { ia->s_addr = pr->pr_ip4[0].s_addr; mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } /* * Return success because nothing had to be changed. */ mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } /* * Check if given address belongs to the jail referenced by cred/prison. * * Returns 0 if jail doesn't restrict IPv4 or if address belongs to jail, * EADDRNOTAVAIL if the address doesn't belong, or EAFNOSUPPORT if the jail * doesn't allow IPv4. Address passed in in NBO. */ static int _prison_check_ip4(struct prison *pr, struct in_addr *ia) { int i, a, z, d; /* * Check the primary IP. */ if (pr->pr_ip4[0].s_addr == ia->s_addr) return (0); /* * All the other IPs are sorted so we can do a binary search. */ a = 0; z = pr->pr_ip4s - 2; while (a <= z) { i = (a + z) / 2; d = qcmp_v4(&pr->pr_ip4[i+1], ia); if (d > 0) z = i - 1; else if (d < 0) a = i + 1; else return (0); } return (EADDRNOTAVAIL); } int prison_check_ip4(struct ucred *cred, struct in_addr *ia) { struct prison *pr; int error; KASSERT(cred != NULL, ("%s: cred is NULL", __func__)); KASSERT(ia != NULL, ("%s: ia is NULL", __func__)); pr = cred->cr_prison; if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP4)) return (0); mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP4)) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } if (pr->pr_ip4 == NULL) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (EAFNOSUPPORT); } error = _prison_check_ip4(pr, ia); mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (error); } #endif #ifdef INET6 static int prison_restrict_ip6(struct prison *pr, struct in6_addr *newip6) { int ii, ij, used; struct prison *ppr; ppr = pr->pr_parent; if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP6_USER)) { /* This has no user settings, so just copy the parent's list. */ if (pr->pr_ip6s < ppr->pr_ip6s) { /* * There's no room for the parent's list. Use the * new list buffer, which is assumed to be big enough * (if it was passed). If there's no buffer, try to * allocate one. */ used = 1; if (newip6 == NULL) { newip6 = malloc(ppr->pr_ip6s * sizeof(*newip6), M_PRISON, M_NOWAIT); if (newip6 != NULL) used = 0; } if (newip6 != NULL) { bcopy(ppr->pr_ip6, newip6, ppr->pr_ip6s * sizeof(*newip6)); free(pr->pr_ip6, M_PRISON); pr->pr_ip6 = newip6; pr->pr_ip6s = ppr->pr_ip6s; } return (used); } pr->pr_ip6s = ppr->pr_ip6s; if (pr->pr_ip6s > 0) bcopy(ppr->pr_ip6, pr->pr_ip6, pr->pr_ip6s * sizeof(*newip6)); else if (pr->pr_ip6 != NULL) { free(pr->pr_ip6, M_PRISON); pr->pr_ip6 = NULL; } } else if (pr->pr_ip6s > 0) { /* Remove addresses that aren't in the parent. */ for (ij = 0; ij < ppr->pr_ip6s; ij++) if (IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&pr->pr_ip6[0], &ppr->pr_ip6[ij])) break; if (ij < ppr->pr_ip6s) ii = 1; else { bcopy(pr->pr_ip6 + 1, pr->pr_ip6, --pr->pr_ip6s * sizeof(*pr->pr_ip6)); ii = 0; } for (ij = 1; ii < pr->pr_ip6s; ) { if (IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&pr->pr_ip6[ii], &ppr->pr_ip6[0])) { ii++; continue; } switch (ij >= ppr->pr_ip4s ? -1 : qcmp_v6(&pr->pr_ip6[ii], &ppr->pr_ip6[ij])) { case -1: bcopy(pr->pr_ip6 + ii + 1, pr->pr_ip6 + ii, (--pr->pr_ip6s - ii) * sizeof(*pr->pr_ip6)); break; case 0: ii++; ij++; break; case 1: ij++; break; } } if (pr->pr_ip6s == 0) { pr->pr_flags |= PR_IP6_DISABLE; free(pr->pr_ip6, M_PRISON); pr->pr_ip6 = NULL; } } return 0; } /* * Pass back primary IPv6 address for this jail. * * If not restricted return success but do not alter the address. Caller has * to make sure to initialize it correctly (e.g. IN6ADDR_ANY_INIT). * * Returns 0 on success, EAFNOSUPPORT if the jail doesn't allow IPv6. */ int prison_get_ip6(struct ucred *cred, struct in6_addr *ia6) { struct prison *pr; KASSERT(cred != NULL, ("%s: cred is NULL", __func__)); KASSERT(ia6 != NULL, ("%s: ia6 is NULL", __func__)); pr = cred->cr_prison; if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP6)) return (0); mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP6)) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } if (pr->pr_ip6 == NULL) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (EAFNOSUPPORT); } bcopy(&pr->pr_ip6[0], ia6, sizeof(struct in6_addr)); mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } /* * Return 1 if we should do proper source address selection or are not jailed. * We will return 0 if we should bypass source address selection in favour * of the primary jail IPv6 address. Only in this case *ia will be updated and * returned in NBO. * Return EAFNOSUPPORT, in case this jail does not allow IPv6. */ int prison_saddrsel_ip6(struct ucred *cred, struct in6_addr *ia6) { struct prison *pr; struct in6_addr lia6; int error; KASSERT(cred != NULL, ("%s: cred is NULL", __func__)); KASSERT(ia6 != NULL, ("%s: ia6 is NULL", __func__)); if (!jailed(cred)) return (1); pr = cred->cr_prison; if (pr->pr_flags & PR_IP6_SADDRSEL) return (1); lia6 = in6addr_any; error = prison_get_ip6(cred, &lia6); if (error) return (error); if (IN6_IS_ADDR_UNSPECIFIED(&lia6)) return (1); bcopy(&lia6, ia6, sizeof(struct in6_addr)); return (0); } /* * Return true if pr1 and pr2 have the same IPv6 address restrictions. */ int prison_equal_ip6(struct prison *pr1, struct prison *pr2) { if (pr1 == pr2) return (1); while (pr1 != &prison0 && #ifdef VIMAGE !(pr1->pr_flags & PR_VNET) && #endif !(pr1->pr_flags & PR_IP6_USER)) pr1 = pr1->pr_parent; while (pr2 != &prison0 && #ifdef VIMAGE !(pr2->pr_flags & PR_VNET) && #endif !(pr2->pr_flags & PR_IP6_USER)) pr2 = pr2->pr_parent; return (pr1 == pr2); } /* * Make sure our (source) address is set to something meaningful to this jail. * * v6only should be set based on (inp->inp_flags & IN6P_IPV6_V6ONLY != 0) * when needed while binding. * * Returns 0 if jail doesn't restrict IPv6 or if address belongs to jail, * EADDRNOTAVAIL if the address doesn't belong, or EAFNOSUPPORT if the jail * doesn't allow IPv6. */ int prison_local_ip6(struct ucred *cred, struct in6_addr *ia6, int v6only) { struct prison *pr; int error; KASSERT(cred != NULL, ("%s: cred is NULL", __func__)); KASSERT(ia6 != NULL, ("%s: ia6 is NULL", __func__)); pr = cred->cr_prison; if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP6)) return (0); mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP6)) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } if (pr->pr_ip6 == NULL) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (EAFNOSUPPORT); } if (IN6_IS_ADDR_LOOPBACK(ia6)) { bcopy(&pr->pr_ip6[0], ia6, sizeof(struct in6_addr)); mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } if (IN6_IS_ADDR_UNSPECIFIED(ia6)) { /* * In case there is only 1 IPv6 address, and v6only is true, * then bind directly. */ if (v6only != 0 && pr->pr_ip6s == 1) bcopy(&pr->pr_ip6[0], ia6, sizeof(struct in6_addr)); mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } error = _prison_check_ip6(pr, ia6); mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (error); } /* * Rewrite destination address in case we will connect to loopback address. * * Returns 0 on success, EAFNOSUPPORT if the jail doesn't allow IPv6. */ int prison_remote_ip6(struct ucred *cred, struct in6_addr *ia6) { struct prison *pr; KASSERT(cred != NULL, ("%s: cred is NULL", __func__)); KASSERT(ia6 != NULL, ("%s: ia6 is NULL", __func__)); pr = cred->cr_prison; if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP6)) return (0); mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP6)) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } if (pr->pr_ip6 == NULL) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (EAFNOSUPPORT); } if (IN6_IS_ADDR_LOOPBACK(ia6)) { bcopy(&pr->pr_ip6[0], ia6, sizeof(struct in6_addr)); mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } /* * Return success because nothing had to be changed. */ mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } /* * Check if given address belongs to the jail referenced by cred/prison. * * Returns 0 if jail doesn't restrict IPv6 or if address belongs to jail, * EADDRNOTAVAIL if the address doesn't belong, or EAFNOSUPPORT if the jail * doesn't allow IPv6. */ static int _prison_check_ip6(struct prison *pr, struct in6_addr *ia6) { int i, a, z, d; /* * Check the primary IP. */ if (IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&pr->pr_ip6[0], ia6)) return (0); /* * All the other IPs are sorted so we can do a binary search. */ a = 0; z = pr->pr_ip6s - 2; while (a <= z) { i = (a + z) / 2; d = qcmp_v6(&pr->pr_ip6[i+1], ia6); if (d > 0) z = i - 1; else if (d < 0) a = i + 1; else return (0); } return (EADDRNOTAVAIL); } int prison_check_ip6(struct ucred *cred, struct in6_addr *ia6) { struct prison *pr; int error; KASSERT(cred != NULL, ("%s: cred is NULL", __func__)); KASSERT(ia6 != NULL, ("%s: ia6 is NULL", __func__)); pr = cred->cr_prison; if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP6)) return (0); mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); if (!(pr->pr_flags & PR_IP6)) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (0); } if (pr->pr_ip6 == NULL) { mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (EAFNOSUPPORT); } error = _prison_check_ip6(pr, ia6); mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); return (error); } #endif /* * Check if a jail supports the given address family. * * Returns 0 if not jailed or the address family is supported, EAFNOSUPPORT * if not. */ int prison_check_af(struct ucred *cred, int af) { struct prison *pr; int error; KASSERT(cred != NULL, ("%s: cred is NULL", __func__)); pr = cred->cr_prison; #ifdef VIMAGE /* Prisons with their own network stack are not limited. */ if (prison_owns_vnet(cred)) return (0); #endif error = 0; switch (af) { #ifdef INET case AF_INET: if (pr->pr_flags & PR_IP4) { mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); if ((pr->pr_flags & PR_IP4) && pr->pr_ip4 == NULL) error = EAFNOSUPPORT; mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); } break; #endif #ifdef INET6 case AF_INET6: if (pr->pr_flags & PR_IP6) { mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); if ((pr->pr_flags & PR_IP6) && pr->pr_ip6 == NULL) error = EAFNOSUPPORT; mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); } break; #endif case AF_LOCAL: case AF_ROUTE: break; default: if (!(pr->pr_allow & PR_ALLOW_SOCKET_AF)) error = EAFNOSUPPORT; } return (error); } /* * Check if given address belongs to the jail referenced by cred (wrapper to * prison_check_ip[46]). * * Returns 0 if jail doesn't restrict the address family or if address belongs * to jail, EADDRNOTAVAIL if the address doesn't belong, or EAFNOSUPPORT if * the jail doesn't allow the address family. IPv4 Address passed in in NBO. */ int prison_if(struct ucred *cred, struct sockaddr *sa) { #ifdef INET struct sockaddr_in *sai; #endif #ifdef INET6 struct sockaddr_in6 *sai6; #endif int error; KASSERT(cred != NULL, ("%s: cred is NULL", __func__)); KASSERT(sa != NULL, ("%s: sa is NULL", __func__)); #ifdef VIMAGE if (prison_owns_vnet(cred)) return (0); #endif error = 0; switch (sa->sa_family) { #ifdef INET case AF_INET: sai = (struct sockaddr_in *)sa; error = prison_check_ip4(cred, &sai->sin_addr); break; #endif #ifdef INET6 case AF_INET6: sai6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)sa; error = prison_check_ip6(cred, &sai6->sin6_addr); break; #endif default: if (!(cred->cr_prison->pr_allow & PR_ALLOW_SOCKET_AF)) error = EAFNOSUPPORT; } return (error); } /* * Return 0 if jails permit p1 to frob p2, otherwise ESRCH. */ int prison_check(struct ucred *cred1, struct ucred *cred2) { return ((cred1->cr_prison == cred2->cr_prison || prison_ischild(cred1->cr_prison, cred2->cr_prison)) ? 0 : ESRCH); } /* * Return 1 if p2 is a child of p1, otherwise 0. */ int prison_ischild(struct prison *pr1, struct prison *pr2) { for (pr2 = pr2->pr_parent; pr2 != NULL; pr2 = pr2->pr_parent) if (pr1 == pr2) return (1); return (0); } /* * Return 1 if the passed credential is in a jail, otherwise 0. */ int jailed(struct ucred *cred) { return (cred->cr_prison != &prison0); } /* * Return 1 if the passed credential is in a jail and that jail does not * have its own virtual network stack, otherwise 0. */ int jailed_without_vnet(struct ucred *cred) { if (!jailed(cred)) return (0); #ifdef VIMAGE if (prison_owns_vnet(cred)) return (0); #endif return (1); } /* * Return the correct hostname (domainname, et al) for the passed credential. */ void getcredhostname(struct ucred *cred, char *buf, size_t size) { struct prison *pr; /* * A NULL credential can be used to shortcut to the physical * system's hostname. */ pr = (cred != NULL) ? cred->cr_prison : &prison0; mtx_lock(&pr->pr_mtx); strlcpy(buf, pr->pr_hostname, size); mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); } void getcreddomainname(struct ucred *cred, char *buf, size_t size) { mtx_lock(&cred->cr_prison->pr_mtx); strlcpy(buf, cred->cr_prison->pr_domainname, size); mtx_unlock(&cred->cr_prison->pr_mtx); } void getcredhostuuid(struct ucred *cred, char *buf, size_t size) { mtx_lock(&cred->cr_prison->pr_mtx); strlcpy(buf, cred->cr_prison->pr_hostuuid, size); mtx_unlock(&cred->cr_prison->pr_mtx); } void getcredhostid(struct ucred *cred, unsigned long *hostid) { mtx_lock(&cred->cr_prison->pr_mtx); *hostid = cred->cr_prison->pr_hostid; mtx_unlock(&cred->cr_prison->pr_mtx); } #ifdef VIMAGE /* * Determine whether the prison represented by cred owns * its vnet rather than having it inherited. * * Returns 1 in case the prison owns the vnet, 0 otherwise. */ int prison_owns_vnet(struct ucred *cred) { /* * vnets cannot be added/removed after jail creation, * so no need to lock here. */ return (cred->cr_prison->pr_flags & PR_VNET ? 1 : 0); } #endif /* * Determine whether the subject represented by cred can "see" * status of a mount point. * Returns: 0 for permitted, ENOENT otherwise. * XXX: This function should be called cr_canseemount() and should be * placed in kern_prot.c. */ int prison_canseemount(struct ucred *cred, struct mount *mp) { struct prison *pr; struct statfs *sp; size_t len; pr = cred->cr_prison; if (pr->pr_enforce_statfs == 0) return (0); if (pr->pr_root->v_mount == mp) return (0); if (pr->pr_enforce_statfs == 2) return (ENOENT); /* * If jail's chroot directory is set to "/" we should be able to see * all mount-points from inside a jail. * This is ugly check, but this is the only situation when jail's * directory ends with '/'. */ if (strcmp(pr->pr_path, "/") == 0) return (0); len = strlen(pr->pr_path); sp = &mp->mnt_stat; if (strncmp(pr->pr_path, sp->f_mntonname, len) != 0) return (ENOENT); /* * Be sure that we don't have situation where jail's root directory * is "/some/path" and mount point is "/some/pathpath". */ if (sp->f_mntonname[len] != '\0' && sp->f_mntonname[len] != '/') return (ENOENT); return (0); } void prison_enforce_statfs(struct ucred *cred, struct mount *mp, struct statfs *sp) { char jpath[MAXPATHLEN]; struct prison *pr; size_t len; pr = cred->cr_prison; if (pr->pr_enforce_statfs == 0) return; if (prison_canseemount(cred, mp) != 0) { bzero(sp->f_mntonname, sizeof(sp->f_mntonname)); strlcpy(sp->f_mntonname, "[restricted]", sizeof(sp->f_mntonname)); return; } if (pr->pr_root->v_mount == mp) { /* * Clear current buffer data, so we are sure nothing from * the valid path left there. */ bzero(sp->f_mntonname, sizeof(sp->f_mntonname)); *sp->f_mntonname = '/'; return; } /* * If jail's chroot directory is set to "/" we should be able to see * all mount-points from inside a jail. */ if (strcmp(pr->pr_path, "/") == 0) return; len = strlen(pr->pr_path); strlcpy(jpath, sp->f_mntonname + len, sizeof(jpath)); /* * Clear current buffer data, so we are sure nothing from * the valid path left there. */ bzero(sp->f_mntonname, sizeof(sp->f_mntonname)); if (*jpath == '\0') { /* Should never happen. */ *sp->f_mntonname = '/'; } else { strlcpy(sp->f_mntonname, jpath, sizeof(sp->f_mntonname)); } } /* * Check with permission for a specific privilege is granted within jail. We * have a specific list of accepted privileges; the rest are denied. */ int prison_priv_check(struct ucred *cred, int priv) { if (!jailed(cred)) return (0); #ifdef VIMAGE /* * Privileges specific to prisons with a virtual network stack. * There might be a duplicate entry here in case the privilege * is only granted conditionally in the legacy jail case. */ switch (priv) { #ifdef notyet /* * NFS-specific privileges. */ case PRIV_NFS_DAEMON: case PRIV_NFS_LOCKD: #endif /* * Network stack privileges. */ case PRIV_NET_BRIDGE: case PRIV_NET_GRE: case PRIV_NET_BPF: case PRIV_NET_RAW: /* Dup, cond. in legacy jail case. */ case PRIV_NET_ROUTE: case PRIV_NET_TAP: case PRIV_NET_SETIFMTU: case PRIV_NET_SETIFFLAGS: case PRIV_NET_SETIFCAP: + case PRIV_NET_SETIFDESCR: case PRIV_NET_SETIFNAME : case PRIV_NET_SETIFMETRIC: case PRIV_NET_SETIFPHYS: case PRIV_NET_SETIFMAC: case PRIV_NET_ADDMULTI: case PRIV_NET_DELMULTI: case PRIV_NET_HWIOCTL: case PRIV_NET_SETLLADDR: case PRIV_NET_ADDIFGROUP: case PRIV_NET_DELIFGROUP: case PRIV_NET_IFCREATE: case PRIV_NET_IFDESTROY: case PRIV_NET_ADDIFADDR: case PRIV_NET_DELIFADDR: case PRIV_NET_LAGG: case PRIV_NET_GIF: case PRIV_NET_SETIFVNET: /* * 802.11-related privileges. */ case PRIV_NET80211_GETKEY: #ifdef notyet case PRIV_NET80211_MANAGE: /* XXX-BZ discuss with sam@ */ #endif #ifdef notyet /* * AppleTalk privileges. */ case PRIV_NETATALK_RESERVEDPORT: /* * ATM privileges. */ case PRIV_NETATM_CFG: case PRIV_NETATM_ADD: case PRIV_NETATM_DEL: case PRIV_NETATM_SET: /* * Bluetooth privileges. */ case PRIV_NETBLUETOOTH_RAW: #endif /* * Netgraph and netgraph module privileges. */ case PRIV_NETGRAPH_CONTROL: #ifdef notyet case PRIV_NETGRAPH_TTY: #endif /* * IPv4 and IPv6 privileges. */ case PRIV_NETINET_IPFW: case PRIV_NETINET_DIVERT: case PRIV_NETINET_PF: case PRIV_NETINET_DUMMYNET: case PRIV_NETINET_CARP: case PRIV_NETINET_MROUTE: case PRIV_NETINET_RAW: case PRIV_NETINET_ADDRCTRL6: case PRIV_NETINET_ND6: case PRIV_NETINET_SCOPE6: case PRIV_NETINET_ALIFETIME6: case PRIV_NETINET_IPSEC: case PRIV_NETINET_BINDANY: #ifdef notyet /* * IPX/SPX privileges. */ case PRIV_NETIPX_RESERVEDPORT: case PRIV_NETIPX_RAW: /* * NCP privileges. */ case PRIV_NETNCP: /* * SMB privileges. */ case PRIV_NETSMB: #endif /* * No default: or deny here. * In case of no permit fall through to next switch(). */ if (cred->cr_prison->pr_flags & PR_VNET) return (0); } #endif /* VIMAGE */ switch (priv) { /* * Allow ktrace privileges for root in jail. */ case PRIV_KTRACE: #if 0 /* * Allow jailed processes to configure audit identity and * submit audit records (login, etc). In the future we may * want to further refine the relationship between audit and * jail. */ case PRIV_AUDIT_GETAUDIT: case PRIV_AUDIT_SETAUDIT: case PRIV_AUDIT_SUBMIT: #endif /* * Allow jailed processes to manipulate process UNIX * credentials in any way they see fit. */ case PRIV_CRED_SETUID: case PRIV_CRED_SETEUID: case PRIV_CRED_SETGID: case PRIV_CRED_SETEGID: case PRIV_CRED_SETGROUPS: case PRIV_CRED_SETREUID: case PRIV_CRED_SETREGID: case PRIV_CRED_SETRESUID: case PRIV_CRED_SETRESGID: /* * Jail implements visibility constraints already, so allow * jailed root to override uid/gid-based constraints. */ case PRIV_SEEOTHERGIDS: case PRIV_SEEOTHERUIDS: /* * Jail implements inter-process debugging limits already, so * allow jailed root various debugging privileges. */ case PRIV_DEBUG_DIFFCRED: case PRIV_DEBUG_SUGID: case PRIV_DEBUG_UNPRIV: /* * Allow jail to set various resource limits and login * properties, and for now, exceed process resource limits. */ case PRIV_PROC_LIMIT: case PRIV_PROC_SETLOGIN: case PRIV_PROC_SETRLIMIT: /* * System V and POSIX IPC privileges are granted in jail. */ case PRIV_IPC_READ: case PRIV_IPC_WRITE: case PRIV_IPC_ADMIN: case PRIV_IPC_MSGSIZE: case PRIV_MQ_ADMIN: /* * Jail operations within a jail work on child jails. */ case PRIV_JAIL_ATTACH: case PRIV_JAIL_SET: case PRIV_JAIL_REMOVE: /* * Jail implements its own inter-process limits, so allow * root processes in jail to change scheduling on other * processes in the same jail. Likewise for signalling. */ case PRIV_SCHED_DIFFCRED: case PRIV_SCHED_CPUSET: case PRIV_SIGNAL_DIFFCRED: case PRIV_SIGNAL_SUGID: /* * Allow jailed processes to write to sysctls marked as jail * writable. */ case PRIV_SYSCTL_WRITEJAIL: /* * Allow root in jail to manage a variety of quota * properties. These should likely be conditional on a * configuration option. */ case PRIV_VFS_GETQUOTA: case PRIV_VFS_SETQUOTA: /* * Since Jail relies on chroot() to implement file system * protections, grant many VFS privileges to root in jail. * Be careful to exclude mount-related and NFS-related * privileges. */ case PRIV_VFS_READ: case PRIV_VFS_WRITE: case PRIV_VFS_ADMIN: case PRIV_VFS_EXEC: case PRIV_VFS_LOOKUP: case PRIV_VFS_BLOCKRESERVE: /* XXXRW: Slightly surprising. */ case PRIV_VFS_CHFLAGS_DEV: case PRIV_VFS_CHOWN: case PRIV_VFS_CHROOT: case PRIV_VFS_RETAINSUGID: case PRIV_VFS_FCHROOT: case PRIV_VFS_LINK: case PRIV_VFS_SETGID: case PRIV_VFS_STAT: case PRIV_VFS_STICKYFILE: return (0); /* * Depending on the global setting, allow privilege of * setting system flags. */ case PRIV_VFS_SYSFLAGS: if (cred->cr_prison->pr_allow & PR_ALLOW_CHFLAGS) return (0); else return (EPERM); /* * Depending on the global setting, allow privilege of * mounting/unmounting file systems. */ case PRIV_VFS_MOUNT: case PRIV_VFS_UNMOUNT: case PRIV_VFS_MOUNT_NONUSER: case PRIV_VFS_MOUNT_OWNER: if (cred->cr_prison->pr_allow & PR_ALLOW_MOUNT) return (0); else return (EPERM); /* * Allow jailed root to bind reserved ports and reuse in-use * ports. */ case PRIV_NETINET_RESERVEDPORT: case PRIV_NETINET_REUSEPORT: return (0); /* * Allow jailed root to set certian IPv4/6 (option) headers. */ case PRIV_NETINET_SETHDROPTS: return (0); /* * Conditionally allow creating raw sockets in jail. */ case PRIV_NETINET_RAW: if (cred->cr_prison->pr_allow & PR_ALLOW_RAW_SOCKETS) return (0); else return (EPERM); /* * Since jail implements its own visibility limits on netstat * sysctls, allow getcred. This allows identd to work in * jail. */ case PRIV_NETINET_GETCRED: return (0); default: /* * In all remaining cases, deny the privilege request. This * includes almost all network privileges, many system * configuration privileges. */ return (EPERM); } } /* * Return the part of pr2's name that is relative to pr1, or the whole name * if it does not directly follow. */ char * prison_name(struct prison *pr1, struct prison *pr2) { char *name; /* Jails see themselves as "0" (if they see themselves at all). */ if (pr1 == pr2) return "0"; name = pr2->pr_name; if (prison_ischild(pr1, pr2)) { /* * pr1 isn't locked (and allprison_lock may not be either) * so its length can't be counted on. But the number of dots * can be counted on - and counted. */ for (; pr1 != &prison0; pr1 = pr1->pr_parent) name = strchr(name, '.') + 1; } return (name); } /* * Return the part of pr2's path that is relative to pr1, or the whole path * if it does not directly follow. */ static char * prison_path(struct prison *pr1, struct prison *pr2) { char *path1, *path2; int len1; path1 = pr1->pr_path; path2 = pr2->pr_path; if (!strcmp(path1, "/")) return (path2); len1 = strlen(path1); if (strncmp(path1, path2, len1)) return (path2); if (path2[len1] == '\0') return "/"; if (path2[len1] == '/') return (path2 + len1); return (path2); } /* * Jail-related sysctls. */ SYSCTL_NODE(_security, OID_AUTO, jail, CTLFLAG_RW, 0, "Jails"); static int sysctl_jail_list(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS) { struct xprison *xp; struct prison *pr, *cpr; #ifdef INET struct in_addr *ip4 = NULL; int ip4s = 0; #endif #ifdef INET6 struct in_addr *ip6 = NULL; int ip6s = 0; #endif int descend, error; xp = malloc(sizeof(*xp), M_TEMP, M_WAITOK); pr = req->td->td_ucred->cr_prison; error = 0; sx_slock(&allprison_lock); FOREACH_PRISON_DESCENDANT(pr, cpr, descend) { #if defined(INET) || defined(INET6) again: #endif mtx_lock(&cpr->pr_mtx); #ifdef INET if (cpr->pr_ip4s > 0) { if (ip4s < cpr->pr_ip4s) { ip4s = cpr->pr_ip4s; mtx_unlock(&cpr->pr_mtx); ip4 = realloc(ip4, ip4s * sizeof(struct in_addr), M_TEMP, M_WAITOK); goto again; } bcopy(cpr->pr_ip4, ip4, cpr->pr_ip4s * sizeof(struct in_addr)); } #endif #ifdef INET6 if (cpr->pr_ip6s > 0) { if (ip6s < cpr->pr_ip6s) { ip6s = cpr->pr_ip6s; mtx_unlock(&cpr->pr_mtx); ip6 = realloc(ip6, ip6s * sizeof(struct in6_addr), M_TEMP, M_WAITOK); goto again; } bcopy(cpr->pr_ip6, ip6, cpr->pr_ip6s * sizeof(struct in6_addr)); } #endif if (cpr->pr_ref == 0) { mtx_unlock(&cpr->pr_mtx); continue; } bzero(xp, sizeof(*xp)); xp->pr_version = XPRISON_VERSION; xp->pr_id = cpr->pr_id; xp->pr_state = cpr->pr_uref > 0 ? PRISON_STATE_ALIVE : PRISON_STATE_DYING; strlcpy(xp->pr_path, prison_path(pr, cpr), sizeof(xp->pr_path)); strlcpy(xp->pr_host, cpr->pr_hostname, sizeof(xp->pr_host)); strlcpy(xp->pr_name, prison_name(pr, cpr), sizeof(xp->pr_name)); #ifdef INET xp->pr_ip4s = cpr->pr_ip4s; #endif #ifdef INET6 xp->pr_ip6s = cpr->pr_ip6s; #endif mtx_unlock(&cpr->pr_mtx); error = SYSCTL_OUT(req, xp, sizeof(*xp)); if (error) break; #ifdef INET if (xp->pr_ip4s > 0) { error = SYSCTL_OUT(req, ip4, xp->pr_ip4s * sizeof(struct in_addr)); if (error) break; } #endif #ifdef INET6 if (xp->pr_ip6s > 0) { error = SYSCTL_OUT(req, ip6, xp->pr_ip6s * sizeof(struct in6_addr)); if (error) break; } #endif } sx_sunlock(&allprison_lock); free(xp, M_TEMP); #ifdef INET free(ip4, M_TEMP); #endif #ifdef INET6 free(ip6, M_TEMP); #endif return (error); } SYSCTL_OID(_security_jail, OID_AUTO, list, CTLTYPE_STRUCT | CTLFLAG_RD | CTLFLAG_MPSAFE, NULL, 0, sysctl_jail_list, "S", "List of active jails"); static int sysctl_jail_jailed(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS) { int error, injail; injail = jailed(req->td->td_ucred); error = SYSCTL_OUT(req, &injail, sizeof(injail)); return (error); } SYSCTL_PROC(_security_jail, OID_AUTO, jailed, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RD | CTLFLAG_MPSAFE, NULL, 0, sysctl_jail_jailed, "I", "Process in jail?"); #if defined(INET) || defined(INET6) SYSCTL_UINT(_security_jail, OID_AUTO, jail_max_af_ips, CTLFLAG_RW, &jail_max_af_ips, 0, "Number of IP addresses a jail may have at most per address family"); #endif /* * Default parameters for jail(2) compatability. For historical reasons, * the sysctl names have varying similarity to the parameter names. Prisons * just see their own parameters, and can't change them. */ static int sysctl_jail_default_allow(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS) { struct prison *pr; int allow, error, i; pr = req->td->td_ucred->cr_prison; allow = (pr == &prison0) ? jail_default_allow : pr->pr_allow; /* Get the current flag value, and convert it to a boolean. */ i = (allow & arg2) ? 1 : 0; if (arg1 != NULL) i = !i; error = sysctl_handle_int(oidp, &i, 0, req); if (error || !req->newptr) return (error); i = i ? arg2 : 0; if (arg1 != NULL) i ^= arg2; /* * The sysctls don't have CTLFLAGS_PRISON, so assume prison0 * for writing. */ mtx_lock(&prison0.pr_mtx); jail_default_allow = (jail_default_allow & ~arg2) | i; mtx_unlock(&prison0.pr_mtx); return (0); } SYSCTL_PROC(_security_jail, OID_AUTO, set_hostname_allowed, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW | CTLFLAG_MPSAFE, NULL, PR_ALLOW_SET_HOSTNAME, sysctl_jail_default_allow, "I", "Processes in jail can set their hostnames"); SYSCTL_PROC(_security_jail, OID_AUTO, socket_unixiproute_only, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW | CTLFLAG_MPSAFE, (void *)1, PR_ALLOW_SOCKET_AF, sysctl_jail_default_allow, "I", "Processes in jail are limited to creating UNIX/IP/route sockets only"); SYSCTL_PROC(_security_jail, OID_AUTO, sysvipc_allowed, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW | CTLFLAG_MPSAFE, NULL, PR_ALLOW_SYSVIPC, sysctl_jail_default_allow, "I", "Processes in jail can use System V IPC primitives"); SYSCTL_PROC(_security_jail, OID_AUTO, allow_raw_sockets, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW | CTLFLAG_MPSAFE, NULL, PR_ALLOW_RAW_SOCKETS, sysctl_jail_default_allow, "I", "Prison root can create raw sockets"); SYSCTL_PROC(_security_jail, OID_AUTO, chflags_allowed, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW | CTLFLAG_MPSAFE, NULL, PR_ALLOW_CHFLAGS, sysctl_jail_default_allow, "I", "Processes in jail can alter system file flags"); SYSCTL_PROC(_security_jail, OID_AUTO, mount_allowed, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW | CTLFLAG_MPSAFE, NULL, PR_ALLOW_MOUNT, sysctl_jail_default_allow, "I", "Processes in jail can mount/unmount jail-friendly file systems"); static int sysctl_jail_default_level(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS) { struct prison *pr; int level, error; pr = req->td->td_ucred->cr_prison; level = (pr == &prison0) ? *(int *)arg1 : *(int *)((char *)pr + arg2); error = sysctl_handle_int(oidp, &level, 0, req); if (error || !req->newptr) return (error); *(int *)arg1 = level; return (0); } SYSCTL_PROC(_security_jail, OID_AUTO, enforce_statfs, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW | CTLFLAG_MPSAFE, &jail_default_enforce_statfs, offsetof(struct prison, pr_enforce_statfs), sysctl_jail_default_level, "I", "Processes in jail cannot see all mounted file systems"); /* * Nodes to describe jail parameters. Maximum length of string parameters * is returned in the string itself, and the other parameters exist merely * to make themselves and their types known. */ SYSCTL_NODE(_security_jail, OID_AUTO, param, CTLFLAG_RW, 0, "Jail parameters"); int sysctl_jail_param(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS) { int i; long l; size_t s; char numbuf[12]; switch (oidp->oid_kind & CTLTYPE) { case CTLTYPE_LONG: case CTLTYPE_ULONG: l = 0; #ifdef SCTL_MASK32 if (!(req->flags & SCTL_MASK32)) #endif return (SYSCTL_OUT(req, &l, sizeof(l))); case CTLTYPE_INT: case CTLTYPE_UINT: i = 0; return (SYSCTL_OUT(req, &i, sizeof(i))); case CTLTYPE_STRING: snprintf(numbuf, sizeof(numbuf), "%d", arg2); return (sysctl_handle_string(oidp, numbuf, sizeof(numbuf), req)); case CTLTYPE_STRUCT: s = (size_t)arg2; return (SYSCTL_OUT(req, &s, sizeof(s))); } return (0); } SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(, jid, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RDTUN, "I", "Jail ID"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(, parent, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RD, "I", "Jail parent ID"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM_STRING(, name, CTLFLAG_RW, MAXHOSTNAMELEN, "Jail name"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM_STRING(, path, CTLFLAG_RDTUN, MAXPATHLEN, "Jail root path"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(, securelevel, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW, "I", "Jail secure level"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(, enforce_statfs, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW, "I", "Jail cannot see all mounted file systems"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(, persist, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW, "B", "Jail persistence"); #ifdef VIMAGE SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(, vnet, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RDTUN, "E,jailsys", "Virtual network stack"); #endif SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(, dying, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RD, "B", "Jail is in the process of shutting down"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM_NODE(children, "Number of child jails"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(_children, cur, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RD, "I", "Current number of child jails"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(_children, max, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW, "I", "Maximum number of child jails"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM_SYS_NODE(host, CTLFLAG_RW, "Jail host info"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM_STRING(_host, hostname, CTLFLAG_RW, MAXHOSTNAMELEN, "Jail hostname"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM_STRING(_host, domainname, CTLFLAG_RW, MAXHOSTNAMELEN, "Jail NIS domainname"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM_STRING(_host, hostuuid, CTLFLAG_RW, HOSTUUIDLEN, "Jail host UUID"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(_host, hostid, CTLTYPE_ULONG | CTLFLAG_RW, "LU", "Jail host ID"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM_NODE(cpuset, "Jail cpuset"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(_cpuset, id, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RD, "I", "Jail cpuset ID"); #ifdef INET SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM_SYS_NODE(ip4, CTLFLAG_RDTUN, "Jail IPv4 address virtualization"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM_STRUCT(_ip4, addr, CTLFLAG_RW, sizeof(struct in_addr), "S,in_addr,a", "Jail IPv4 addresses"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(_ip4, saddrsel, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW, "B", "Do (not) use IPv4 source address selection rather than the " "primary jail IPv4 address."); #endif #ifdef INET6 SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM_SYS_NODE(ip6, CTLFLAG_RDTUN, "Jail IPv6 address virtualization"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM_STRUCT(_ip6, addr, CTLFLAG_RW, sizeof(struct in6_addr), "S,in6_addr,a", "Jail IPv6 addresses"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(_ip6, saddrsel, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW, "B", "Do (not) use IPv6 source address selection rather than the " "primary jail IPv6 address."); #endif SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM_NODE(allow, "Jail permission flags"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(_allow, set_hostname, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW, "B", "Jail may set hostname"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(_allow, sysvipc, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW, "B", "Jail may use SYSV IPC"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(_allow, raw_sockets, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW, "B", "Jail may create raw sockets"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(_allow, chflags, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW, "B", "Jail may alter system file flags"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(_allow, mount, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW, "B", "Jail may mount/unmount jail-friendly file systems"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(_allow, quotas, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW, "B", "Jail may set file quotas"); SYSCTL_JAIL_PARAM(_allow, socket_af, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RW, "B", "Jail may create sockets other than just UNIX/IPv4/IPv6/route"); #ifdef DDB static void db_show_prison(struct prison *pr) { int fi; #if defined(INET) || defined(INET6) int ii; #endif unsigned jsf; #ifdef INET6 char ip6buf[INET6_ADDRSTRLEN]; #endif db_printf("prison %p:\n", pr); db_printf(" jid = %d\n", pr->pr_id); db_printf(" name = %s\n", pr->pr_name); db_printf(" parent = %p\n", pr->pr_parent); db_printf(" ref = %d\n", pr->pr_ref); db_printf(" uref = %d\n", pr->pr_uref); db_printf(" path = %s\n", pr->pr_path); db_printf(" cpuset = %d\n", pr->pr_cpuset ? pr->pr_cpuset->cs_id : -1); #ifdef VIMAGE db_printf(" vnet = %p\n", pr->pr_vnet); #endif db_printf(" root = %p\n", pr->pr_root); db_printf(" securelevel = %d\n", pr->pr_securelevel); db_printf(" childcount = %d\n", pr->pr_childcount); db_printf(" child = %p\n", LIST_FIRST(&pr->pr_children)); db_printf(" sibling = %p\n", LIST_NEXT(pr, pr_sibling)); db_printf(" flags = %x", pr->pr_flags); for (fi = 0; fi < sizeof(pr_flag_names) / sizeof(pr_flag_names[0]); fi++) if (pr_flag_names[fi] != NULL && (pr->pr_flags & (1 << fi))) db_printf(" %s", pr_flag_names[fi]); for (fi = 0; fi < sizeof(pr_flag_jailsys) / sizeof(pr_flag_jailsys[0]); fi++) { jsf = pr->pr_flags & (pr_flag_jailsys[fi].disable | pr_flag_jailsys[fi].new); db_printf(" %-16s= %s\n", pr_flag_jailsys[fi].name, pr_flag_jailsys[fi].disable && (jsf == pr_flag_jailsys[fi].disable) ? "disable" : (jsf == pr_flag_jailsys[fi].new) ? "new" : "inherit"); } db_printf(" allow = %x", pr->pr_allow); for (fi = 0; fi < sizeof(pr_allow_names) / sizeof(pr_allow_names[0]); fi++) if (pr_allow_names[fi] != NULL && (pr->pr_allow & (1 << fi))) db_printf(" %s", pr_allow_names[fi]); db_printf("\n"); db_printf(" enforce_statfs = %d\n", pr->pr_enforce_statfs); db_printf(" host.hostname = %s\n", pr->pr_hostname); db_printf(" host.domainname = %s\n", pr->pr_domainname); db_printf(" host.hostuuid = %s\n", pr->pr_hostuuid); db_printf(" host.hostid = %lu\n", pr->pr_hostid); #ifdef INET db_printf(" ip4s = %d\n", pr->pr_ip4s); for (ii = 0; ii < pr->pr_ip4s; ii++) db_printf(" %s %s\n", ii == 0 ? "ip4 =" : " ", inet_ntoa(pr->pr_ip4[ii])); #endif #ifdef INET6 db_printf(" ip6s = %d\n", pr->pr_ip6s); for (ii = 0; ii < pr->pr_ip6s; ii++) db_printf(" %s %s\n", ii == 0 ? "ip6 =" : " ", ip6_sprintf(ip6buf, &pr->pr_ip6[ii])); #endif } DB_SHOW_COMMAND(prison, db_show_prison_command) { struct prison *pr; if (!have_addr) { /* * Show all prisons in the list, and prison0 which is not * listed. */ db_show_prison(&prison0); if (!db_pager_quit) { TAILQ_FOREACH(pr, &allprison, pr_list) { db_show_prison(pr); if (db_pager_quit) break; } } return; } if (addr == 0) pr = &prison0; else { /* Look for a prison with the ID and with references. */ TAILQ_FOREACH(pr, &allprison, pr_list) if (pr->pr_id == addr && pr->pr_ref > 0) break; if (pr == NULL) /* Look again, without requiring a reference. */ TAILQ_FOREACH(pr, &allprison, pr_list) if (pr->pr_id == addr) break; if (pr == NULL) /* Assume address points to a valid prison. */ pr = (struct prison *)addr; } db_show_prison(pr); } #endif /* DDB */ Index: stable/8/sys/net/if.c =================================================================== --- stable/8/sys/net/if.c (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sys/net/if.c (revision 204344) @@ -1,3327 +1,3397 @@ /*- * Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. * * @(#)if.c 8.5 (Berkeley) 1/9/95 * $FreeBSD$ */ #include "opt_compat.h" #include "opt_inet6.h" #include "opt_inet.h" #include "opt_carp.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #if defined(INET) || defined(INET6) /*XXX*/ #include #include #ifdef INET6 #include #include #endif #endif #ifdef INET #include #endif #if defined(INET) || defined(INET6) #ifdef DEV_CARP #include #endif #endif #include struct ifindex_entry { struct ifnet *ife_ifnet; }; static int slowtimo_started; SYSCTL_NODE(_net, PF_LINK, link, CTLFLAG_RW, 0, "Link layers"); SYSCTL_NODE(_net_link, 0, generic, CTLFLAG_RW, 0, "Generic link-management"); /* Log link state change events */ static int log_link_state_change = 1; SYSCTL_INT(_net_link, OID_AUTO, log_link_state_change, CTLFLAG_RW, &log_link_state_change, 0, "log interface link state change events"); +/* Interface description */ +static unsigned int ifdescr_maxlen = 1024; +SYSCTL_UINT(_net, OID_AUTO, ifdescr_maxlen, CTLFLAG_RW, + &ifdescr_maxlen, 0, + "administrative maximum length for interface description"); + +MALLOC_DEFINE(M_IFDESCR, "ifdescr", "ifnet descriptions"); + +/* global sx for non-critical path ifdescr */ +static struct sx ifdescr_sx; +SX_SYSINIT(ifdescr_sx, &ifdescr_sx, "ifnet descr"); + void (*bstp_linkstate_p)(struct ifnet *ifp, int state); void (*ng_ether_link_state_p)(struct ifnet *ifp, int state); void (*lagg_linkstate_p)(struct ifnet *ifp, int state); struct mbuf *(*tbr_dequeue_ptr)(struct ifaltq *, int) = NULL; /* * XXX: Style; these should be sorted alphabetically, and unprototyped * static functions should be prototyped. Currently they are sorted by * declaration order. */ static void if_attachdomain(void *); static void if_attachdomain1(struct ifnet *); static int ifconf(u_long, caddr_t); static void if_freemulti(struct ifmultiaddr *); static void if_init(void *); static void if_grow(void); static void if_check(void *); static void if_route(struct ifnet *, int flag, int fam); static int if_setflag(struct ifnet *, int, int, int *, int); static void if_slowtimo(void *); static int if_transmit(struct ifnet *ifp, struct mbuf *m); static void if_unroute(struct ifnet *, int flag, int fam); static void link_rtrequest(int, struct rtentry *, struct rt_addrinfo *); static int if_rtdel(struct radix_node *, void *); static int ifhwioctl(u_long, struct ifnet *, caddr_t, struct thread *); static int if_delmulti_locked(struct ifnet *, struct ifmultiaddr *, int); static void do_link_state_change(void *, int); static int if_getgroup(struct ifgroupreq *, struct ifnet *); static int if_getgroupmembers(struct ifgroupreq *); static void if_delgroups(struct ifnet *); static void if_attach_internal(struct ifnet *, int); static void if_detach_internal(struct ifnet *, int); #ifdef INET6 /* * XXX: declare here to avoid to include many inet6 related files.. * should be more generalized? */ extern void nd6_setmtu(struct ifnet *); #endif VNET_DEFINE(struct ifnethead, ifnet); /* depend on static init XXX */ VNET_DEFINE(struct ifgrouphead, ifg_head); VNET_DEFINE(int, if_index); static VNET_DEFINE(int, if_indexlim) = 8; /* Table of ifnet by index. */ static VNET_DEFINE(struct ifindex_entry *, ifindex_table); #define V_if_indexlim VNET(if_indexlim) #define V_ifindex_table VNET(ifindex_table) int ifqmaxlen = IFQ_MAXLEN; /* * The global network interface list (V_ifnet) and related state (such as * if_index, if_indexlim, and ifindex_table) are protected by an sxlock and * an rwlock. Either may be acquired shared to stablize the list, but both * must be acquired writable to modify the list. This model allows us to * both stablize the interface list during interrupt thread processing, but * also to stablize it over long-running ioctls, without introducing priority * inversions and deadlocks. */ struct rwlock ifnet_rwlock; struct sx ifnet_sxlock; /* * The allocation of network interfaces is a rather non-atomic affair; we * need to select an index before we are ready to expose the interface for * use, so will use this pointer value to indicate reservation. */ #define IFNET_HOLD (void *)(uintptr_t)(-1) static if_com_alloc_t *if_com_alloc[256]; static if_com_free_t *if_com_free[256]; /* * System initialization */ SYSINIT(interface_check, SI_SUB_PROTO_IF, SI_ORDER_FIRST, if_check, NULL); MALLOC_DEFINE(M_IFNET, "ifnet", "interface internals"); MALLOC_DEFINE(M_IFADDR, "ifaddr", "interface address"); MALLOC_DEFINE(M_IFMADDR, "ether_multi", "link-level multicast address"); struct ifnet * ifnet_byindex_locked(u_short idx) { if (idx > V_if_index) return (NULL); if (V_ifindex_table[idx].ife_ifnet == IFNET_HOLD) return (NULL); return (V_ifindex_table[idx].ife_ifnet); } struct ifnet * ifnet_byindex(u_short idx) { struct ifnet *ifp; IFNET_RLOCK_NOSLEEP(); ifp = ifnet_byindex_locked(idx); IFNET_RUNLOCK_NOSLEEP(); return (ifp); } struct ifnet * ifnet_byindex_ref(u_short idx) { struct ifnet *ifp; IFNET_RLOCK_NOSLEEP(); ifp = ifnet_byindex_locked(idx); if (ifp == NULL || (ifp->if_flags & IFF_DYING)) { IFNET_RUNLOCK_NOSLEEP(); return (NULL); } if_ref(ifp); IFNET_RUNLOCK_NOSLEEP(); return (ifp); } /* * Allocate an ifindex array entry; return 0 on success or an error on * failure. */ static int ifindex_alloc_locked(u_short *idxp) { u_short idx; IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT(); /* * Try to find an empty slot below V_if_index. If we fail, take the * next slot. */ for (idx = 1; idx <= V_if_index; idx++) { if (V_ifindex_table[idx].ife_ifnet == NULL) break; } /* Catch if_index overflow. */ if (idx < 1) return (ENOSPC); if (idx > V_if_index) V_if_index = idx; if (V_if_index >= V_if_indexlim) if_grow(); *idxp = idx; return (0); } static void ifindex_free_locked(u_short idx) { IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT(); V_ifindex_table[idx].ife_ifnet = NULL; while (V_if_index > 0 && V_ifindex_table[V_if_index].ife_ifnet == NULL) V_if_index--; } static void ifindex_free(u_short idx) { IFNET_WLOCK(); ifindex_free_locked(idx); IFNET_WUNLOCK(); } static void ifnet_setbyindex_locked(u_short idx, struct ifnet *ifp) { IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT(); V_ifindex_table[idx].ife_ifnet = ifp; } static void ifnet_setbyindex(u_short idx, struct ifnet *ifp) { IFNET_WLOCK(); ifnet_setbyindex_locked(idx, ifp); IFNET_WUNLOCK(); } struct ifaddr * ifaddr_byindex(u_short idx) { struct ifaddr *ifa; IFNET_RLOCK_NOSLEEP(); ifa = ifnet_byindex_locked(idx)->if_addr; if (ifa != NULL) ifa_ref(ifa); IFNET_RUNLOCK_NOSLEEP(); return (ifa); } /* * Network interface utility routines. * * Routines with ifa_ifwith* names take sockaddr *'s as * parameters. */ static void vnet_if_init(const void *unused __unused) { TAILQ_INIT(&V_ifnet); TAILQ_INIT(&V_ifg_head); if_grow(); /* create initial table */ vnet_if_clone_init(); } VNET_SYSINIT(vnet_if_init, SI_SUB_INIT_IF, SI_ORDER_FIRST, vnet_if_init, NULL); /* ARGSUSED*/ static void if_init(void *dummy __unused) { IFNET_LOCK_INIT(); if_clone_init(); } SYSINIT(interfaces, SI_SUB_INIT_IF, SI_ORDER_SECOND, if_init, NULL); #ifdef VIMAGE static void vnet_if_uninit(const void *unused __unused) { VNET_ASSERT(TAILQ_EMPTY(&V_ifnet)); VNET_ASSERT(TAILQ_EMPTY(&V_ifg_head)); free((caddr_t)V_ifindex_table, M_IFNET); } VNET_SYSUNINIT(vnet_if_uninit, SI_SUB_INIT_IF, SI_ORDER_FIRST, vnet_if_uninit, NULL); #endif static void if_grow(void) { u_int n; struct ifindex_entry *e; V_if_indexlim <<= 1; n = V_if_indexlim * sizeof(*e); e = malloc(n, M_IFNET, M_WAITOK | M_ZERO); if (V_ifindex_table != NULL) { memcpy((caddr_t)e, (caddr_t)V_ifindex_table, n/2); free((caddr_t)V_ifindex_table, M_IFNET); } V_ifindex_table = e; } static void if_check(void *dummy __unused) { /* * If at least one interface added during boot uses * if_watchdog then start the timer. */ if (slowtimo_started) if_slowtimo(0); } /* * Allocate a struct ifnet and an index for an interface. A layer 2 * common structure will also be allocated if an allocation routine is * registered for the passed type. */ struct ifnet * if_alloc(u_char type) { struct ifnet *ifp; u_short idx; ifp = malloc(sizeof(struct ifnet), M_IFNET, M_WAITOK|M_ZERO); IFNET_WLOCK(); if (ifindex_alloc_locked(&idx) != 0) { IFNET_WUNLOCK(); free(ifp, M_IFNET); return (NULL); } ifnet_setbyindex_locked(idx, IFNET_HOLD); IFNET_WUNLOCK(); ifp->if_index = idx; ifp->if_type = type; ifp->if_alloctype = type; if (if_com_alloc[type] != NULL) { ifp->if_l2com = if_com_alloc[type](type, ifp); if (ifp->if_l2com == NULL) { free(ifp, M_IFNET); ifindex_free(idx); return (NULL); } } IF_ADDR_LOCK_INIT(ifp); TASK_INIT(&ifp->if_linktask, 0, do_link_state_change, ifp); ifp->if_afdata_initialized = 0; IF_AFDATA_LOCK_INIT(ifp); TAILQ_INIT(&ifp->if_addrhead); TAILQ_INIT(&ifp->if_prefixhead); TAILQ_INIT(&ifp->if_multiaddrs); TAILQ_INIT(&ifp->if_groups); #ifdef MAC mac_ifnet_init(ifp); #endif ifq_init(&ifp->if_snd, ifp); refcount_init(&ifp->if_refcount, 1); /* Index reference. */ ifnet_setbyindex(ifp->if_index, ifp); return (ifp); } /* * Do the actual work of freeing a struct ifnet, associated index, and layer * 2 common structure. This call is made when the last reference to an * interface is released. */ static void if_free_internal(struct ifnet *ifp) { KASSERT((ifp->if_flags & IFF_DYING), ("if_free_internal: interface not dying")); IFNET_WLOCK(); KASSERT(ifp == ifnet_byindex_locked(ifp->if_index), ("%s: freeing unallocated ifnet", ifp->if_xname)); ifindex_free_locked(ifp->if_index); IFNET_WUNLOCK(); if (if_com_free[ifp->if_alloctype] != NULL) if_com_free[ifp->if_alloctype](ifp->if_l2com, ifp->if_alloctype); #ifdef MAC mac_ifnet_destroy(ifp); #endif /* MAC */ + if (ifp->if_description != NULL) + free(ifp->if_description, M_IFDESCR); IF_AFDATA_DESTROY(ifp); IF_ADDR_LOCK_DESTROY(ifp); ifq_delete(&ifp->if_snd); free(ifp, M_IFNET); } /* * This version should only be called by intefaces that switch their type * after calling if_alloc(). if_free_type() will go away again now that we * have if_alloctype to cache the original allocation type. For now, assert * that they match, since we require that in practice. */ void if_free_type(struct ifnet *ifp, u_char type) { KASSERT(ifp->if_alloctype == type, ("if_free_type: type (%d) != alloctype (%d)", type, ifp->if_alloctype)); ifp->if_flags |= IFF_DYING; /* XXX: Locking */ if (!refcount_release(&ifp->if_refcount)) return; if_free_internal(ifp); } /* * This is the normal version of if_free(), used by device drivers to free a * detached network interface. The contents of if_free_type() will move into * here when if_free_type() goes away. */ void if_free(struct ifnet *ifp) { if_free_type(ifp, ifp->if_alloctype); } /* * Interfaces to keep an ifnet type-stable despite the possibility of the * driver calling if_free(). If there are additional references, we defer * freeing the underlying data structure. */ void if_ref(struct ifnet *ifp) { /* We don't assert the ifnet list lock here, but arguably should. */ refcount_acquire(&ifp->if_refcount); } void if_rele(struct ifnet *ifp) { if (!refcount_release(&ifp->if_refcount)) return; if_free_internal(ifp); } void ifq_init(struct ifaltq *ifq, struct ifnet *ifp) { mtx_init(&ifq->ifq_mtx, ifp->if_xname, "if send queue", MTX_DEF); if (ifq->ifq_maxlen == 0) ifq->ifq_maxlen = ifqmaxlen; ifq->altq_type = 0; ifq->altq_disc = NULL; ifq->altq_flags &= ALTQF_CANTCHANGE; ifq->altq_tbr = NULL; ifq->altq_ifp = ifp; } void ifq_delete(struct ifaltq *ifq) { mtx_destroy(&ifq->ifq_mtx); } /* * Perform generic interface initalization tasks and attach the interface * to the list of "active" interfaces. If vmove flag is set on entry * to if_attach_internal(), perform only a limited subset of initialization * tasks, given that we are moving from one vnet to another an ifnet which * has already been fully initialized. * * XXX: * - The decision to return void and thus require this function to * succeed is questionable. * - We should probably do more sanity checking. For instance we don't * do anything to insure if_xname is unique or non-empty. */ void if_attach(struct ifnet *ifp) { if_attach_internal(ifp, 0); } static void if_attach_internal(struct ifnet *ifp, int vmove) { unsigned socksize, ifasize; int namelen, masklen; struct sockaddr_dl *sdl; struct ifaddr *ifa; if (ifp->if_index == 0 || ifp != ifnet_byindex(ifp->if_index)) panic ("%s: BUG: if_attach called without if_alloc'd input()\n", ifp->if_xname); #ifdef VIMAGE ifp->if_vnet = curvnet; if (ifp->if_home_vnet == NULL) ifp->if_home_vnet = curvnet; #endif if_addgroup(ifp, IFG_ALL); getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange); ifp->if_data.ifi_epoch = time_uptime; ifp->if_data.ifi_datalen = sizeof(struct if_data); KASSERT((ifp->if_transmit == NULL && ifp->if_qflush == NULL) || (ifp->if_transmit != NULL && ifp->if_qflush != NULL), ("transmit and qflush must both either be set or both be NULL")); if (ifp->if_transmit == NULL) { ifp->if_transmit = if_transmit; ifp->if_qflush = if_qflush; } if (!vmove) { #ifdef MAC mac_ifnet_create(ifp); #endif /* * Create a Link Level name for this device. */ namelen = strlen(ifp->if_xname); /* * Always save enough space for any possiable name so we * can do a rename in place later. */ masklen = offsetof(struct sockaddr_dl, sdl_data[0]) + IFNAMSIZ; socksize = masklen + ifp->if_addrlen; if (socksize < sizeof(*sdl)) socksize = sizeof(*sdl); socksize = roundup2(socksize, sizeof(long)); ifasize = sizeof(*ifa) + 2 * socksize; ifa = malloc(ifasize, M_IFADDR, M_WAITOK | M_ZERO); ifa_init(ifa); sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)(ifa + 1); sdl->sdl_len = socksize; sdl->sdl_family = AF_LINK; bcopy(ifp->if_xname, sdl->sdl_data, namelen); sdl->sdl_nlen = namelen; sdl->sdl_index = ifp->if_index; sdl->sdl_type = ifp->if_type; ifp->if_addr = ifa; ifa->ifa_ifp = ifp; ifa->ifa_rtrequest = link_rtrequest; ifa->ifa_addr = (struct sockaddr *)sdl; sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)(socksize + (caddr_t)sdl); ifa->ifa_netmask = (struct sockaddr *)sdl; sdl->sdl_len = masklen; while (namelen != 0) sdl->sdl_data[--namelen] = 0xff; TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&ifp->if_addrhead, ifa, ifa_link); /* Reliably crash if used uninitialized. */ ifp->if_broadcastaddr = NULL; } #ifdef VIMAGE else { /* * Update the interface index in the link layer address * of the interface. */ for (ifa = ifp->if_addr; ifa != NULL; ifa = TAILQ_NEXT(ifa, ifa_link)) { if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_LINK) { sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)ifa->ifa_addr; sdl->sdl_index = ifp->if_index; } } } #endif IFNET_WLOCK(); TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&V_ifnet, ifp, if_link); #ifdef VIMAGE curvnet->vnet_ifcnt++; #endif IFNET_WUNLOCK(); if (domain_init_status >= 2) if_attachdomain1(ifp); EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(ifnet_arrival_event, ifp); if (IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet)) devctl_notify("IFNET", ifp->if_xname, "ATTACH", NULL); /* Announce the interface. */ rt_ifannouncemsg(ifp, IFAN_ARRIVAL); if (!vmove && ifp->if_watchdog != NULL) { if_printf(ifp, "WARNING: using obsoleted if_watchdog interface\n"); /* * Note that we need if_slowtimo(). If this happens after * boot, then call if_slowtimo() directly. */ if (atomic_cmpset_int(&slowtimo_started, 0, 1) && !cold) if_slowtimo(0); } } static void if_attachdomain(void *dummy) { struct ifnet *ifp; int s; s = splnet(); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) if_attachdomain1(ifp); splx(s); } SYSINIT(domainifattach, SI_SUB_PROTO_IFATTACHDOMAIN, SI_ORDER_SECOND, if_attachdomain, NULL); static void if_attachdomain1(struct ifnet *ifp) { struct domain *dp; int s; s = splnet(); /* * Since dp->dom_ifattach calls malloc() with M_WAITOK, we * cannot lock ifp->if_afdata initialization, entirely. */ if (IF_AFDATA_TRYLOCK(ifp) == 0) { splx(s); return; } if (ifp->if_afdata_initialized >= domain_init_status) { IF_AFDATA_UNLOCK(ifp); splx(s); printf("if_attachdomain called more than once on %s\n", ifp->if_xname); return; } ifp->if_afdata_initialized = domain_init_status; IF_AFDATA_UNLOCK(ifp); /* address family dependent data region */ bzero(ifp->if_afdata, sizeof(ifp->if_afdata)); for (dp = domains; dp; dp = dp->dom_next) { if (dp->dom_ifattach) ifp->if_afdata[dp->dom_family] = (*dp->dom_ifattach)(ifp); } splx(s); } /* * Remove any unicast or broadcast network addresses from an interface. */ void if_purgeaddrs(struct ifnet *ifp) { struct ifaddr *ifa, *next; TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link, next) { if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_LINK) continue; #ifdef INET /* XXX: Ugly!! ad hoc just for INET */ if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_INET) { struct ifaliasreq ifr; bzero(&ifr, sizeof(ifr)); ifr.ifra_addr = *ifa->ifa_addr; if (ifa->ifa_dstaddr) ifr.ifra_broadaddr = *ifa->ifa_dstaddr; if (in_control(NULL, SIOCDIFADDR, (caddr_t)&ifr, ifp, NULL) == 0) continue; } #endif /* INET */ #ifdef INET6 if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_INET6) { in6_purgeaddr(ifa); /* ifp_addrhead is already updated */ continue; } #endif /* INET6 */ TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_addrhead, ifa, ifa_link); ifa_free(ifa); } } /* * Remove any multicast network addresses from an interface when an ifnet * is going away. */ static void if_purgemaddrs(struct ifnet *ifp) { struct ifmultiaddr *ifma; struct ifmultiaddr *next; IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(ifma, &ifp->if_multiaddrs, ifma_link, next) if_delmulti_locked(ifp, ifma, 1); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); } /* * Detach an interface, removing it from the list of "active" interfaces. * If vmove flag is set on entry to if_detach_internal(), perform only a * limited subset of cleanup tasks, given that we are moving an ifnet from * one vnet to another, where it must be fully operational. * * XXXRW: There are some significant questions about event ordering, and * how to prevent things from starting to use the interface during detach. */ void if_detach(struct ifnet *ifp) { if_detach_internal(ifp, 0); } static void if_detach_internal(struct ifnet *ifp, int vmove) { struct ifaddr *ifa; struct radix_node_head *rnh; int i, j; struct domain *dp; struct ifnet *iter; int found = 0; IFNET_WLOCK(); TAILQ_FOREACH(iter, &V_ifnet, if_link) if (iter == ifp) { TAILQ_REMOVE(&V_ifnet, ifp, if_link); found = 1; break; } #ifdef VIMAGE if (found) curvnet->vnet_ifcnt--; #endif IFNET_WUNLOCK(); if (!found) { if (vmove) panic("interface not in it's own ifnet list"); else return; /* XXX this should panic as well? */ } /* * Remove/wait for pending events. */ taskqueue_drain(taskqueue_swi, &ifp->if_linktask); /* * Remove routes and flush queues. */ if_down(ifp); #ifdef ALTQ if (ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(&ifp->if_snd)) altq_disable(&ifp->if_snd); if (ALTQ_IS_ATTACHED(&ifp->if_snd)) altq_detach(&ifp->if_snd); #endif if_purgeaddrs(ifp); #ifdef INET in_ifdetach(ifp); #endif #ifdef INET6 /* * Remove all IPv6 kernel structs related to ifp. This should be done * before removing routing entries below, since IPv6 interface direct * routes are expected to be removed by the IPv6-specific kernel API. * Otherwise, the kernel will detect some inconsistency and bark it. */ in6_ifdetach(ifp); #endif if_purgemaddrs(ifp); if (!vmove) { /* * Prevent further calls into the device driver via ifnet. */ if_dead(ifp); /* * Remove link ifaddr pointer and maybe decrement if_index. * Clean up all addresses. */ ifp->if_addr = NULL; /* We can now free link ifaddr. */ if (!TAILQ_EMPTY(&ifp->if_addrhead)) { ifa = TAILQ_FIRST(&ifp->if_addrhead); TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_addrhead, ifa, ifa_link); ifa_free(ifa); } } /* * Delete all remaining routes using this interface * Unfortuneatly the only way to do this is to slog through * the entire routing table looking for routes which point * to this interface...oh well... */ for (i = 1; i <= AF_MAX; i++) { for (j = 0; j < rt_numfibs; j++) { rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(j, i); if (rnh == NULL) continue; RADIX_NODE_HEAD_LOCK(rnh); (void) rnh->rnh_walktree(rnh, if_rtdel, ifp); RADIX_NODE_HEAD_UNLOCK(rnh); } } /* Announce that the interface is gone. */ rt_ifannouncemsg(ifp, IFAN_DEPARTURE); EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(ifnet_departure_event, ifp); if (IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet)) devctl_notify("IFNET", ifp->if_xname, "DETACH", NULL); if_delgroups(ifp); IF_AFDATA_LOCK(ifp); for (dp = domains; dp; dp = dp->dom_next) { if (dp->dom_ifdetach && ifp->if_afdata[dp->dom_family]) (*dp->dom_ifdetach)(ifp, ifp->if_afdata[dp->dom_family]); } ifp->if_afdata_initialized = 0; IF_AFDATA_UNLOCK(ifp); } #ifdef VIMAGE /* * if_vmove() performs a limited version of if_detach() in current * vnet and if_attach()es the ifnet to the vnet specified as 2nd arg. * An attempt is made to shrink if_index in current vnet, find an * unused if_index in target vnet and calls if_grow() if necessary, * and finally find an unused if_xname for the target vnet. */ void if_vmove(struct ifnet *ifp, struct vnet *new_vnet) { u_short idx; /* * Detach from current vnet, but preserve LLADDR info, do not * mark as dead etc. so that the ifnet can be reattached later. */ if_detach_internal(ifp, 1); /* * Unlink the ifnet from ifindex_table[] in current vnet, and shrink * the if_index for that vnet if possible. * * NOTE: IFNET_WLOCK/IFNET_WUNLOCK() are assumed to be unvirtualized, * or we'd lock on one vnet and unlock on another. */ IFNET_WLOCK(); ifindex_free_locked(ifp->if_index); /* * Switch to the context of the target vnet. */ CURVNET_SET_QUIET(new_vnet); if (ifindex_alloc_locked(&idx) != 0) { IFNET_WUNLOCK(); panic("if_index overflow"); } ifp->if_index = idx; ifnet_setbyindex_locked(ifp->if_index, ifp); IFNET_WUNLOCK(); if_attach_internal(ifp, 1); CURVNET_RESTORE(); } /* * Move an ifnet to or from another child prison/vnet, specified by the jail id. */ static int if_vmove_loan(struct thread *td, struct ifnet *ifp, char *ifname, int jid) { struct prison *pr; struct ifnet *difp; /* Try to find the prison within our visibility. */ sx_slock(&allprison_lock); pr = prison_find_child(td->td_ucred->cr_prison, jid); sx_sunlock(&allprison_lock); if (pr == NULL) return (ENXIO); prison_hold_locked(pr); mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); /* Do not try to move the iface from and to the same prison. */ if (pr->pr_vnet == ifp->if_vnet) { prison_free(pr); return (EEXIST); } /* Make sure the named iface does not exists in the dst. prison/vnet. */ /* XXX Lock interfaces to avoid races. */ CURVNET_SET_QUIET(pr->pr_vnet); difp = ifunit(ifname); CURVNET_RESTORE(); if (difp != NULL) { prison_free(pr); return (EEXIST); } /* Move the interface into the child jail/vnet. */ if_vmove(ifp, pr->pr_vnet); /* Report the new if_xname back to the userland. */ sprintf(ifname, "%s", ifp->if_xname); prison_free(pr); return (0); } static int if_vmove_reclaim(struct thread *td, char *ifname, int jid) { struct prison *pr; struct vnet *vnet_dst; struct ifnet *ifp; /* Try to find the prison within our visibility. */ sx_slock(&allprison_lock); pr = prison_find_child(td->td_ucred->cr_prison, jid); sx_sunlock(&allprison_lock); if (pr == NULL) return (ENXIO); prison_hold_locked(pr); mtx_unlock(&pr->pr_mtx); /* Make sure the named iface exists in the source prison/vnet. */ CURVNET_SET(pr->pr_vnet); ifp = ifunit(ifname); /* XXX Lock to avoid races. */ if (ifp == NULL) { CURVNET_RESTORE(); prison_free(pr); return (ENXIO); } /* Do not try to move the iface from and to the same prison. */ vnet_dst = TD_TO_VNET(td); if (vnet_dst == ifp->if_vnet) { CURVNET_RESTORE(); prison_free(pr); return (EEXIST); } /* Get interface back from child jail/vnet. */ if_vmove(ifp, vnet_dst); CURVNET_RESTORE(); /* Report the new if_xname back to the userland. */ sprintf(ifname, "%s", ifp->if_xname); prison_free(pr); return (0); } #endif /* VIMAGE */ /* * Add a group to an interface */ int if_addgroup(struct ifnet *ifp, const char *groupname) { struct ifg_list *ifgl; struct ifg_group *ifg = NULL; struct ifg_member *ifgm; if (groupname[0] && groupname[strlen(groupname) - 1] >= '0' && groupname[strlen(groupname) - 1] <= '9') return (EINVAL); IFNET_WLOCK(); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgl, &ifp->if_groups, ifgl_next) if (!strcmp(ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_group, groupname)) { IFNET_WUNLOCK(); return (EEXIST); } if ((ifgl = (struct ifg_list *)malloc(sizeof(struct ifg_list), M_TEMP, M_NOWAIT)) == NULL) { IFNET_WUNLOCK(); return (ENOMEM); } if ((ifgm = (struct ifg_member *)malloc(sizeof(struct ifg_member), M_TEMP, M_NOWAIT)) == NULL) { free(ifgl, M_TEMP); IFNET_WUNLOCK(); return (ENOMEM); } TAILQ_FOREACH(ifg, &V_ifg_head, ifg_next) if (!strcmp(ifg->ifg_group, groupname)) break; if (ifg == NULL) { if ((ifg = (struct ifg_group *)malloc(sizeof(struct ifg_group), M_TEMP, M_NOWAIT)) == NULL) { free(ifgl, M_TEMP); free(ifgm, M_TEMP); IFNET_WUNLOCK(); return (ENOMEM); } strlcpy(ifg->ifg_group, groupname, sizeof(ifg->ifg_group)); ifg->ifg_refcnt = 0; TAILQ_INIT(&ifg->ifg_members); EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_attach_event, ifg); TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&V_ifg_head, ifg, ifg_next); } ifg->ifg_refcnt++; ifgl->ifgl_group = ifg; ifgm->ifgm_ifp = ifp; IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&ifg->ifg_members, ifgm, ifgm_next); TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&ifp->if_groups, ifgl, ifgl_next); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); IFNET_WUNLOCK(); EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_change_event, groupname); return (0); } /* * Remove a group from an interface */ int if_delgroup(struct ifnet *ifp, const char *groupname) { struct ifg_list *ifgl; struct ifg_member *ifgm; IFNET_WLOCK(); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgl, &ifp->if_groups, ifgl_next) if (!strcmp(ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_group, groupname)) break; if (ifgl == NULL) { IFNET_WUNLOCK(); return (ENOENT); } IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_groups, ifgl, ifgl_next); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgm, &ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_members, ifgm_next) if (ifgm->ifgm_ifp == ifp) break; if (ifgm != NULL) { TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_members, ifgm, ifgm_next); free(ifgm, M_TEMP); } if (--ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_refcnt == 0) { TAILQ_REMOVE(&V_ifg_head, ifgl->ifgl_group, ifg_next); EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_detach_event, ifgl->ifgl_group); free(ifgl->ifgl_group, M_TEMP); } IFNET_WUNLOCK(); free(ifgl, M_TEMP); EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_change_event, groupname); return (0); } /* * Remove an interface from all groups */ static void if_delgroups(struct ifnet *ifp) { struct ifg_list *ifgl; struct ifg_member *ifgm; char groupname[IFNAMSIZ]; IFNET_WLOCK(); while (!TAILQ_EMPTY(&ifp->if_groups)) { ifgl = TAILQ_FIRST(&ifp->if_groups); strlcpy(groupname, ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_group, IFNAMSIZ); IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_groups, ifgl, ifgl_next); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgm, &ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_members, ifgm_next) if (ifgm->ifgm_ifp == ifp) break; if (ifgm != NULL) { TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_members, ifgm, ifgm_next); free(ifgm, M_TEMP); } if (--ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_refcnt == 0) { TAILQ_REMOVE(&V_ifg_head, ifgl->ifgl_group, ifg_next); EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_detach_event, ifgl->ifgl_group); free(ifgl->ifgl_group, M_TEMP); } IFNET_WUNLOCK(); free(ifgl, M_TEMP); EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_change_event, groupname); IFNET_WLOCK(); } IFNET_WUNLOCK(); } /* * Stores all groups from an interface in memory pointed * to by data */ static int if_getgroup(struct ifgroupreq *data, struct ifnet *ifp) { int len, error; struct ifg_list *ifgl; struct ifg_req ifgrq, *ifgp; struct ifgroupreq *ifgr = data; if (ifgr->ifgr_len == 0) { IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgl, &ifp->if_groups, ifgl_next) ifgr->ifgr_len += sizeof(struct ifg_req); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); return (0); } len = ifgr->ifgr_len; ifgp = ifgr->ifgr_groups; /* XXX: wire */ IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgl, &ifp->if_groups, ifgl_next) { if (len < sizeof(ifgrq)) { IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); return (EINVAL); } bzero(&ifgrq, sizeof ifgrq); strlcpy(ifgrq.ifgrq_group, ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_group, sizeof(ifgrq.ifgrq_group)); if ((error = copyout(&ifgrq, ifgp, sizeof(struct ifg_req)))) { IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); return (error); } len -= sizeof(ifgrq); ifgp++; } IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); return (0); } /* * Stores all members of a group in memory pointed to by data */ static int if_getgroupmembers(struct ifgroupreq *data) { struct ifgroupreq *ifgr = data; struct ifg_group *ifg; struct ifg_member *ifgm; struct ifg_req ifgrq, *ifgp; int len, error; IFNET_RLOCK(); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifg, &V_ifg_head, ifg_next) if (!strcmp(ifg->ifg_group, ifgr->ifgr_name)) break; if (ifg == NULL) { IFNET_RUNLOCK(); return (ENOENT); } if (ifgr->ifgr_len == 0) { TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgm, &ifg->ifg_members, ifgm_next) ifgr->ifgr_len += sizeof(ifgrq); IFNET_RUNLOCK(); return (0); } len = ifgr->ifgr_len; ifgp = ifgr->ifgr_groups; TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgm, &ifg->ifg_members, ifgm_next) { if (len < sizeof(ifgrq)) { IFNET_RUNLOCK(); return (EINVAL); } bzero(&ifgrq, sizeof ifgrq); strlcpy(ifgrq.ifgrq_member, ifgm->ifgm_ifp->if_xname, sizeof(ifgrq.ifgrq_member)); if ((error = copyout(&ifgrq, ifgp, sizeof(struct ifg_req)))) { IFNET_RUNLOCK(); return (error); } len -= sizeof(ifgrq); ifgp++; } IFNET_RUNLOCK(); return (0); } /* * Delete Routes for a Network Interface * * Called for each routing entry via the rnh->rnh_walktree() call above * to delete all route entries referencing a detaching network interface. * * Arguments: * rn pointer to node in the routing table * arg argument passed to rnh->rnh_walktree() - detaching interface * * Returns: * 0 successful * errno failed - reason indicated * */ static int if_rtdel(struct radix_node *rn, void *arg) { struct rtentry *rt = (struct rtentry *)rn; struct ifnet *ifp = arg; int err; if (rt->rt_ifp == ifp) { /* * Protect (sorta) against walktree recursion problems * with cloned routes */ if ((rt->rt_flags & RTF_UP) == 0) return (0); err = rtrequest_fib(RTM_DELETE, rt_key(rt), rt->rt_gateway, rt_mask(rt), rt->rt_flags|RTF_RNH_LOCKED, (struct rtentry **) NULL, rt->rt_fibnum); if (err) { log(LOG_WARNING, "if_rtdel: error %d\n", err); } } return (0); } /* * Wrapper functions for struct ifnet address list locking macros. These are * used by kernel modules to avoid encoding programming interface or binary * interface assumptions that may be violated when kernel-internal locking * approaches change. */ void if_addr_rlock(struct ifnet *ifp) { IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); } void if_addr_runlock(struct ifnet *ifp) { IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); } void if_maddr_rlock(struct ifnet *ifp) { IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); } void if_maddr_runlock(struct ifnet *ifp) { IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); } /* * Reference count functions for ifaddrs. */ void ifa_init(struct ifaddr *ifa) { mtx_init(&ifa->ifa_mtx, "ifaddr", NULL, MTX_DEF); refcount_init(&ifa->ifa_refcnt, 1); } void ifa_ref(struct ifaddr *ifa) { refcount_acquire(&ifa->ifa_refcnt); } void ifa_free(struct ifaddr *ifa) { if (refcount_release(&ifa->ifa_refcnt)) { mtx_destroy(&ifa->ifa_mtx); free(ifa, M_IFADDR); } } int ifa_add_loopback_route(struct ifaddr *ifa, struct sockaddr *ia) { int error = 0; struct rtentry *rt = NULL; struct rt_addrinfo info; static struct sockaddr_dl null_sdl = {sizeof(null_sdl), AF_LINK}; bzero(&info, sizeof(info)); info.rti_ifp = V_loif; info.rti_flags = ifa->ifa_flags | RTF_HOST | RTF_STATIC; info.rti_info[RTAX_DST] = ia; info.rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] = (struct sockaddr *)&null_sdl; error = rtrequest1_fib(RTM_ADD, &info, &rt, 0); if (error == 0 && rt != NULL) { RT_LOCK(rt); ((struct sockaddr_dl *)rt->rt_gateway)->sdl_type = ifa->ifa_ifp->if_type; ((struct sockaddr_dl *)rt->rt_gateway)->sdl_index = ifa->ifa_ifp->if_index; RT_REMREF(rt); RT_UNLOCK(rt); } else if (error != 0) log(LOG_INFO, "ifa_add_loopback_route: insertion failed\n"); return (error); } int ifa_del_loopback_route(struct ifaddr *ifa, struct sockaddr *ia) { int error = 0; struct rt_addrinfo info; struct sockaddr_dl null_sdl; bzero(&null_sdl, sizeof(null_sdl)); null_sdl.sdl_len = sizeof(null_sdl); null_sdl.sdl_family = AF_LINK; null_sdl.sdl_type = ifa->ifa_ifp->if_type; null_sdl.sdl_index = ifa->ifa_ifp->if_index; bzero(&info, sizeof(info)); info.rti_flags = ifa->ifa_flags | RTF_HOST | RTF_STATIC; info.rti_info[RTAX_DST] = ia; info.rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] = (struct sockaddr *)&null_sdl; error = rtrequest1_fib(RTM_DELETE, &info, NULL, 0); if (error != 0) log(LOG_INFO, "ifa_del_loopback_route: deletion failed\n"); return (error); } /* * XXX: Because sockaddr_dl has deeper structure than the sockaddr * structs used to represent other address families, it is necessary * to perform a different comparison. */ #define sa_equal(a1, a2) \ (bcmp((a1), (a2), ((a1))->sa_len) == 0) #define sa_dl_equal(a1, a2) \ ((((struct sockaddr_dl *)(a1))->sdl_len == \ ((struct sockaddr_dl *)(a2))->sdl_len) && \ (bcmp(LLADDR((struct sockaddr_dl *)(a1)), \ LLADDR((struct sockaddr_dl *)(a2)), \ ((struct sockaddr_dl *)(a1))->sdl_alen) == 0)) /* * Locate an interface based on a complete address. */ /*ARGSUSED*/ static struct ifaddr * ifa_ifwithaddr_internal(struct sockaddr *addr, int getref) { struct ifnet *ifp; struct ifaddr *ifa; IFNET_RLOCK_NOSLEEP(); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) { IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) { if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != addr->sa_family) continue; if (sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_addr)) { if (getref) ifa_ref(ifa); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); goto done; } /* IP6 doesn't have broadcast */ if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_BROADCAST) && ifa->ifa_broadaddr && ifa->ifa_broadaddr->sa_len != 0 && sa_equal(ifa->ifa_broadaddr, addr)) { if (getref) ifa_ref(ifa); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); goto done; } } IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); } ifa = NULL; done: IFNET_RUNLOCK_NOSLEEP(); return (ifa); } struct ifaddr * ifa_ifwithaddr(struct sockaddr *addr) { return (ifa_ifwithaddr_internal(addr, 1)); } int ifa_ifwithaddr_check(struct sockaddr *addr) { return (ifa_ifwithaddr_internal(addr, 0) != NULL); } /* * Locate an interface based on the broadcast address. */ /* ARGSUSED */ struct ifaddr * ifa_ifwithbroadaddr(struct sockaddr *addr) { struct ifnet *ifp; struct ifaddr *ifa; IFNET_RLOCK_NOSLEEP(); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) { IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) { if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != addr->sa_family) continue; if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_BROADCAST) && ifa->ifa_broadaddr && ifa->ifa_broadaddr->sa_len != 0 && sa_equal(ifa->ifa_broadaddr, addr)) { ifa_ref(ifa); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); goto done; } } IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); } ifa = NULL; done: IFNET_RUNLOCK_NOSLEEP(); return (ifa); } /* * Locate the point to point interface with a given destination address. */ /*ARGSUSED*/ struct ifaddr * ifa_ifwithdstaddr(struct sockaddr *addr) { struct ifnet *ifp; struct ifaddr *ifa; IFNET_RLOCK_NOSLEEP(); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) { if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_POINTOPOINT) == 0) continue; IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) { if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != addr->sa_family) continue; if (ifa->ifa_dstaddr != NULL && sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_dstaddr)) { ifa_ref(ifa); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); goto done; } } IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); } ifa = NULL; done: IFNET_RUNLOCK_NOSLEEP(); return (ifa); } /* * Find an interface on a specific network. If many, choice * is most specific found. */ struct ifaddr * ifa_ifwithnet(struct sockaddr *addr) { struct ifnet *ifp; struct ifaddr *ifa; struct ifaddr *ifa_maybe = NULL; u_int af = addr->sa_family; char *addr_data = addr->sa_data, *cplim; /* * AF_LINK addresses can be looked up directly by their index number, * so do that if we can. */ if (af == AF_LINK) { struct sockaddr_dl *sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)addr; if (sdl->sdl_index && sdl->sdl_index <= V_if_index) return (ifaddr_byindex(sdl->sdl_index)); } /* * Scan though each interface, looking for ones that have addresses * in this address family. Maintain a reference on ifa_maybe once * we find one, as we release the IF_ADDR_LOCK() that kept it stable * when we move onto the next interface. */ IFNET_RLOCK_NOSLEEP(); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) { IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) { char *cp, *cp2, *cp3; if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != af) next: continue; if (af == AF_INET && ifp->if_flags & IFF_POINTOPOINT) { /* * This is a bit broken as it doesn't * take into account that the remote end may * be a single node in the network we are * looking for. * The trouble is that we don't know the * netmask for the remote end. */ if (ifa->ifa_dstaddr != NULL && sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_dstaddr)) { ifa_ref(ifa); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); goto done; } } else { /* * if we have a special address handler, * then use it instead of the generic one. */ if (ifa->ifa_claim_addr) { if ((*ifa->ifa_claim_addr)(ifa, addr)) { ifa_ref(ifa); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); goto done; } continue; } /* * Scan all the bits in the ifa's address. * If a bit dissagrees with what we are * looking for, mask it with the netmask * to see if it really matters. * (A byte at a time) */ if (ifa->ifa_netmask == 0) continue; cp = addr_data; cp2 = ifa->ifa_addr->sa_data; cp3 = ifa->ifa_netmask->sa_data; cplim = ifa->ifa_netmask->sa_len + (char *)ifa->ifa_netmask; while (cp3 < cplim) if ((*cp++ ^ *cp2++) & *cp3++) goto next; /* next address! */ /* * If the netmask of what we just found * is more specific than what we had before * (if we had one) then remember the new one * before continuing to search * for an even better one. */ if (ifa_maybe == NULL || rn_refines((caddr_t)ifa->ifa_netmask, (caddr_t)ifa_maybe->ifa_netmask)) { if (ifa_maybe != NULL) ifa_free(ifa_maybe); ifa_maybe = ifa; ifa_ref(ifa_maybe); } } } IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); } ifa = ifa_maybe; ifa_maybe = NULL; done: IFNET_RUNLOCK_NOSLEEP(); if (ifa_maybe != NULL) ifa_free(ifa_maybe); return (ifa); } /* * Find an interface address specific to an interface best matching * a given address. */ struct ifaddr * ifaof_ifpforaddr(struct sockaddr *addr, struct ifnet *ifp) { struct ifaddr *ifa; char *cp, *cp2, *cp3; char *cplim; struct ifaddr *ifa_maybe = NULL; u_int af = addr->sa_family; if (af >= AF_MAX) return (0); IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) { if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != af) continue; if (ifa_maybe == NULL) ifa_maybe = ifa; if (ifa->ifa_netmask == 0) { if (sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_addr) || (ifa->ifa_dstaddr && sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_dstaddr))) goto done; continue; } if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_POINTOPOINT) { if (sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_dstaddr)) goto done; } else { cp = addr->sa_data; cp2 = ifa->ifa_addr->sa_data; cp3 = ifa->ifa_netmask->sa_data; cplim = ifa->ifa_netmask->sa_len + (char *)ifa->ifa_netmask; for (; cp3 < cplim; cp3++) if ((*cp++ ^ *cp2++) & *cp3) break; if (cp3 == cplim) goto done; } } ifa = ifa_maybe; done: if (ifa != NULL) ifa_ref(ifa); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); return (ifa); } #include /* * Default action when installing a route with a Link Level gateway. * Lookup an appropriate real ifa to point to. * This should be moved to /sys/net/link.c eventually. */ static void link_rtrequest(int cmd, struct rtentry *rt, struct rt_addrinfo *info) { struct ifaddr *ifa, *oifa; struct sockaddr *dst; struct ifnet *ifp; RT_LOCK_ASSERT(rt); if (cmd != RTM_ADD || ((ifa = rt->rt_ifa) == 0) || ((ifp = ifa->ifa_ifp) == 0) || ((dst = rt_key(rt)) == 0)) return; ifa = ifaof_ifpforaddr(dst, ifp); if (ifa) { oifa = rt->rt_ifa; rt->rt_ifa = ifa; ifa_free(oifa); if (ifa->ifa_rtrequest && ifa->ifa_rtrequest != link_rtrequest) ifa->ifa_rtrequest(cmd, rt, info); } } /* * Mark an interface down and notify protocols of * the transition. * NOTE: must be called at splnet or eqivalent. */ static void if_unroute(struct ifnet *ifp, int flag, int fam) { struct ifaddr *ifa; KASSERT(flag == IFF_UP, ("if_unroute: flag != IFF_UP")); ifp->if_flags &= ~flag; getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) if (fam == PF_UNSPEC || (fam == ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family)) pfctlinput(PRC_IFDOWN, ifa->ifa_addr); ifp->if_qflush(ifp); #if defined(INET) || defined(INET6) #ifdef DEV_CARP if (ifp->if_carp) carp_carpdev_state(ifp->if_carp); #endif #endif rt_ifmsg(ifp); } /* * Mark an interface up and notify protocols of * the transition. * NOTE: must be called at splnet or eqivalent. */ static void if_route(struct ifnet *ifp, int flag, int fam) { struct ifaddr *ifa; KASSERT(flag == IFF_UP, ("if_route: flag != IFF_UP")); ifp->if_flags |= flag; getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) if (fam == PF_UNSPEC || (fam == ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family)) pfctlinput(PRC_IFUP, ifa->ifa_addr); #if defined(INET) || defined(INET6) #ifdef DEV_CARP if (ifp->if_carp) carp_carpdev_state(ifp->if_carp); #endif #endif rt_ifmsg(ifp); #ifdef INET6 in6_if_up(ifp); #endif } void (*vlan_link_state_p)(struct ifnet *, int); /* XXX: private from if_vlan */ void (*vlan_trunk_cap_p)(struct ifnet *); /* XXX: private from if_vlan */ /* * Handle a change in the interface link state. To avoid LORs * between driver lock and upper layer locks, as well as possible * recursions, we post event to taskqueue, and all job * is done in static do_link_state_change(). */ void if_link_state_change(struct ifnet *ifp, int link_state) { /* Return if state hasn't changed. */ if (ifp->if_link_state == link_state) return; ifp->if_link_state = link_state; taskqueue_enqueue(taskqueue_swi, &ifp->if_linktask); } static void do_link_state_change(void *arg, int pending) { struct ifnet *ifp = (struct ifnet *)arg; int link_state = ifp->if_link_state; CURVNET_SET(ifp->if_vnet); /* Notify that the link state has changed. */ rt_ifmsg(ifp); if (ifp->if_vlantrunk != NULL) (*vlan_link_state_p)(ifp, 0); if ((ifp->if_type == IFT_ETHER || ifp->if_type == IFT_L2VLAN) && IFP2AC(ifp)->ac_netgraph != NULL) (*ng_ether_link_state_p)(ifp, link_state); #if defined(INET) || defined(INET6) #ifdef DEV_CARP if (ifp->if_carp) carp_carpdev_state(ifp->if_carp); #endif #endif if (ifp->if_bridge) { KASSERT(bstp_linkstate_p != NULL,("if_bridge bstp not loaded!")); (*bstp_linkstate_p)(ifp, link_state); } if (ifp->if_lagg) { KASSERT(lagg_linkstate_p != NULL,("if_lagg not loaded!")); (*lagg_linkstate_p)(ifp, link_state); } if (IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet)) devctl_notify("IFNET", ifp->if_xname, (link_state == LINK_STATE_UP) ? "LINK_UP" : "LINK_DOWN", NULL); if (pending > 1) if_printf(ifp, "%d link states coalesced\n", pending); if (log_link_state_change) log(LOG_NOTICE, "%s: link state changed to %s\n", ifp->if_xname, (link_state == LINK_STATE_UP) ? "UP" : "DOWN" ); CURVNET_RESTORE(); } /* * Mark an interface down and notify protocols of * the transition. * NOTE: must be called at splnet or eqivalent. */ void if_down(struct ifnet *ifp) { if_unroute(ifp, IFF_UP, AF_UNSPEC); } /* * Mark an interface up and notify protocols of * the transition. * NOTE: must be called at splnet or eqivalent. */ void if_up(struct ifnet *ifp) { if_route(ifp, IFF_UP, AF_UNSPEC); } /* * Flush an interface queue. */ void if_qflush(struct ifnet *ifp) { struct mbuf *m, *n; struct ifaltq *ifq; ifq = &ifp->if_snd; IFQ_LOCK(ifq); #ifdef ALTQ if (ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(ifq)) ALTQ_PURGE(ifq); #endif n = ifq->ifq_head; while ((m = n) != 0) { n = m->m_act; m_freem(m); } ifq->ifq_head = 0; ifq->ifq_tail = 0; ifq->ifq_len = 0; IFQ_UNLOCK(ifq); } /* * Handle interface watchdog timer routines. Called * from softclock, we decrement timers (if set) and * call the appropriate interface routine on expiration. * * XXXRW: Note that because timeouts run with Giant, if_watchdog() is called * holding Giant. */ static void if_slowtimo(void *arg) { VNET_ITERATOR_DECL(vnet_iter); struct ifnet *ifp; int s = splimp(); VNET_LIST_RLOCK_NOSLEEP(); IFNET_RLOCK_NOSLEEP(); VNET_FOREACH(vnet_iter) { CURVNET_SET(vnet_iter); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) { if (ifp->if_timer == 0 || --ifp->if_timer) continue; if (ifp->if_watchdog) (*ifp->if_watchdog)(ifp); } CURVNET_RESTORE(); } IFNET_RUNLOCK_NOSLEEP(); VNET_LIST_RUNLOCK_NOSLEEP(); splx(s); timeout(if_slowtimo, (void *)0, hz / IFNET_SLOWHZ); } /* * Map interface name to interface structure pointer, with or without * returning a reference. */ struct ifnet * ifunit_ref(const char *name) { struct ifnet *ifp; IFNET_RLOCK_NOSLEEP(); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) { if (strncmp(name, ifp->if_xname, IFNAMSIZ) == 0 && !(ifp->if_flags & IFF_DYING)) break; } if (ifp != NULL) if_ref(ifp); IFNET_RUNLOCK_NOSLEEP(); return (ifp); } struct ifnet * ifunit(const char *name) { struct ifnet *ifp; IFNET_RLOCK_NOSLEEP(); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) { if (strncmp(name, ifp->if_xname, IFNAMSIZ) == 0) break; } IFNET_RUNLOCK_NOSLEEP(); return (ifp); } /* * Hardware specific interface ioctls. */ static int ifhwioctl(u_long cmd, struct ifnet *ifp, caddr_t data, struct thread *td) { struct ifreq *ifr; struct ifstat *ifs; int error = 0; int new_flags, temp_flags; size_t namelen, onamelen; + size_t descrlen; + char *descrbuf, *odescrbuf; char new_name[IFNAMSIZ]; struct ifaddr *ifa; struct sockaddr_dl *sdl; ifr = (struct ifreq *)data; switch (cmd) { case SIOCGIFINDEX: ifr->ifr_index = ifp->if_index; break; case SIOCGIFFLAGS: temp_flags = ifp->if_flags | ifp->if_drv_flags; ifr->ifr_flags = temp_flags & 0xffff; ifr->ifr_flagshigh = temp_flags >> 16; break; case SIOCGIFCAP: ifr->ifr_reqcap = ifp->if_capabilities; ifr->ifr_curcap = ifp->if_capenable; break; #ifdef MAC case SIOCGIFMAC: error = mac_ifnet_ioctl_get(td->td_ucred, ifr, ifp); break; #endif case SIOCGIFMETRIC: ifr->ifr_metric = ifp->if_metric; break; case SIOCGIFMTU: ifr->ifr_mtu = ifp->if_mtu; break; case SIOCGIFPHYS: ifr->ifr_phys = ifp->if_physical; + break; + + case SIOCGIFDESCR: + error = 0; + sx_slock(&ifdescr_sx); + if (ifp->if_description == NULL) { + ifr->ifr_buffer.length = 0; + error = ENOMSG; + } else { + /* space for terminating nul */ + descrlen = strlen(ifp->if_description) + 1; + if (ifr->ifr_buffer.length < descrlen) + error = ENAMETOOLONG; + else + error = copyout(ifp->if_description, + ifr->ifr_buffer.buffer, descrlen); + ifr->ifr_buffer.length = descrlen; + } + sx_sunlock(&ifdescr_sx); + break; + + case SIOCSIFDESCR: + error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFDESCR); + if (error) + return (error); + + /* + * Copy only (length-1) bytes to make sure that + * if_description is always nul terminated. The + * length parameter is supposed to count the + * terminating nul in. + */ + if (ifr->ifr_buffer.length > ifdescr_maxlen) + return (ENAMETOOLONG); + else if (ifr->ifr_buffer.length == 0) + descrbuf = NULL; + else { + descrbuf = malloc(ifr->ifr_buffer.length, M_IFDESCR, + M_WAITOK | M_ZERO); + error = copyin(ifr->ifr_buffer.buffer, descrbuf, + ifr->ifr_buffer.length - 1); + if (error) { + free(descrbuf, M_IFDESCR); + break; + } + } + + sx_xlock(&ifdescr_sx); + odescrbuf = ifp->if_description; + ifp->if_description = descrbuf; + sx_xunlock(&ifdescr_sx); + + getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange); + free(odescrbuf, M_IFDESCR); break; case SIOCSIFFLAGS: error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFFLAGS); if (error) return (error); /* * Currently, no driver owned flags pass the IFF_CANTCHANGE * check, so we don't need special handling here yet. */ new_flags = (ifr->ifr_flags & 0xffff) | (ifr->ifr_flagshigh << 16); if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_SMART) { /* Smart drivers twiddle their own routes */ } else if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_UP && (new_flags & IFF_UP) == 0) { int s = splimp(); if_down(ifp); splx(s); } else if (new_flags & IFF_UP && (ifp->if_flags & IFF_UP) == 0) { int s = splimp(); if_up(ifp); splx(s); } /* See if permanently promiscuous mode bit is about to flip */ if ((ifp->if_flags ^ new_flags) & IFF_PPROMISC) { if (new_flags & IFF_PPROMISC) ifp->if_flags |= IFF_PROMISC; else if (ifp->if_pcount == 0) ifp->if_flags &= ~IFF_PROMISC; log(LOG_INFO, "%s: permanently promiscuous mode %s\n", ifp->if_xname, (new_flags & IFF_PPROMISC) ? "enabled" : "disabled"); } ifp->if_flags = (ifp->if_flags & IFF_CANTCHANGE) | (new_flags &~ IFF_CANTCHANGE); if (ifp->if_ioctl) { (void) (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data); } getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange); break; case SIOCSIFCAP: error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFCAP); if (error) return (error); if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL) return (EOPNOTSUPP); if (ifr->ifr_reqcap & ~ifp->if_capabilities) return (EINVAL); error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data); if (error == 0) getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange); break; #ifdef MAC case SIOCSIFMAC: error = mac_ifnet_ioctl_set(td->td_ucred, ifr, ifp); break; #endif case SIOCSIFNAME: error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFNAME); if (error) return (error); error = copyinstr(ifr->ifr_data, new_name, IFNAMSIZ, NULL); if (error != 0) return (error); if (new_name[0] == '\0') return (EINVAL); if (ifunit(new_name) != NULL) return (EEXIST); /* * XXX: Locking. Nothing else seems to lock if_flags, * and there are numerous other races with the * ifunit() checks not being atomic with namespace * changes (renames, vmoves, if_attach, etc). */ ifp->if_flags |= IFF_RENAMING; /* Announce the departure of the interface. */ rt_ifannouncemsg(ifp, IFAN_DEPARTURE); EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(ifnet_departure_event, ifp); log(LOG_INFO, "%s: changing name to '%s'\n", ifp->if_xname, new_name); strlcpy(ifp->if_xname, new_name, sizeof(ifp->if_xname)); ifa = ifp->if_addr; IFA_LOCK(ifa); sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)ifa->ifa_addr; namelen = strlen(new_name); onamelen = sdl->sdl_nlen; /* * Move the address if needed. This is safe because we * allocate space for a name of length IFNAMSIZ when we * create this in if_attach(). */ if (namelen != onamelen) { bcopy(sdl->sdl_data + onamelen, sdl->sdl_data + namelen, sdl->sdl_alen); } bcopy(new_name, sdl->sdl_data, namelen); sdl->sdl_nlen = namelen; sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)ifa->ifa_netmask; bzero(sdl->sdl_data, onamelen); while (namelen != 0) sdl->sdl_data[--namelen] = 0xff; IFA_UNLOCK(ifa); EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(ifnet_arrival_event, ifp); /* Announce the return of the interface. */ rt_ifannouncemsg(ifp, IFAN_ARRIVAL); ifp->if_flags &= ~IFF_RENAMING; break; #ifdef VIMAGE case SIOCSIFVNET: error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFVNET); if (error) return (error); error = if_vmove_loan(td, ifp, ifr->ifr_name, ifr->ifr_jid); break; #endif case SIOCSIFMETRIC: error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFMETRIC); if (error) return (error); ifp->if_metric = ifr->ifr_metric; getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange); break; case SIOCSIFPHYS: error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFPHYS); if (error) return (error); if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL) return (EOPNOTSUPP); error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data); if (error == 0) getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange); break; case SIOCSIFMTU: { u_long oldmtu = ifp->if_mtu; error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFMTU); if (error) return (error); if (ifr->ifr_mtu < IF_MINMTU || ifr->ifr_mtu > IF_MAXMTU) return (EINVAL); if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL) return (EOPNOTSUPP); error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data); if (error == 0) { getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange); rt_ifmsg(ifp); } /* * If the link MTU changed, do network layer specific procedure. */ if (ifp->if_mtu != oldmtu) { #ifdef INET6 nd6_setmtu(ifp); #endif } break; } case SIOCADDMULTI: case SIOCDELMULTI: if (cmd == SIOCADDMULTI) error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_ADDMULTI); else error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_DELMULTI); if (error) return (error); /* Don't allow group membership on non-multicast interfaces. */ if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_MULTICAST) == 0) return (EOPNOTSUPP); /* Don't let users screw up protocols' entries. */ if (ifr->ifr_addr.sa_family != AF_LINK) return (EINVAL); if (cmd == SIOCADDMULTI) { struct ifmultiaddr *ifma; /* * Userland is only permitted to join groups once * via the if_addmulti() KPI, because it cannot hold * struct ifmultiaddr * between calls. It may also * lose a race while we check if the membership * already exists. */ IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); ifma = if_findmulti(ifp, &ifr->ifr_addr); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); if (ifma != NULL) error = EADDRINUSE; else error = if_addmulti(ifp, &ifr->ifr_addr, &ifma); } else { error = if_delmulti(ifp, &ifr->ifr_addr); } if (error == 0) getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange); break; case SIOCSIFPHYADDR: case SIOCDIFPHYADDR: #ifdef INET6 case SIOCSIFPHYADDR_IN6: #endif case SIOCSLIFPHYADDR: case SIOCSIFMEDIA: case SIOCSIFGENERIC: error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_HWIOCTL); if (error) return (error); if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL) return (EOPNOTSUPP); error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data); if (error == 0) getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange); break; case SIOCGIFSTATUS: ifs = (struct ifstat *)data; ifs->ascii[0] = '\0'; case SIOCGIFPSRCADDR: case SIOCGIFPDSTADDR: case SIOCGLIFPHYADDR: case SIOCGIFMEDIA: case SIOCGIFGENERIC: if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL) return (EOPNOTSUPP); error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data); break; case SIOCSIFLLADDR: error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETLLADDR); if (error) return (error); error = if_setlladdr(ifp, ifr->ifr_addr.sa_data, ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len); break; case SIOCAIFGROUP: { struct ifgroupreq *ifgr = (struct ifgroupreq *)ifr; error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_ADDIFGROUP); if (error) return (error); if ((error = if_addgroup(ifp, ifgr->ifgr_group))) return (error); break; } case SIOCGIFGROUP: if ((error = if_getgroup((struct ifgroupreq *)ifr, ifp))) return (error); break; case SIOCDIFGROUP: { struct ifgroupreq *ifgr = (struct ifgroupreq *)ifr; error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_DELIFGROUP); if (error) return (error); if ((error = if_delgroup(ifp, ifgr->ifgr_group))) return (error); break; } default: error = ENOIOCTL; break; } return (error); } /* * Interface ioctls. */ int ifioctl(struct socket *so, u_long cmd, caddr_t data, struct thread *td) { struct ifnet *ifp; struct ifreq *ifr; int error; int oif_flags; switch (cmd) { case SIOCGIFCONF: case OSIOCGIFCONF: #ifdef __amd64__ case SIOCGIFCONF32: #endif return (ifconf(cmd, data)); } ifr = (struct ifreq *)data; switch (cmd) { #ifdef VIMAGE case SIOCSIFRVNET: error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFVNET); if (error) return (error); return (if_vmove_reclaim(td, ifr->ifr_name, ifr->ifr_jid)); #endif case SIOCIFCREATE: case SIOCIFCREATE2: error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_IFCREATE); if (error) return (error); return (if_clone_create(ifr->ifr_name, sizeof(ifr->ifr_name), cmd == SIOCIFCREATE2 ? ifr->ifr_data : NULL)); case SIOCIFDESTROY: error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_IFDESTROY); if (error) return (error); return if_clone_destroy(ifr->ifr_name); case SIOCIFGCLONERS: return (if_clone_list((struct if_clonereq *)data)); case SIOCGIFGMEMB: return (if_getgroupmembers((struct ifgroupreq *)data)); } ifp = ifunit_ref(ifr->ifr_name); if (ifp == NULL) return (ENXIO); error = ifhwioctl(cmd, ifp, data, td); if (error != ENOIOCTL) { if_rele(ifp); return (error); } oif_flags = ifp->if_flags; if (so->so_proto == NULL) { if_rele(ifp); return (EOPNOTSUPP); } #ifndef COMPAT_43 error = ((*so->so_proto->pr_usrreqs->pru_control)(so, cmd, data, ifp, td)); if (error == EOPNOTSUPP && ifp != NULL && ifp->if_ioctl != NULL) error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data); #else { u_long ocmd = cmd; switch (cmd) { case SIOCSIFDSTADDR: case SIOCSIFADDR: case SIOCSIFBRDADDR: case SIOCSIFNETMASK: #if BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN if (ifr->ifr_addr.sa_family == 0 && ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len < 16) { ifr->ifr_addr.sa_family = ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len; ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len = 16; } #else if (ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len == 0) ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len = 16; #endif break; case OSIOCGIFADDR: cmd = SIOCGIFADDR; break; case OSIOCGIFDSTADDR: cmd = SIOCGIFDSTADDR; break; case OSIOCGIFBRDADDR: cmd = SIOCGIFBRDADDR; break; case OSIOCGIFNETMASK: cmd = SIOCGIFNETMASK; } error = ((*so->so_proto->pr_usrreqs->pru_control)(so, cmd, data, ifp, td)); if (error == EOPNOTSUPP && ifp != NULL && ifp->if_ioctl != NULL) error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data); switch (ocmd) { case OSIOCGIFADDR: case OSIOCGIFDSTADDR: case OSIOCGIFBRDADDR: case OSIOCGIFNETMASK: *(u_short *)&ifr->ifr_addr = ifr->ifr_addr.sa_family; } } #endif /* COMPAT_43 */ if ((oif_flags ^ ifp->if_flags) & IFF_UP) { #ifdef INET6 if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_UP) { int s = splimp(); in6_if_up(ifp); splx(s); } #endif } if_rele(ifp); return (error); } /* * The code common to handling reference counted flags, * e.g., in ifpromisc() and if_allmulti(). * The "pflag" argument can specify a permanent mode flag to check, * such as IFF_PPROMISC for promiscuous mode; should be 0 if none. * * Only to be used on stack-owned flags, not driver-owned flags. */ static int if_setflag(struct ifnet *ifp, int flag, int pflag, int *refcount, int onswitch) { struct ifreq ifr; int error; int oldflags, oldcount; /* Sanity checks to catch programming errors */ KASSERT((flag & (IFF_DRV_OACTIVE|IFF_DRV_RUNNING)) == 0, ("%s: setting driver-owned flag %d", __func__, flag)); if (onswitch) KASSERT(*refcount >= 0, ("%s: increment negative refcount %d for flag %d", __func__, *refcount, flag)); else KASSERT(*refcount > 0, ("%s: decrement non-positive refcount %d for flag %d", __func__, *refcount, flag)); /* In case this mode is permanent, just touch refcount */ if (ifp->if_flags & pflag) { *refcount += onswitch ? 1 : -1; return (0); } /* Save ifnet parameters for if_ioctl() may fail */ oldcount = *refcount; oldflags = ifp->if_flags; /* * See if we aren't the only and touching refcount is enough. * Actually toggle interface flag if we are the first or last. */ if (onswitch) { if ((*refcount)++) return (0); ifp->if_flags |= flag; } else { if (--(*refcount)) return (0); ifp->if_flags &= ~flag; } /* Call down the driver since we've changed interface flags */ if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL) { error = EOPNOTSUPP; goto recover; } ifr.ifr_flags = ifp->if_flags & 0xffff; ifr.ifr_flagshigh = ifp->if_flags >> 16; error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCSIFFLAGS, (caddr_t)&ifr); if (error) goto recover; /* Notify userland that interface flags have changed */ rt_ifmsg(ifp); return (0); recover: /* Recover after driver error */ *refcount = oldcount; ifp->if_flags = oldflags; return (error); } /* * Set/clear promiscuous mode on interface ifp based on the truth value * of pswitch. The calls are reference counted so that only the first * "on" request actually has an effect, as does the final "off" request. * Results are undefined if the "off" and "on" requests are not matched. */ int ifpromisc(struct ifnet *ifp, int pswitch) { int error; int oldflags = ifp->if_flags; error = if_setflag(ifp, IFF_PROMISC, IFF_PPROMISC, &ifp->if_pcount, pswitch); /* If promiscuous mode status has changed, log a message */ if (error == 0 && ((ifp->if_flags ^ oldflags) & IFF_PROMISC)) log(LOG_INFO, "%s: promiscuous mode %s\n", ifp->if_xname, (ifp->if_flags & IFF_PROMISC) ? "enabled" : "disabled"); return (error); } /* * Return interface configuration * of system. List may be used * in later ioctl's (above) to get * other information. */ /*ARGSUSED*/ static int ifconf(u_long cmd, caddr_t data) { struct ifconf *ifc = (struct ifconf *)data; #ifdef __amd64__ struct ifconf32 *ifc32 = (struct ifconf32 *)data; struct ifconf ifc_swab; #endif struct ifnet *ifp; struct ifaddr *ifa; struct ifreq ifr; struct sbuf *sb; int error, full = 0, valid_len, max_len; #ifdef __amd64__ if (cmd == SIOCGIFCONF32) { ifc_swab.ifc_len = ifc32->ifc_len; ifc_swab.ifc_buf = (caddr_t)(uintptr_t)ifc32->ifc_buf; ifc = &ifc_swab; } #endif /* Limit initial buffer size to MAXPHYS to avoid DoS from userspace. */ max_len = MAXPHYS - 1; /* Prevent hostile input from being able to crash the system */ if (ifc->ifc_len <= 0) return (EINVAL); again: if (ifc->ifc_len <= max_len) { max_len = ifc->ifc_len; full = 1; } sb = sbuf_new(NULL, NULL, max_len + 1, SBUF_FIXEDLEN); max_len = 0; valid_len = 0; IFNET_RLOCK(); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) { int addrs; /* * Zero the ifr_name buffer to make sure we don't * disclose the contents of the stack. */ memset(ifr.ifr_name, 0, sizeof(ifr.ifr_name)); if (strlcpy(ifr.ifr_name, ifp->if_xname, sizeof(ifr.ifr_name)) >= sizeof(ifr.ifr_name)) { sbuf_delete(sb); IFNET_RUNLOCK(); return (ENAMETOOLONG); } addrs = 0; IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) { struct sockaddr *sa = ifa->ifa_addr; if (prison_if(curthread->td_ucred, sa) != 0) continue; addrs++; #ifdef COMPAT_43 if (cmd == OSIOCGIFCONF) { struct osockaddr *osa = (struct osockaddr *)&ifr.ifr_addr; ifr.ifr_addr = *sa; osa->sa_family = sa->sa_family; sbuf_bcat(sb, &ifr, sizeof(ifr)); max_len += sizeof(ifr); } else #endif if (sa->sa_len <= sizeof(*sa)) { ifr.ifr_addr = *sa; sbuf_bcat(sb, &ifr, sizeof(ifr)); max_len += sizeof(ifr); } else { sbuf_bcat(sb, &ifr, offsetof(struct ifreq, ifr_addr)); max_len += offsetof(struct ifreq, ifr_addr); sbuf_bcat(sb, sa, sa->sa_len); max_len += sa->sa_len; } if (!sbuf_overflowed(sb)) valid_len = sbuf_len(sb); } IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); if (addrs == 0) { bzero((caddr_t)&ifr.ifr_addr, sizeof(ifr.ifr_addr)); sbuf_bcat(sb, &ifr, sizeof(ifr)); max_len += sizeof(ifr); if (!sbuf_overflowed(sb)) valid_len = sbuf_len(sb); } } IFNET_RUNLOCK(); /* * If we didn't allocate enough space (uncommon), try again. If * we have already allocated as much space as we are allowed, * return what we've got. */ if (valid_len != max_len && !full) { sbuf_delete(sb); goto again; } ifc->ifc_len = valid_len; #ifdef __amd64__ if (cmd == SIOCGIFCONF32) ifc32->ifc_len = valid_len; #endif sbuf_finish(sb); error = copyout(sbuf_data(sb), ifc->ifc_req, ifc->ifc_len); sbuf_delete(sb); return (error); } /* * Just like ifpromisc(), but for all-multicast-reception mode. */ int if_allmulti(struct ifnet *ifp, int onswitch) { return (if_setflag(ifp, IFF_ALLMULTI, 0, &ifp->if_amcount, onswitch)); } struct ifmultiaddr * if_findmulti(struct ifnet *ifp, struct sockaddr *sa) { struct ifmultiaddr *ifma; IF_ADDR_LOCK_ASSERT(ifp); TAILQ_FOREACH(ifma, &ifp->if_multiaddrs, ifma_link) { if (sa->sa_family == AF_LINK) { if (sa_dl_equal(ifma->ifma_addr, sa)) break; } else { if (sa_equal(ifma->ifma_addr, sa)) break; } } return ifma; } /* * Allocate a new ifmultiaddr and initialize based on passed arguments. We * make copies of passed sockaddrs. The ifmultiaddr will not be added to * the ifnet multicast address list here, so the caller must do that and * other setup work (such as notifying the device driver). The reference * count is initialized to 1. */ static struct ifmultiaddr * if_allocmulti(struct ifnet *ifp, struct sockaddr *sa, struct sockaddr *llsa, int mflags) { struct ifmultiaddr *ifma; struct sockaddr *dupsa; ifma = malloc(sizeof *ifma, M_IFMADDR, mflags | M_ZERO); if (ifma == NULL) return (NULL); dupsa = malloc(sa->sa_len, M_IFMADDR, mflags); if (dupsa == NULL) { free(ifma, M_IFMADDR); return (NULL); } bcopy(sa, dupsa, sa->sa_len); ifma->ifma_addr = dupsa; ifma->ifma_ifp = ifp; ifma->ifma_refcount = 1; ifma->ifma_protospec = NULL; if (llsa == NULL) { ifma->ifma_lladdr = NULL; return (ifma); } dupsa = malloc(llsa->sa_len, M_IFMADDR, mflags); if (dupsa == NULL) { free(ifma->ifma_addr, M_IFMADDR); free(ifma, M_IFMADDR); return (NULL); } bcopy(llsa, dupsa, llsa->sa_len); ifma->ifma_lladdr = dupsa; return (ifma); } /* * if_freemulti: free ifmultiaddr structure and possibly attached related * addresses. The caller is responsible for implementing reference * counting, notifying the driver, handling routing messages, and releasing * any dependent link layer state. */ static void if_freemulti(struct ifmultiaddr *ifma) { KASSERT(ifma->ifma_refcount == 0, ("if_freemulti: refcount %d", ifma->ifma_refcount)); KASSERT(ifma->ifma_protospec == NULL, ("if_freemulti: protospec not NULL")); if (ifma->ifma_lladdr != NULL) free(ifma->ifma_lladdr, M_IFMADDR); free(ifma->ifma_addr, M_IFMADDR); free(ifma, M_IFMADDR); } /* * Register an additional multicast address with a network interface. * * - If the address is already present, bump the reference count on the * address and return. * - If the address is not link-layer, look up a link layer address. * - Allocate address structures for one or both addresses, and attach to the * multicast address list on the interface. If automatically adding a link * layer address, the protocol address will own a reference to the link * layer address, to be freed when it is freed. * - Notify the network device driver of an addition to the multicast address * list. * * 'sa' points to caller-owned memory with the desired multicast address. * * 'retifma' will be used to return a pointer to the resulting multicast * address reference, if desired. */ int if_addmulti(struct ifnet *ifp, struct sockaddr *sa, struct ifmultiaddr **retifma) { struct ifmultiaddr *ifma, *ll_ifma; struct sockaddr *llsa; int error; /* * If the address is already present, return a new reference to it; * otherwise, allocate storage and set up a new address. */ IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); ifma = if_findmulti(ifp, sa); if (ifma != NULL) { ifma->ifma_refcount++; if (retifma != NULL) *retifma = ifma; IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); return (0); } /* * The address isn't already present; resolve the protocol address * into a link layer address, and then look that up, bump its * refcount or allocate an ifma for that also. If 'llsa' was * returned, we will need to free it later. */ llsa = NULL; ll_ifma = NULL; if (ifp->if_resolvemulti != NULL) { error = ifp->if_resolvemulti(ifp, &llsa, sa); if (error) goto unlock_out; } /* * Allocate the new address. Don't hook it up yet, as we may also * need to allocate a link layer multicast address. */ ifma = if_allocmulti(ifp, sa, llsa, M_NOWAIT); if (ifma == NULL) { error = ENOMEM; goto free_llsa_out; } /* * If a link layer address is found, we'll need to see if it's * already present in the address list, or allocate is as well. * When this block finishes, the link layer address will be on the * list. */ if (llsa != NULL) { ll_ifma = if_findmulti(ifp, llsa); if (ll_ifma == NULL) { ll_ifma = if_allocmulti(ifp, llsa, NULL, M_NOWAIT); if (ll_ifma == NULL) { --ifma->ifma_refcount; if_freemulti(ifma); error = ENOMEM; goto free_llsa_out; } TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&ifp->if_multiaddrs, ll_ifma, ifma_link); } else ll_ifma->ifma_refcount++; ifma->ifma_llifma = ll_ifma; } /* * We now have a new multicast address, ifma, and possibly a new or * referenced link layer address. Add the primary address to the * ifnet address list. */ TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&ifp->if_multiaddrs, ifma, ifma_link); if (retifma != NULL) *retifma = ifma; /* * Must generate the message while holding the lock so that 'ifma' * pointer is still valid. */ rt_newmaddrmsg(RTM_NEWMADDR, ifma); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); /* * We are certain we have added something, so call down to the * interface to let them know about it. */ if (ifp->if_ioctl != NULL) { (void) (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCADDMULTI, 0); } if (llsa != NULL) free(llsa, M_IFMADDR); return (0); free_llsa_out: if (llsa != NULL) free(llsa, M_IFMADDR); unlock_out: IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); return (error); } /* * Delete a multicast group membership by network-layer group address. * * Returns ENOENT if the entry could not be found. If ifp no longer * exists, results are undefined. This entry point should only be used * from subsystems which do appropriate locking to hold ifp for the * duration of the call. * Network-layer protocol domains must use if_delmulti_ifma(). */ int if_delmulti(struct ifnet *ifp, struct sockaddr *sa) { struct ifmultiaddr *ifma; int lastref; #ifdef INVARIANTS struct ifnet *oifp; IFNET_RLOCK_NOSLEEP(); TAILQ_FOREACH(oifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) if (ifp == oifp) break; if (ifp != oifp) ifp = NULL; IFNET_RUNLOCK_NOSLEEP(); KASSERT(ifp != NULL, ("%s: ifnet went away", __func__)); #endif if (ifp == NULL) return (ENOENT); IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); lastref = 0; ifma = if_findmulti(ifp, sa); if (ifma != NULL) lastref = if_delmulti_locked(ifp, ifma, 0); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); if (ifma == NULL) return (ENOENT); if (lastref && ifp->if_ioctl != NULL) { (void)(*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCDELMULTI, 0); } return (0); } /* * Delete all multicast group membership for an interface. * Should be used to quickly flush all multicast filters. */ void if_delallmulti(struct ifnet *ifp) { struct ifmultiaddr *ifma; struct ifmultiaddr *next; IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(ifma, &ifp->if_multiaddrs, ifma_link, next) if_delmulti_locked(ifp, ifma, 0); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); } /* * Delete a multicast group membership by group membership pointer. * Network-layer protocol domains must use this routine. * * It is safe to call this routine if the ifp disappeared. */ void if_delmulti_ifma(struct ifmultiaddr *ifma) { struct ifnet *ifp; int lastref; ifp = ifma->ifma_ifp; #ifdef DIAGNOSTIC if (ifp == NULL) { printf("%s: ifma_ifp seems to be detached\n", __func__); } else { struct ifnet *oifp; IFNET_RLOCK_NOSLEEP(); TAILQ_FOREACH(oifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) if (ifp == oifp) break; if (ifp != oifp) { printf("%s: ifnet %p disappeared\n", __func__, ifp); ifp = NULL; } IFNET_RUNLOCK_NOSLEEP(); } #endif /* * If and only if the ifnet instance exists: Acquire the address lock. */ if (ifp != NULL) IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); lastref = if_delmulti_locked(ifp, ifma, 0); if (ifp != NULL) { /* * If and only if the ifnet instance exists: * Release the address lock. * If the group was left: update the hardware hash filter. */ IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); if (lastref && ifp->if_ioctl != NULL) { (void)(*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCDELMULTI, 0); } } } /* * Perform deletion of network-layer and/or link-layer multicast address. * * Return 0 if the reference count was decremented. * Return 1 if the final reference was released, indicating that the * hardware hash filter should be reprogrammed. */ static int if_delmulti_locked(struct ifnet *ifp, struct ifmultiaddr *ifma, int detaching) { struct ifmultiaddr *ll_ifma; if (ifp != NULL && ifma->ifma_ifp != NULL) { KASSERT(ifma->ifma_ifp == ifp, ("%s: inconsistent ifp %p", __func__, ifp)); IF_ADDR_LOCK_ASSERT(ifp); } ifp = ifma->ifma_ifp; /* * If the ifnet is detaching, null out references to ifnet, * so that upper protocol layers will notice, and not attempt * to obtain locks for an ifnet which no longer exists. The * routing socket announcement must happen before the ifnet * instance is detached from the system. */ if (detaching) { #ifdef DIAGNOSTIC printf("%s: detaching ifnet instance %p\n", __func__, ifp); #endif /* * ifp may already be nulled out if we are being reentered * to delete the ll_ifma. */ if (ifp != NULL) { rt_newmaddrmsg(RTM_DELMADDR, ifma); ifma->ifma_ifp = NULL; } } if (--ifma->ifma_refcount > 0) return 0; /* * If this ifma is a network-layer ifma, a link-layer ifma may * have been associated with it. Release it first if so. */ ll_ifma = ifma->ifma_llifma; if (ll_ifma != NULL) { KASSERT(ifma->ifma_lladdr != NULL, ("%s: llifma w/o lladdr", __func__)); if (detaching) ll_ifma->ifma_ifp = NULL; /* XXX */ if (--ll_ifma->ifma_refcount == 0) { if (ifp != NULL) { TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_multiaddrs, ll_ifma, ifma_link); } if_freemulti(ll_ifma); } } if (ifp != NULL) TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_multiaddrs, ifma, ifma_link); if_freemulti(ifma); /* * The last reference to this instance of struct ifmultiaddr * was released; the hardware should be notified of this change. */ return 1; } /* * Set the link layer address on an interface. * * At this time we only support certain types of interfaces, * and we don't allow the length of the address to change. */ int if_setlladdr(struct ifnet *ifp, const u_char *lladdr, int len) { struct sockaddr_dl *sdl; struct ifaddr *ifa; struct ifreq ifr; IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp); ifa = ifp->if_addr; if (ifa == NULL) { IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); return (EINVAL); } ifa_ref(ifa); IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp); sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)ifa->ifa_addr; if (sdl == NULL) { ifa_free(ifa); return (EINVAL); } if (len != sdl->sdl_alen) { /* don't allow length to change */ ifa_free(ifa); return (EINVAL); } switch (ifp->if_type) { case IFT_ETHER: case IFT_FDDI: case IFT_XETHER: case IFT_ISO88025: case IFT_L2VLAN: case IFT_BRIDGE: case IFT_ARCNET: case IFT_IEEE8023ADLAG: case IFT_IEEE80211: bcopy(lladdr, LLADDR(sdl), len); ifa_free(ifa); break; default: ifa_free(ifa); return (ENODEV); } /* * If the interface is already up, we need * to re-init it in order to reprogram its * address filter. */ if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_UP) != 0) { if (ifp->if_ioctl) { ifp->if_flags &= ~IFF_UP; ifr.ifr_flags = ifp->if_flags & 0xffff; ifr.ifr_flagshigh = ifp->if_flags >> 16; (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCSIFFLAGS, (caddr_t)&ifr); ifp->if_flags |= IFF_UP; ifr.ifr_flags = ifp->if_flags & 0xffff; ifr.ifr_flagshigh = ifp->if_flags >> 16; (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCSIFFLAGS, (caddr_t)&ifr); } #ifdef INET /* * Also send gratuitous ARPs to notify other nodes about * the address change. */ TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) { if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_INET) arp_ifinit(ifp, ifa); } #endif } return (0); } /* * The name argument must be a pointer to storage which will last as * long as the interface does. For physical devices, the result of * device_get_name(dev) is a good choice and for pseudo-devices a * static string works well. */ void if_initname(struct ifnet *ifp, const char *name, int unit) { ifp->if_dname = name; ifp->if_dunit = unit; if (unit != IF_DUNIT_NONE) snprintf(ifp->if_xname, IFNAMSIZ, "%s%d", name, unit); else strlcpy(ifp->if_xname, name, IFNAMSIZ); } int if_printf(struct ifnet *ifp, const char * fmt, ...) { va_list ap; int retval; retval = printf("%s: ", ifp->if_xname); va_start(ap, fmt); retval += vprintf(fmt, ap); va_end(ap); return (retval); } void if_start(struct ifnet *ifp) { (*(ifp)->if_start)(ifp); } /* * Backwards compatibility interface for drivers * that have not implemented it */ static int if_transmit(struct ifnet *ifp, struct mbuf *m) { int error; IFQ_HANDOFF(ifp, m, error); return (error); } int if_handoff(struct ifqueue *ifq, struct mbuf *m, struct ifnet *ifp, int adjust) { int active = 0; IF_LOCK(ifq); if (_IF_QFULL(ifq)) { _IF_DROP(ifq); IF_UNLOCK(ifq); m_freem(m); return (0); } if (ifp != NULL) { ifp->if_obytes += m->m_pkthdr.len + adjust; if (m->m_flags & (M_BCAST|M_MCAST)) ifp->if_omcasts++; active = ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_OACTIVE; } _IF_ENQUEUE(ifq, m); IF_UNLOCK(ifq); if (ifp != NULL && !active) (*(ifp)->if_start)(ifp); return (1); } void if_register_com_alloc(u_char type, if_com_alloc_t *a, if_com_free_t *f) { KASSERT(if_com_alloc[type] == NULL, ("if_register_com_alloc: %d already registered", type)); KASSERT(if_com_free[type] == NULL, ("if_register_com_alloc: %d free already registered", type)); if_com_alloc[type] = a; if_com_free[type] = f; } void if_deregister_com_alloc(u_char type) { KASSERT(if_com_alloc[type] != NULL, ("if_deregister_com_alloc: %d not registered", type)); KASSERT(if_com_free[type] != NULL, ("if_deregister_com_alloc: %d free not registered", type)); if_com_alloc[type] = NULL; if_com_free[type] = NULL; } Index: stable/8/sys/net/if.h =================================================================== --- stable/8/sys/net/if.h (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sys/net/if.h (revision 204344) @@ -1,463 +1,473 @@ /*- * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1989, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. * * @(#)if.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/10/93 * $FreeBSD$ */ #ifndef _NET_IF_H_ #define _NET_IF_H_ #include #ifdef _KERNEL #include #endif #if __BSD_VISIBLE /* * does not depend on on most other systems. This * helps userland compatibility. (struct timeval ifi_lastchange) */ #ifndef _KERNEL #include #endif struct ifnet; #endif /* * Length of interface external name, including terminating '\0'. * Note: this is the same size as a generic device's external name. */ #define IF_NAMESIZE 16 #if __BSD_VISIBLE #define IFNAMSIZ IF_NAMESIZE #define IF_MAXUNIT 0x7fff /* historical value */ #endif #if __BSD_VISIBLE /* * Structure used to query names of interface cloners. */ struct if_clonereq { int ifcr_total; /* total cloners (out) */ int ifcr_count; /* room for this many in user buffer */ char *ifcr_buffer; /* buffer for cloner names */ }; /* * Structure describing information about an interface * which may be of interest to management entities. */ struct if_data { /* generic interface information */ u_char ifi_type; /* ethernet, tokenring, etc */ u_char ifi_physical; /* e.g., AUI, Thinnet, 10base-T, etc */ u_char ifi_addrlen; /* media address length */ u_char ifi_hdrlen; /* media header length */ u_char ifi_link_state; /* current link state */ u_char ifi_spare_char1; /* spare byte */ u_char ifi_spare_char2; /* spare byte */ u_char ifi_datalen; /* length of this data struct */ u_long ifi_mtu; /* maximum transmission unit */ u_long ifi_metric; /* routing metric (external only) */ u_long ifi_baudrate; /* linespeed */ /* volatile statistics */ u_long ifi_ipackets; /* packets received on interface */ u_long ifi_ierrors; /* input errors on interface */ u_long ifi_opackets; /* packets sent on interface */ u_long ifi_oerrors; /* output errors on interface */ u_long ifi_collisions; /* collisions on csma interfaces */ u_long ifi_ibytes; /* total number of octets received */ u_long ifi_obytes; /* total number of octets sent */ u_long ifi_imcasts; /* packets received via multicast */ u_long ifi_omcasts; /* packets sent via multicast */ u_long ifi_iqdrops; /* dropped on input, this interface */ u_long ifi_noproto; /* destined for unsupported protocol */ u_long ifi_hwassist; /* HW offload capabilities, see IFCAP */ time_t ifi_epoch; /* uptime at attach or stat reset */ struct timeval ifi_lastchange; /* time of last administrative change */ }; /*- * Interface flags are of two types: network stack owned flags, and driver * owned flags. Historically, these values were stored in the same ifnet * flags field, but with the advent of fine-grained locking, they have been * broken out such that the network stack is responsible for synchronizing * the stack-owned fields, and the device driver the device-owned fields. * Both halves can perform lockless reads of the other half's field, subject * to accepting the involved races. * * Both sets of flags come from the same number space, and should not be * permitted to conflict, as they are exposed to user space via a single * field. * * The following symbols identify read and write requirements for fields: * * (i) if_flags field set by device driver before attach, read-only there * after. * (n) if_flags field written only by the network stack, read by either the * stack or driver. * (d) if_drv_flags field written only by the device driver, read by either * the stack or driver. */ #define IFF_UP 0x1 /* (n) interface is up */ #define IFF_BROADCAST 0x2 /* (i) broadcast address valid */ #define IFF_DEBUG 0x4 /* (n) turn on debugging */ #define IFF_LOOPBACK 0x8 /* (i) is a loopback net */ #define IFF_POINTOPOINT 0x10 /* (i) is a point-to-point link */ #define IFF_SMART 0x20 /* (i) interface manages own routes */ #define IFF_DRV_RUNNING 0x40 /* (d) resources allocated */ #define IFF_NOARP 0x80 /* (n) no address resolution protocol */ #define IFF_PROMISC 0x100 /* (n) receive all packets */ #define IFF_ALLMULTI 0x200 /* (n) receive all multicast packets */ #define IFF_DRV_OACTIVE 0x400 /* (d) tx hardware queue is full */ #define IFF_SIMPLEX 0x800 /* (i) can't hear own transmissions */ #define IFF_LINK0 0x1000 /* per link layer defined bit */ #define IFF_LINK1 0x2000 /* per link layer defined bit */ #define IFF_LINK2 0x4000 /* per link layer defined bit */ #define IFF_ALTPHYS IFF_LINK2 /* use alternate physical connection */ #define IFF_MULTICAST 0x8000 /* (i) supports multicast */ /* 0x10000 */ #define IFF_PPROMISC 0x20000 /* (n) user-requested promisc mode */ #define IFF_MONITOR 0x40000 /* (n) user-requested monitor mode */ #define IFF_STATICARP 0x80000 /* (n) static ARP */ #define IFF_DYING 0x200000 /* (n) interface is winding down */ #define IFF_RENAMING 0x400000 /* (n) interface is being renamed */ /* * Old names for driver flags so that user space tools can continue to use * the old (portable) names. */ #ifndef _KERNEL #define IFF_RUNNING IFF_DRV_RUNNING #define IFF_OACTIVE IFF_DRV_OACTIVE #endif /* flags set internally only: */ #define IFF_CANTCHANGE \ (IFF_BROADCAST|IFF_POINTOPOINT|IFF_DRV_RUNNING|IFF_DRV_OACTIVE|\ IFF_SIMPLEX|IFF_MULTICAST|IFF_ALLMULTI|IFF_SMART|IFF_PROMISC|\ IFF_DYING) /* * Values for if_link_state. */ #define LINK_STATE_UNKNOWN 0 /* link invalid/unknown */ #define LINK_STATE_DOWN 1 /* link is down */ #define LINK_STATE_UP 2 /* link is up */ /* * Some convenience macros used for setting ifi_baudrate. * XXX 1000 vs. 1024? --thorpej@netbsd.org */ #define IF_Kbps(x) ((x) * 1000) /* kilobits/sec. */ #define IF_Mbps(x) (IF_Kbps((x) * 1000)) /* megabits/sec. */ #define IF_Gbps(x) (IF_Mbps((x) * 1000)) /* gigabits/sec. */ /* * Capabilities that interfaces can advertise. * * struct ifnet.if_capabilities * contains the optional features & capabilities a particular interface * supports (not only the driver but also the detected hw revision). * Capabilities are defined by IFCAP_* below. * struct ifnet.if_capenable * contains the enabled (either by default or through ifconfig) optional * features & capabilities on this interface. * Capabilities are defined by IFCAP_* below. * struct if_data.ifi_hwassist in mbuf CSUM_ flag form, controlled by above * contains the enabled optional feature & capabilites that can be used * individually per packet and are specified in the mbuf pkthdr.csum_flags * field. IFCAP_* and CSUM_* do not match one to one and CSUM_* may be * more detailed or differenciated than IFCAP_*. * Hwassist features are defined CSUM_* in sys/mbuf.h */ #define IFCAP_RXCSUM 0x00001 /* can offload checksum on RX */ #define IFCAP_TXCSUM 0x00002 /* can offload checksum on TX */ #define IFCAP_NETCONS 0x00004 /* can be a network console */ #define IFCAP_VLAN_MTU 0x00008 /* VLAN-compatible MTU */ #define IFCAP_VLAN_HWTAGGING 0x00010 /* hardware VLAN tag support */ #define IFCAP_JUMBO_MTU 0x00020 /* 9000 byte MTU supported */ #define IFCAP_POLLING 0x00040 /* driver supports polling */ #define IFCAP_VLAN_HWCSUM 0x00080 /* can do IFCAP_HWCSUM on VLANs */ #define IFCAP_TSO4 0x00100 /* can do TCP Segmentation Offload */ #define IFCAP_TSO6 0x00200 /* can do TCP6 Segmentation Offload */ #define IFCAP_LRO 0x00400 /* can do Large Receive Offload */ #define IFCAP_WOL_UCAST 0x00800 /* wake on any unicast frame */ #define IFCAP_WOL_MCAST 0x01000 /* wake on any multicast frame */ #define IFCAP_WOL_MAGIC 0x02000 /* wake on any Magic Packet */ #define IFCAP_TOE4 0x04000 /* interface can offload TCP */ #define IFCAP_TOE6 0x08000 /* interface can offload TCP6 */ #define IFCAP_VLAN_HWFILTER 0x10000 /* interface hw can filter vlan tag */ #define IFCAP_POLLING_NOCOUNT 0x20000 /* polling ticks cannot be fragmented */ #define IFCAP_HWCSUM (IFCAP_RXCSUM | IFCAP_TXCSUM) #define IFCAP_TSO (IFCAP_TSO4 | IFCAP_TSO6) #define IFCAP_WOL (IFCAP_WOL_UCAST | IFCAP_WOL_MCAST | IFCAP_WOL_MAGIC) #define IFCAP_TOE (IFCAP_TOE4 | IFCAP_TOE6) #define IFQ_MAXLEN 50 #define IFNET_SLOWHZ 1 /* granularity is 1 second */ /* * Message format for use in obtaining information about interfaces * from getkerninfo and the routing socket */ struct if_msghdr { u_short ifm_msglen; /* to skip over non-understood messages */ u_char ifm_version; /* future binary compatibility */ u_char ifm_type; /* message type */ int ifm_addrs; /* like rtm_addrs */ int ifm_flags; /* value of if_flags */ u_short ifm_index; /* index for associated ifp */ struct if_data ifm_data;/* statistics and other data about if */ }; /* * Message format for use in obtaining information about interface addresses * from getkerninfo and the routing socket */ struct ifa_msghdr { u_short ifam_msglen; /* to skip over non-understood messages */ u_char ifam_version; /* future binary compatibility */ u_char ifam_type; /* message type */ int ifam_addrs; /* like rtm_addrs */ int ifam_flags; /* value of ifa_flags */ u_short ifam_index; /* index for associated ifp */ int ifam_metric; /* value of ifa_metric */ }; /* * Message format for use in obtaining information about multicast addresses * from the routing socket */ struct ifma_msghdr { u_short ifmam_msglen; /* to skip over non-understood messages */ u_char ifmam_version; /* future binary compatibility */ u_char ifmam_type; /* message type */ int ifmam_addrs; /* like rtm_addrs */ int ifmam_flags; /* value of ifa_flags */ u_short ifmam_index; /* index for associated ifp */ }; /* * Message format announcing the arrival or departure of a network interface. */ struct if_announcemsghdr { u_short ifan_msglen; /* to skip over non-understood messages */ u_char ifan_version; /* future binary compatibility */ u_char ifan_type; /* message type */ u_short ifan_index; /* index for associated ifp */ char ifan_name[IFNAMSIZ]; /* if name, e.g. "en0" */ u_short ifan_what; /* what type of announcement */ }; #define IFAN_ARRIVAL 0 /* interface arrival */ #define IFAN_DEPARTURE 1 /* interface departure */ /* + * Buffer with length to be used in SIOCGIFDESCR/SIOCSIFDESCR requests + */ +struct ifreq_buffer { + size_t length; + void *buffer; +}; + +/* * Interface request structure used for socket * ioctl's. All interface ioctl's must have parameter * definitions which begin with ifr_name. The * remainder may be interface specific. */ struct ifreq { char ifr_name[IFNAMSIZ]; /* if name, e.g. "en0" */ union { struct sockaddr ifru_addr; struct sockaddr ifru_dstaddr; struct sockaddr ifru_broadaddr; + struct ifreq_buffer ifru_buffer; short ifru_flags[2]; short ifru_index; int ifru_jid; int ifru_metric; int ifru_mtu; int ifru_phys; int ifru_media; caddr_t ifru_data; int ifru_cap[2]; } ifr_ifru; #define ifr_addr ifr_ifru.ifru_addr /* address */ #define ifr_dstaddr ifr_ifru.ifru_dstaddr /* other end of p-to-p link */ #define ifr_broadaddr ifr_ifru.ifru_broadaddr /* broadcast address */ +#define ifr_buffer ifr_ifru.ifru_buffer /* user supplied buffer with its length */ #define ifr_flags ifr_ifru.ifru_flags[0] /* flags (low 16 bits) */ #define ifr_flagshigh ifr_ifru.ifru_flags[1] /* flags (high 16 bits) */ #define ifr_jid ifr_ifru.ifru_jid /* jail/vnet */ #define ifr_metric ifr_ifru.ifru_metric /* metric */ #define ifr_mtu ifr_ifru.ifru_mtu /* mtu */ #define ifr_phys ifr_ifru.ifru_phys /* physical wire */ #define ifr_media ifr_ifru.ifru_media /* physical media */ #define ifr_data ifr_ifru.ifru_data /* for use by interface */ #define ifr_reqcap ifr_ifru.ifru_cap[0] /* requested capabilities */ #define ifr_curcap ifr_ifru.ifru_cap[1] /* current capabilities */ #define ifr_index ifr_ifru.ifru_index /* interface index */ }; #define _SIZEOF_ADDR_IFREQ(ifr) \ ((ifr).ifr_addr.sa_len > sizeof(struct sockaddr) ? \ (sizeof(struct ifreq) - sizeof(struct sockaddr) + \ (ifr).ifr_addr.sa_len) : sizeof(struct ifreq)) struct ifaliasreq { char ifra_name[IFNAMSIZ]; /* if name, e.g. "en0" */ struct sockaddr ifra_addr; struct sockaddr ifra_broadaddr; struct sockaddr ifra_mask; }; struct ifmediareq { char ifm_name[IFNAMSIZ]; /* if name, e.g. "en0" */ int ifm_current; /* current media options */ int ifm_mask; /* don't care mask */ int ifm_status; /* media status */ int ifm_active; /* active options */ int ifm_count; /* # entries in ifm_ulist array */ int *ifm_ulist; /* media words */ }; struct ifdrv { char ifd_name[IFNAMSIZ]; /* if name, e.g. "en0" */ unsigned long ifd_cmd; size_t ifd_len; void *ifd_data; }; /* * Structure used to retrieve aux status data from interfaces. * Kernel suppliers to this interface should respect the formatting * needed by ifconfig(8): each line starts with a TAB and ends with * a newline. The canonical example to copy and paste is in if_tun.c. */ #define IFSTATMAX 800 /* 10 lines of text */ struct ifstat { char ifs_name[IFNAMSIZ]; /* if name, e.g. "en0" */ char ascii[IFSTATMAX + 1]; }; /* * Structure used in SIOCGIFCONF request. * Used to retrieve interface configuration * for machine (useful for programs which * must know all networks accessible). */ struct ifconf { int ifc_len; /* size of associated buffer */ union { caddr_t ifcu_buf; struct ifreq *ifcu_req; } ifc_ifcu; #define ifc_buf ifc_ifcu.ifcu_buf /* buffer address */ #define ifc_req ifc_ifcu.ifcu_req /* array of structures returned */ }; #if defined (__amd64__) struct ifconf32 { int ifc_len; /* size of associated buffer */ union { u_int ifcu_buf; u_int ifcu_req; } ifc_ifcu; }; #endif /* * interface groups */ #define IFG_ALL "all" /* group contains all interfaces */ /* XXX: will we implement this? */ #define IFG_EGRESS "egress" /* if(s) default route(s) point to */ struct ifg_req { union { char ifgrqu_group[IFNAMSIZ]; char ifgrqu_member[IFNAMSIZ]; } ifgrq_ifgrqu; #define ifgrq_group ifgrq_ifgrqu.ifgrqu_group #define ifgrq_member ifgrq_ifgrqu.ifgrqu_member }; /* * Used to lookup groups for an interface */ struct ifgroupreq { char ifgr_name[IFNAMSIZ]; u_int ifgr_len; union { char ifgru_group[IFNAMSIZ]; struct ifg_req *ifgru_groups; } ifgr_ifgru; #define ifgr_group ifgr_ifgru.ifgru_group #define ifgr_groups ifgr_ifgru.ifgru_groups }; /* * Structure for SIOC[AGD]LIFADDR */ struct if_laddrreq { char iflr_name[IFNAMSIZ]; u_int flags; #define IFLR_PREFIX 0x8000 /* in: prefix given out: kernel fills id */ u_int prefixlen; /* in/out */ struct sockaddr_storage addr; /* in/out */ struct sockaddr_storage dstaddr; /* out */ }; #endif /* __BSD_VISIBLE */ #ifdef _KERNEL #ifdef MALLOC_DECLARE MALLOC_DECLARE(M_IFADDR); MALLOC_DECLARE(M_IFMADDR); #endif #endif #ifndef _KERNEL struct if_nameindex { unsigned int if_index; /* 1, 2, ... */ char *if_name; /* null terminated name: "le0", ... */ }; __BEGIN_DECLS void if_freenameindex(struct if_nameindex *); char *if_indextoname(unsigned int, char *); struct if_nameindex *if_nameindex(void); unsigned int if_nametoindex(const char *); __END_DECLS #endif #ifdef _KERNEL /* XXX - this should go away soon. */ #include #endif #endif /* !_NET_IF_H_ */ Index: stable/8/sys/net/if_var.h =================================================================== --- stable/8/sys/net/if_var.h (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sys/net/if_var.h (revision 204344) @@ -1,890 +1,891 @@ /*- * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1989, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. * * From: @(#)if.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/10/93 * $FreeBSD$ */ #ifndef _NET_IF_VAR_H_ #define _NET_IF_VAR_H_ /* * Structures defining a network interface, providing a packet * transport mechanism (ala level 0 of the PUP protocols). * * Each interface accepts output datagrams of a specified maximum * length, and provides higher level routines with input datagrams * received from its medium. * * Output occurs when the routine if_output is called, with three parameters: * (*ifp->if_output)(ifp, m, dst, rt) * Here m is the mbuf chain to be sent and dst is the destination address. * The output routine encapsulates the supplied datagram if necessary, * and then transmits it on its medium. * * On input, each interface unwraps the data received by it, and either * places it on the input queue of an internetwork datagram routine * and posts the associated software interrupt, or passes the datagram to a raw * packet input routine. * * Routines exist for locating interfaces by their addresses * or for locating an interface on a certain network, as well as more general * routing and gateway routines maintaining information used to locate * interfaces. These routines live in the files if.c and route.c */ #ifdef __STDC__ /* * Forward structure declarations for function prototypes [sic]. */ struct mbuf; struct thread; struct rtentry; struct rt_addrinfo; struct socket; struct ether_header; struct carp_if; struct ifvlantrunk; struct route; struct vnet; #endif #include /* get TAILQ macros */ #ifdef _KERNEL #include #include #include #include #endif /* _KERNEL */ #include /* XXX */ #include /* XXX */ #include /* XXX */ #include /* XXX */ #include /* XXX */ #include #define IF_DUNIT_NONE -1 #include TAILQ_HEAD(ifnethead, ifnet); /* we use TAILQs so that the order of */ TAILQ_HEAD(ifaddrhead, ifaddr); /* instantiation is preserved in the list */ TAILQ_HEAD(ifprefixhead, ifprefix); TAILQ_HEAD(ifmultihead, ifmultiaddr); TAILQ_HEAD(ifgrouphead, ifg_group); /* * Structure defining a queue for a network interface. */ struct ifqueue { struct mbuf *ifq_head; struct mbuf *ifq_tail; int ifq_len; int ifq_maxlen; int ifq_drops; struct mtx ifq_mtx; }; /* * Structure defining a network interface. * * (Would like to call this struct ``if'', but C isn't PL/1.) */ struct ifnet { void *if_softc; /* pointer to driver state */ void *if_l2com; /* pointer to protocol bits */ struct vnet *if_vnet; /* pointer to network stack instance */ TAILQ_ENTRY(ifnet) if_link; /* all struct ifnets are chained */ char if_xname[IFNAMSIZ]; /* external name (name + unit) */ const char *if_dname; /* driver name */ int if_dunit; /* unit or IF_DUNIT_NONE */ u_int if_refcount; /* reference count */ struct ifaddrhead if_addrhead; /* linked list of addresses per if */ /* * if_addrhead is the list of all addresses associated to * an interface. * Some code in the kernel assumes that first element * of the list has type AF_LINK, and contains sockaddr_dl * addresses which store the link-level address and the name * of the interface. * However, access to the AF_LINK address through this * field is deprecated. Use if_addr or ifaddr_byindex() instead. */ int if_pcount; /* number of promiscuous listeners */ struct carp_if *if_carp; /* carp interface structure */ struct bpf_if *if_bpf; /* packet filter structure */ u_short if_index; /* numeric abbreviation for this if */ short if_timer; /* time 'til if_watchdog called */ struct ifvlantrunk *if_vlantrunk; /* pointer to 802.1q data */ int if_flags; /* up/down, broadcast, etc. */ int if_capabilities; /* interface features & capabilities */ int if_capenable; /* enabled features & capabilities */ void *if_linkmib; /* link-type-specific MIB data */ size_t if_linkmiblen; /* length of above data */ struct if_data if_data; struct ifmultihead if_multiaddrs; /* multicast addresses configured */ int if_amcount; /* number of all-multicast requests */ /* procedure handles */ int (*if_output) /* output routine (enqueue) */ (struct ifnet *, struct mbuf *, struct sockaddr *, struct route *); void (*if_input) /* input routine (from h/w driver) */ (struct ifnet *, struct mbuf *); void (*if_start) /* initiate output routine */ (struct ifnet *); int (*if_ioctl) /* ioctl routine */ (struct ifnet *, u_long, caddr_t); void (*if_watchdog) /* timer routine */ (struct ifnet *); void (*if_init) /* Init routine */ (void *); int (*if_resolvemulti) /* validate/resolve multicast */ (struct ifnet *, struct sockaddr **, struct sockaddr *); void (*if_qflush) /* flush any queues */ (struct ifnet *); int (*if_transmit) /* initiate output routine */ (struct ifnet *, struct mbuf *); void (*if_reassign) /* reassign to vnet routine */ (struct ifnet *, struct vnet *, char *); struct vnet *if_home_vnet; /* where this ifnet originates from */ struct ifaddr *if_addr; /* pointer to link-level address */ void *if_llsoftc; /* link layer softc */ int if_drv_flags; /* driver-managed status flags */ struct ifaltq if_snd; /* output queue (includes altq) */ const u_int8_t *if_broadcastaddr; /* linklevel broadcast bytestring */ void *if_bridge; /* bridge glue */ struct label *if_label; /* interface MAC label */ /* these are only used by IPv6 */ struct ifprefixhead if_prefixhead; /* list of prefixes per if */ void *if_afdata[AF_MAX]; int if_afdata_initialized; struct rwlock if_afdata_lock; struct task if_linktask; /* task for link change events */ struct mtx if_addr_mtx; /* mutex to protect address lists */ LIST_ENTRY(ifnet) if_clones; /* interfaces of a cloner */ TAILQ_HEAD(, ifg_list) if_groups; /* linked list of groups per if */ /* protected by if_addr_mtx */ void *if_pf_kif; void *if_lagg; /* lagg glue */ u_char if_alloctype; /* if_type at time of allocation */ /* * Spare fields are added so that we can modify sensitive data * structures without changing the kernel binary interface, and must * be used with care where binary compatibility is required. */ char if_cspare[3]; - void *if_pspare[8]; + char *if_description; /* interface description */ + void *if_pspare[7]; int if_ispare[4]; }; typedef void if_init_f_t(void *); /* * XXX These aliases are terribly dangerous because they could apply * to anything. */ #define if_mtu if_data.ifi_mtu #define if_type if_data.ifi_type #define if_physical if_data.ifi_physical #define if_addrlen if_data.ifi_addrlen #define if_hdrlen if_data.ifi_hdrlen #define if_metric if_data.ifi_metric #define if_link_state if_data.ifi_link_state #define if_baudrate if_data.ifi_baudrate #define if_hwassist if_data.ifi_hwassist #define if_ipackets if_data.ifi_ipackets #define if_ierrors if_data.ifi_ierrors #define if_opackets if_data.ifi_opackets #define if_oerrors if_data.ifi_oerrors #define if_collisions if_data.ifi_collisions #define if_ibytes if_data.ifi_ibytes #define if_obytes if_data.ifi_obytes #define if_imcasts if_data.ifi_imcasts #define if_omcasts if_data.ifi_omcasts #define if_iqdrops if_data.ifi_iqdrops #define if_noproto if_data.ifi_noproto #define if_lastchange if_data.ifi_lastchange /* for compatibility with other BSDs */ #define if_addrlist if_addrhead #define if_list if_link #define if_name(ifp) ((ifp)->if_xname) /* * Locks for address lists on the network interface. */ #define IF_ADDR_LOCK_INIT(if) mtx_init(&(if)->if_addr_mtx, \ "if_addr_mtx", NULL, MTX_DEF) #define IF_ADDR_LOCK_DESTROY(if) mtx_destroy(&(if)->if_addr_mtx) #define IF_ADDR_LOCK(if) mtx_lock(&(if)->if_addr_mtx) #define IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(if) mtx_unlock(&(if)->if_addr_mtx) #define IF_ADDR_LOCK_ASSERT(if) mtx_assert(&(if)->if_addr_mtx, MA_OWNED) /* * Function variations on locking macros intended to be used by loadable * kernel modules in order to divorce them from the internals of address list * locking. */ void if_addr_rlock(struct ifnet *ifp); /* if_addrhead */ void if_addr_runlock(struct ifnet *ifp); /* if_addrhead */ void if_maddr_rlock(struct ifnet *ifp); /* if_multiaddrs */ void if_maddr_runlock(struct ifnet *ifp); /* if_multiaddrs */ /* * Output queues (ifp->if_snd) and slow device input queues (*ifp->if_slowq) * are queues of messages stored on ifqueue structures * (defined above). Entries are added to and deleted from these structures * by these macros, which should be called with ipl raised to splimp(). */ #define IF_LOCK(ifq) mtx_lock(&(ifq)->ifq_mtx) #define IF_UNLOCK(ifq) mtx_unlock(&(ifq)->ifq_mtx) #define IF_LOCK_ASSERT(ifq) mtx_assert(&(ifq)->ifq_mtx, MA_OWNED) #define _IF_QFULL(ifq) ((ifq)->ifq_len >= (ifq)->ifq_maxlen) #define _IF_DROP(ifq) ((ifq)->ifq_drops++) #define _IF_QLEN(ifq) ((ifq)->ifq_len) #define _IF_ENQUEUE(ifq, m) do { \ (m)->m_nextpkt = NULL; \ if ((ifq)->ifq_tail == NULL) \ (ifq)->ifq_head = m; \ else \ (ifq)->ifq_tail->m_nextpkt = m; \ (ifq)->ifq_tail = m; \ (ifq)->ifq_len++; \ } while (0) #define IF_ENQUEUE(ifq, m) do { \ IF_LOCK(ifq); \ _IF_ENQUEUE(ifq, m); \ IF_UNLOCK(ifq); \ } while (0) #define _IF_PREPEND(ifq, m) do { \ (m)->m_nextpkt = (ifq)->ifq_head; \ if ((ifq)->ifq_tail == NULL) \ (ifq)->ifq_tail = (m); \ (ifq)->ifq_head = (m); \ (ifq)->ifq_len++; \ } while (0) #define IF_PREPEND(ifq, m) do { \ IF_LOCK(ifq); \ _IF_PREPEND(ifq, m); \ IF_UNLOCK(ifq); \ } while (0) #define _IF_DEQUEUE(ifq, m) do { \ (m) = (ifq)->ifq_head; \ if (m) { \ if (((ifq)->ifq_head = (m)->m_nextpkt) == NULL) \ (ifq)->ifq_tail = NULL; \ (m)->m_nextpkt = NULL; \ (ifq)->ifq_len--; \ } \ } while (0) #define IF_DEQUEUE(ifq, m) do { \ IF_LOCK(ifq); \ _IF_DEQUEUE(ifq, m); \ IF_UNLOCK(ifq); \ } while (0) #define _IF_POLL(ifq, m) ((m) = (ifq)->ifq_head) #define IF_POLL(ifq, m) _IF_POLL(ifq, m) #define _IF_DRAIN(ifq) do { \ struct mbuf *m; \ for (;;) { \ _IF_DEQUEUE(ifq, m); \ if (m == NULL) \ break; \ m_freem(m); \ } \ } while (0) #define IF_DRAIN(ifq) do { \ IF_LOCK(ifq); \ _IF_DRAIN(ifq); \ IF_UNLOCK(ifq); \ } while(0) #ifdef _KERNEL /* interface address change event */ typedef void (*ifaddr_event_handler_t)(void *, struct ifnet *); EVENTHANDLER_DECLARE(ifaddr_event, ifaddr_event_handler_t); /* new interface arrival event */ typedef void (*ifnet_arrival_event_handler_t)(void *, struct ifnet *); EVENTHANDLER_DECLARE(ifnet_arrival_event, ifnet_arrival_event_handler_t); /* interface departure event */ typedef void (*ifnet_departure_event_handler_t)(void *, struct ifnet *); EVENTHANDLER_DECLARE(ifnet_departure_event, ifnet_departure_event_handler_t); /* * interface groups */ struct ifg_group { char ifg_group[IFNAMSIZ]; u_int ifg_refcnt; void *ifg_pf_kif; TAILQ_HEAD(, ifg_member) ifg_members; TAILQ_ENTRY(ifg_group) ifg_next; }; struct ifg_member { TAILQ_ENTRY(ifg_member) ifgm_next; struct ifnet *ifgm_ifp; }; struct ifg_list { struct ifg_group *ifgl_group; TAILQ_ENTRY(ifg_list) ifgl_next; }; /* group attach event */ typedef void (*group_attach_event_handler_t)(void *, struct ifg_group *); EVENTHANDLER_DECLARE(group_attach_event, group_attach_event_handler_t); /* group detach event */ typedef void (*group_detach_event_handler_t)(void *, struct ifg_group *); EVENTHANDLER_DECLARE(group_detach_event, group_detach_event_handler_t); /* group change event */ typedef void (*group_change_event_handler_t)(void *, const char *); EVENTHANDLER_DECLARE(group_change_event, group_change_event_handler_t); #define IF_AFDATA_LOCK_INIT(ifp) \ rw_init(&(ifp)->if_afdata_lock, "if_afdata") #define IF_AFDATA_WLOCK(ifp) rw_wlock(&(ifp)->if_afdata_lock) #define IF_AFDATA_RLOCK(ifp) rw_rlock(&(ifp)->if_afdata_lock) #define IF_AFDATA_WUNLOCK(ifp) rw_wunlock(&(ifp)->if_afdata_lock) #define IF_AFDATA_RUNLOCK(ifp) rw_runlock(&(ifp)->if_afdata_lock) #define IF_AFDATA_LOCK(ifp) IF_AFDATA_WLOCK(ifp) #define IF_AFDATA_UNLOCK(ifp) IF_AFDATA_WUNLOCK(ifp) #define IF_AFDATA_TRYLOCK(ifp) rw_try_wlock(&(ifp)->if_afdata_lock) #define IF_AFDATA_DESTROY(ifp) rw_destroy(&(ifp)->if_afdata_lock) #define IF_AFDATA_LOCK_ASSERT(ifp) rw_assert(&(ifp)->if_afdata_lock, RA_LOCKED) #define IF_AFDATA_UNLOCK_ASSERT(ifp) rw_assert(&(ifp)->if_afdata_lock, RA_UNLOCKED) int if_handoff(struct ifqueue *ifq, struct mbuf *m, struct ifnet *ifp, int adjust); #define IF_HANDOFF(ifq, m, ifp) \ if_handoff((struct ifqueue *)ifq, m, ifp, 0) #define IF_HANDOFF_ADJ(ifq, m, ifp, adj) \ if_handoff((struct ifqueue *)ifq, m, ifp, adj) void if_start(struct ifnet *); #define IFQ_ENQUEUE(ifq, m, err) \ do { \ IF_LOCK(ifq); \ if (ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(ifq)) \ ALTQ_ENQUEUE(ifq, m, NULL, err); \ else { \ if (_IF_QFULL(ifq)) { \ m_freem(m); \ (err) = ENOBUFS; \ } else { \ _IF_ENQUEUE(ifq, m); \ (err) = 0; \ } \ } \ if (err) \ (ifq)->ifq_drops++; \ IF_UNLOCK(ifq); \ } while (0) #define IFQ_DEQUEUE_NOLOCK(ifq, m) \ do { \ if (TBR_IS_ENABLED(ifq)) \ (m) = tbr_dequeue_ptr(ifq, ALTDQ_REMOVE); \ else if (ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(ifq)) \ ALTQ_DEQUEUE(ifq, m); \ else \ _IF_DEQUEUE(ifq, m); \ } while (0) #define IFQ_DEQUEUE(ifq, m) \ do { \ IF_LOCK(ifq); \ IFQ_DEQUEUE_NOLOCK(ifq, m); \ IF_UNLOCK(ifq); \ } while (0) #define IFQ_POLL_NOLOCK(ifq, m) \ do { \ if (TBR_IS_ENABLED(ifq)) \ (m) = tbr_dequeue_ptr(ifq, ALTDQ_POLL); \ else if (ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(ifq)) \ ALTQ_POLL(ifq, m); \ else \ _IF_POLL(ifq, m); \ } while (0) #define IFQ_POLL(ifq, m) \ do { \ IF_LOCK(ifq); \ IFQ_POLL_NOLOCK(ifq, m); \ IF_UNLOCK(ifq); \ } while (0) #define IFQ_PURGE_NOLOCK(ifq) \ do { \ if (ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(ifq)) { \ ALTQ_PURGE(ifq); \ } else \ _IF_DRAIN(ifq); \ } while (0) #define IFQ_PURGE(ifq) \ do { \ IF_LOCK(ifq); \ IFQ_PURGE_NOLOCK(ifq); \ IF_UNLOCK(ifq); \ } while (0) #define IFQ_SET_READY(ifq) \ do { ((ifq)->altq_flags |= ALTQF_READY); } while (0) #define IFQ_LOCK(ifq) IF_LOCK(ifq) #define IFQ_UNLOCK(ifq) IF_UNLOCK(ifq) #define IFQ_LOCK_ASSERT(ifq) IF_LOCK_ASSERT(ifq) #define IFQ_IS_EMPTY(ifq) ((ifq)->ifq_len == 0) #define IFQ_INC_LEN(ifq) ((ifq)->ifq_len++) #define IFQ_DEC_LEN(ifq) (--(ifq)->ifq_len) #define IFQ_INC_DROPS(ifq) ((ifq)->ifq_drops++) #define IFQ_SET_MAXLEN(ifq, len) ((ifq)->ifq_maxlen = (len)) /* * The IFF_DRV_OACTIVE test should really occur in the device driver, not in * the handoff logic, as that flag is locked by the device driver. */ #define IFQ_HANDOFF_ADJ(ifp, m, adj, err) \ do { \ int len; \ short mflags; \ \ len = (m)->m_pkthdr.len; \ mflags = (m)->m_flags; \ IFQ_ENQUEUE(&(ifp)->if_snd, m, err); \ if ((err) == 0) { \ (ifp)->if_obytes += len + (adj); \ if (mflags & M_MCAST) \ (ifp)->if_omcasts++; \ if (((ifp)->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_OACTIVE) == 0) \ if_start(ifp); \ } \ } while (0) #define IFQ_HANDOFF(ifp, m, err) \ IFQ_HANDOFF_ADJ(ifp, m, 0, err) #define IFQ_DRV_DEQUEUE(ifq, m) \ do { \ (m) = (ifq)->ifq_drv_head; \ if (m) { \ if (((ifq)->ifq_drv_head = (m)->m_nextpkt) == NULL) \ (ifq)->ifq_drv_tail = NULL; \ (m)->m_nextpkt = NULL; \ (ifq)->ifq_drv_len--; \ } else { \ IFQ_LOCK(ifq); \ IFQ_DEQUEUE_NOLOCK(ifq, m); \ while ((ifq)->ifq_drv_len < (ifq)->ifq_drv_maxlen) { \ struct mbuf *m0; \ IFQ_DEQUEUE_NOLOCK(ifq, m0); \ if (m0 == NULL) \ break; \ m0->m_nextpkt = NULL; \ if ((ifq)->ifq_drv_tail == NULL) \ (ifq)->ifq_drv_head = m0; \ else \ (ifq)->ifq_drv_tail->m_nextpkt = m0; \ (ifq)->ifq_drv_tail = m0; \ (ifq)->ifq_drv_len++; \ } \ IFQ_UNLOCK(ifq); \ } \ } while (0) #define IFQ_DRV_PREPEND(ifq, m) \ do { \ (m)->m_nextpkt = (ifq)->ifq_drv_head; \ if ((ifq)->ifq_drv_tail == NULL) \ (ifq)->ifq_drv_tail = (m); \ (ifq)->ifq_drv_head = (m); \ (ifq)->ifq_drv_len++; \ } while (0) #define IFQ_DRV_IS_EMPTY(ifq) \ (((ifq)->ifq_drv_len == 0) && ((ifq)->ifq_len == 0)) #define IFQ_DRV_PURGE(ifq) \ do { \ struct mbuf *m, *n = (ifq)->ifq_drv_head; \ while((m = n) != NULL) { \ n = m->m_nextpkt; \ m_freem(m); \ } \ (ifq)->ifq_drv_head = (ifq)->ifq_drv_tail = NULL; \ (ifq)->ifq_drv_len = 0; \ IFQ_PURGE(ifq); \ } while (0) #ifdef _KERNEL static __inline void drbr_stats_update(struct ifnet *ifp, int len, int mflags) { #ifndef NO_SLOW_STATS ifp->if_obytes += len; if (mflags & M_MCAST) ifp->if_omcasts++; #endif } static __inline int drbr_enqueue(struct ifnet *ifp, struct buf_ring *br, struct mbuf *m) { int error = 0; int len = m->m_pkthdr.len; int mflags = m->m_flags; #ifdef ALTQ if (ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(&ifp->if_snd)) { IFQ_ENQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m, error); return (error); } #endif if ((error = buf_ring_enqueue_bytes(br, m, len)) == ENOBUFS) { br->br_drops++; m_freem(m); } else drbr_stats_update(ifp, len, mflags); return (error); } static __inline void drbr_flush(struct ifnet *ifp, struct buf_ring *br) { struct mbuf *m; #ifdef ALTQ if (ifp != NULL && ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(&ifp->if_snd)) { while (!IFQ_IS_EMPTY(&ifp->if_snd)) { IFQ_DRV_DEQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m); m_freem(m); } } #endif while ((m = buf_ring_dequeue_sc(br)) != NULL) m_freem(m); } static __inline void drbr_free(struct buf_ring *br, struct malloc_type *type) { drbr_flush(NULL, br); buf_ring_free(br, type); } static __inline struct mbuf * drbr_dequeue(struct ifnet *ifp, struct buf_ring *br) { #ifdef ALTQ struct mbuf *m; if (ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(&ifp->if_snd)) { IFQ_DRV_DEQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m); return (m); } #endif return (buf_ring_dequeue_sc(br)); } static __inline struct mbuf * drbr_dequeue_cond(struct ifnet *ifp, struct buf_ring *br, int (*func) (struct mbuf *, void *), void *arg) { struct mbuf *m; #ifdef ALTQ /* * XXX need to evaluate / requeue */ if (ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(&ifp->if_snd)) { IFQ_DRV_DEQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m); return (m); } #endif m = buf_ring_peek(br); if (m == NULL || func(m, arg) == 0) return (NULL); return (buf_ring_dequeue_sc(br)); } static __inline int drbr_empty(struct ifnet *ifp, struct buf_ring *br) { #ifdef ALTQ if (ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(&ifp->if_snd)) return (IFQ_DRV_IS_EMPTY(&ifp->if_snd)); #endif return (buf_ring_empty(br)); } static __inline int drbr_inuse(struct ifnet *ifp, struct buf_ring *br) { #ifdef ALTQ if (ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(&ifp->if_snd)) return (ifp->if_snd.ifq_len); #endif return (buf_ring_count(br)); } #endif /* * 72 was chosen below because it is the size of a TCP/IP * header (40) + the minimum mss (32). */ #define IF_MINMTU 72 #define IF_MAXMTU 65535 #endif /* _KERNEL */ /* * The ifaddr structure contains information about one address * of an interface. They are maintained by the different address families, * are allocated and attached when an address is set, and are linked * together so all addresses for an interface can be located. * * NOTE: a 'struct ifaddr' is always at the beginning of a larger * chunk of malloc'ed memory, where we store the three addresses * (ifa_addr, ifa_dstaddr and ifa_netmask) referenced here. */ struct ifaddr { struct sockaddr *ifa_addr; /* address of interface */ struct sockaddr *ifa_dstaddr; /* other end of p-to-p link */ #define ifa_broadaddr ifa_dstaddr /* broadcast address interface */ struct sockaddr *ifa_netmask; /* used to determine subnet */ struct if_data if_data; /* not all members are meaningful */ struct ifnet *ifa_ifp; /* back-pointer to interface */ TAILQ_ENTRY(ifaddr) ifa_link; /* queue macro glue */ void (*ifa_rtrequest) /* check or clean routes (+ or -)'d */ (int, struct rtentry *, struct rt_addrinfo *); u_short ifa_flags; /* mostly rt_flags for cloning */ u_int ifa_refcnt; /* references to this structure */ int ifa_metric; /* cost of going out this interface */ int (*ifa_claim_addr) /* check if an addr goes to this if */ (struct ifaddr *, struct sockaddr *); struct mtx ifa_mtx; }; #define IFA_ROUTE RTF_UP /* route installed */ #define IFA_RTSELF RTF_HOST /* loopback route to self installed */ /* for compatibility with other BSDs */ #define ifa_list ifa_link #ifdef _KERNEL #define IFA_LOCK(ifa) mtx_lock(&(ifa)->ifa_mtx) #define IFA_UNLOCK(ifa) mtx_unlock(&(ifa)->ifa_mtx) void ifa_free(struct ifaddr *ifa); void ifa_init(struct ifaddr *ifa); void ifa_ref(struct ifaddr *ifa); #endif /* * The prefix structure contains information about one prefix * of an interface. They are maintained by the different address families, * are allocated and attached when a prefix or an address is set, * and are linked together so all prefixes for an interface can be located. */ struct ifprefix { struct sockaddr *ifpr_prefix; /* prefix of interface */ struct ifnet *ifpr_ifp; /* back-pointer to interface */ TAILQ_ENTRY(ifprefix) ifpr_list; /* queue macro glue */ u_char ifpr_plen; /* prefix length in bits */ u_char ifpr_type; /* protocol dependent prefix type */ }; /* * Multicast address structure. This is analogous to the ifaddr * structure except that it keeps track of multicast addresses. */ struct ifmultiaddr { TAILQ_ENTRY(ifmultiaddr) ifma_link; /* queue macro glue */ struct sockaddr *ifma_addr; /* address this membership is for */ struct sockaddr *ifma_lladdr; /* link-layer translation, if any */ struct ifnet *ifma_ifp; /* back-pointer to interface */ u_int ifma_refcount; /* reference count */ void *ifma_protospec; /* protocol-specific state, if any */ struct ifmultiaddr *ifma_llifma; /* pointer to ifma for ifma_lladdr */ }; #ifdef _KERNEL extern struct rwlock ifnet_rwlock; extern struct sx ifnet_sxlock; #define IFNET_LOCK_INIT() do { \ rw_init_flags(&ifnet_rwlock, "ifnet_rw", RW_RECURSE); \ sx_init_flags(&ifnet_sxlock, "ifnet_sx", SX_RECURSE); \ } while(0) #define IFNET_WLOCK() do { \ sx_xlock(&ifnet_sxlock); \ rw_wlock(&ifnet_rwlock); \ } while (0) #define IFNET_WUNLOCK() do { \ rw_wunlock(&ifnet_rwlock); \ sx_xunlock(&ifnet_sxlock); \ } while (0) /* * To assert the ifnet lock, you must know not only whether it's for read or * write, but also whether it was acquired with sleep support or not. */ #define IFNET_RLOCK_ASSERT() sx_assert(&ifnet_sxlock, SA_SLOCKED) #define IFNET_RLOCK_NOSLEEP_ASSERT() rw_assert(&ifnet_rwlock, RA_RLOCKED) #define IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT() do { \ sx_assert(&ifnet_sxlock, SA_XLOCKED); \ rw_assert(&ifnet_rwlock, RA_WLOCKED); \ } while (0) #define IFNET_RLOCK() sx_slock(&ifnet_sxlock) #define IFNET_RLOCK_NOSLEEP() rw_rlock(&ifnet_rwlock) #define IFNET_RUNLOCK() sx_sunlock(&ifnet_sxlock) #define IFNET_RUNLOCK_NOSLEEP() rw_runlock(&ifnet_rwlock) /* * Look up an ifnet given its index; the _ref variant also acquires a * reference that must be freed using if_rele(). It is almost always a bug * to call ifnet_byindex() instead if ifnet_byindex_ref(). */ struct ifnet *ifnet_byindex(u_short idx); struct ifnet *ifnet_byindex_locked(u_short idx); struct ifnet *ifnet_byindex_ref(u_short idx); /* * Given the index, ifaddr_byindex() returns the one and only * link-level ifaddr for the interface. You are not supposed to use * it to traverse the list of addresses associated to the interface. */ struct ifaddr *ifaddr_byindex(u_short idx); VNET_DECLARE(struct ifnethead, ifnet); VNET_DECLARE(struct ifgrouphead, ifg_head); VNET_DECLARE(int, if_index); VNET_DECLARE(struct ifnet *, loif); /* first loopback interface */ VNET_DECLARE(int, useloopback); #define V_ifnet VNET(ifnet) #define V_ifg_head VNET(ifg_head) #define V_if_index VNET(if_index) #define V_loif VNET(loif) #define V_useloopback VNET(useloopback) extern int ifqmaxlen; int if_addgroup(struct ifnet *, const char *); int if_delgroup(struct ifnet *, const char *); int if_addmulti(struct ifnet *, struct sockaddr *, struct ifmultiaddr **); int if_allmulti(struct ifnet *, int); struct ifnet* if_alloc(u_char); void if_attach(struct ifnet *); void if_dead(struct ifnet *); int if_delmulti(struct ifnet *, struct sockaddr *); void if_delmulti_ifma(struct ifmultiaddr *); void if_detach(struct ifnet *); void if_vmove(struct ifnet *, struct vnet *); void if_purgeaddrs(struct ifnet *); void if_delallmulti(struct ifnet *); void if_down(struct ifnet *); struct ifmultiaddr * if_findmulti(struct ifnet *, struct sockaddr *); void if_free(struct ifnet *); void if_free_type(struct ifnet *, u_char); void if_initname(struct ifnet *, const char *, int); void if_link_state_change(struct ifnet *, int); int if_printf(struct ifnet *, const char *, ...) __printflike(2, 3); void if_qflush(struct ifnet *); void if_ref(struct ifnet *); void if_rele(struct ifnet *); int if_setlladdr(struct ifnet *, const u_char *, int); void if_up(struct ifnet *); int ifioctl(struct socket *, u_long, caddr_t, struct thread *); int ifpromisc(struct ifnet *, int); struct ifnet *ifunit(const char *); struct ifnet *ifunit_ref(const char *); void ifq_init(struct ifaltq *, struct ifnet *ifp); void ifq_delete(struct ifaltq *); int ifa_add_loopback_route(struct ifaddr *, struct sockaddr *); int ifa_del_loopback_route(struct ifaddr *, struct sockaddr *); struct ifaddr *ifa_ifwithaddr(struct sockaddr *); int ifa_ifwithaddr_check(struct sockaddr *); struct ifaddr *ifa_ifwithbroadaddr(struct sockaddr *); struct ifaddr *ifa_ifwithdstaddr(struct sockaddr *); struct ifaddr *ifa_ifwithnet(struct sockaddr *); struct ifaddr *ifa_ifwithroute(int, struct sockaddr *, struct sockaddr *); struct ifaddr *ifa_ifwithroute_fib(int, struct sockaddr *, struct sockaddr *, u_int); struct ifaddr *ifaof_ifpforaddr(struct sockaddr *, struct ifnet *); int if_simloop(struct ifnet *ifp, struct mbuf *m, int af, int hlen); typedef void *if_com_alloc_t(u_char type, struct ifnet *ifp); typedef void if_com_free_t(void *com, u_char type); void if_register_com_alloc(u_char type, if_com_alloc_t *a, if_com_free_t *f); void if_deregister_com_alloc(u_char type); #define IF_LLADDR(ifp) \ LLADDR((struct sockaddr_dl *)((ifp)->if_addr->ifa_addr)) #ifdef DEVICE_POLLING enum poll_cmd { POLL_ONLY, POLL_AND_CHECK_STATUS }; typedef int poll_handler_t(struct ifnet *ifp, enum poll_cmd cmd, int count); int ether_poll_register(poll_handler_t *h, struct ifnet *ifp); int ether_poll_deregister(struct ifnet *ifp); #endif /* DEVICE_POLLING */ #endif /* _KERNEL */ #endif /* !_NET_IF_VAR_H_ */ Index: stable/8/sys/netinet =================================================================== --- stable/8/sys/netinet (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sys/netinet (revision 204344) Property changes on: stable/8/sys/netinet ___________________________________________________________________ Modified: svn:mergeinfo ## -0,0 +0,1 ## Merged /head/sys/netinet:r203052 Index: stable/8/sys/sys/param.h =================================================================== --- stable/8/sys/sys/param.h (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sys/sys/param.h (revision 204344) @@ -1,315 +1,315 @@ /*- * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1989, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * (c) UNIX System Laboratories, Inc. * All or some portions of this file are derived from material licensed * to the University of California by American Telephone and Telegraph * Co. or Unix System Laboratories, Inc. and are reproduced herein with * the permission of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. * * @(#)param.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 4/4/95 * $FreeBSD$ */ #ifndef _SYS_PARAM_H_ #define _SYS_PARAM_H_ #include #define BSD 199506 /* System version (year & month). */ #define BSD4_3 1 #define BSD4_4 1 /* * __FreeBSD_version numbers are documented in the Porter's Handbook. * If you bump the version for any reason, you should update the documentation * there. * Currently this lives here: * * doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/book.sgml * * scheme is: Rxx * 'R' is in the range 0 to 4 if this is a release branch or * x.0-CURRENT before RELENG_*_0 is created, otherwise 'R' is * in the range 5 to 9. */ #undef __FreeBSD_version -#define __FreeBSD_version 800502 /* Master, propagated to newvers */ +#define __FreeBSD_version 800503 /* Master, propagated to newvers */ #ifndef LOCORE #include #endif /* * Machine-independent constants (some used in following include files). * Redefined constants are from POSIX 1003.1 limits file. * * MAXCOMLEN should be >= sizeof(ac_comm) (see ) * MAXLOGNAME should be == UT_NAMESIZE+1 (see ) */ #include #define MAXCOMLEN 19 /* max command name remembered */ #define MAXINTERP 32 /* max interpreter file name length */ #define MAXLOGNAME 17 /* max login name length (incl. NUL) */ #define MAXUPRC CHILD_MAX /* max simultaneous processes */ #define NCARGS ARG_MAX /* max bytes for an exec function */ #define NGROUPS (NGROUPS_MAX+1) /* max number groups */ #define NOFILE OPEN_MAX /* max open files per process */ #define NOGROUP 65535 /* marker for empty group set member */ #define MAXHOSTNAMELEN 256 /* max hostname size */ #define SPECNAMELEN 63 /* max length of devicename */ /* More types and definitions used throughout the kernel. */ #ifdef _KERNEL #include #include #ifndef LOCORE #include #include #endif #ifndef FALSE #define FALSE 0 #endif #ifndef TRUE #define TRUE 1 #endif #endif #ifndef _KERNEL /* Signals. */ #include #endif /* Machine type dependent parameters. */ #include #ifndef _KERNEL #include #endif #ifndef _NO_NAMESPACE_POLLUTION #ifndef DEV_BSHIFT #define DEV_BSHIFT 9 /* log2(DEV_BSIZE) */ #endif #define DEV_BSIZE (1<>PAGE_SHIFT) #endif /* * btodb() is messy and perhaps slow because `bytes' may be an off_t. We * want to shift an unsigned type to avoid sign extension and we don't * want to widen `bytes' unnecessarily. Assume that the result fits in * a daddr_t. */ #ifndef btodb #define btodb(bytes) /* calculates (bytes / DEV_BSIZE) */ \ (sizeof (bytes) > sizeof(long) \ ? (daddr_t)((unsigned long long)(bytes) >> DEV_BSHIFT) \ : (daddr_t)((unsigned long)(bytes) >> DEV_BSHIFT)) #endif #ifndef dbtob #define dbtob(db) /* calculates (db * DEV_BSIZE) */ \ ((off_t)(db) << DEV_BSHIFT) #endif #endif /* _NO_NAMESPACE_POLLUTION */ #define PRIMASK 0x0ff #define PCATCH 0x100 /* OR'd with pri for tsleep to check signals */ #define PDROP 0x200 /* OR'd with pri to stop re-entry of interlock mutex */ #define PBDRY 0x400 /* for PCATCH stop is done on the user boundary */ #define NZERO 0 /* default "nice" */ #define NBBY 8 /* number of bits in a byte */ #define NBPW sizeof(int) /* number of bytes per word (integer) */ #define CMASK 022 /* default file mask: S_IWGRP|S_IWOTH */ #define NODEV (dev_t)(-1) /* non-existent device */ /* * File system parameters and macros. * * MAXBSIZE - Filesystems are made out of blocks of at most MAXBSIZE bytes * per block. MAXBSIZE may be made larger without effecting * any existing filesystems as long as it does not exceed MAXPHYS, * and may be made smaller at the risk of not being able to use * filesystems which require a block size exceeding MAXBSIZE. * * BKVASIZE - Nominal buffer space per buffer, in bytes. BKVASIZE is the * minimum KVM memory reservation the kernel is willing to make. * Filesystems can of course request smaller chunks. Actual * backing memory uses a chunk size of a page (PAGE_SIZE). * * If you make BKVASIZE too small you risk seriously fragmenting * the buffer KVM map which may slow things down a bit. If you * make it too big the kernel will not be able to optimally use * the KVM memory reserved for the buffer cache and will wind * up with too-few buffers. * * The default is 16384, roughly 2x the block size used by a * normal UFS filesystem. */ #define MAXBSIZE 65536 /* must be power of 2 */ #define BKVASIZE 16384 /* must be power of 2 */ #define BKVAMASK (BKVASIZE-1) /* * MAXPATHLEN defines the longest permissible path length after expanding * symbolic links. It is used to allocate a temporary buffer from the buffer * pool in which to do the name expansion, hence should be a power of two, * and must be less than or equal to MAXBSIZE. MAXSYMLINKS defines the * maximum number of symbolic links that may be expanded in a path name. * It should be set high enough to allow all legitimate uses, but halt * infinite loops reasonably quickly. */ #define MAXPATHLEN PATH_MAX #define MAXSYMLINKS 32 /* Bit map related macros. */ #define setbit(a,i) (((unsigned char *)(a))[(i)/NBBY] |= 1<<((i)%NBBY)) #define clrbit(a,i) (((unsigned char *)(a))[(i)/NBBY] &= ~(1<<((i)%NBBY))) #define isset(a,i) \ (((const unsigned char *)(a))[(i)/NBBY] & (1<<((i)%NBBY))) #define isclr(a,i) \ ((((const unsigned char *)(a))[(i)/NBBY] & (1<<((i)%NBBY))) == 0) /* Macros for counting and rounding. */ #ifndef howmany #define howmany(x, y) (((x)+((y)-1))/(y)) #endif #define rounddown(x, y) (((x)/(y))*(y)) #define roundup(x, y) ((((x)+((y)-1))/(y))*(y)) /* to any y */ #define roundup2(x, y) (((x)+((y)-1))&(~((y)-1))) /* if y is powers of two */ #define powerof2(x) ((((x)-1)&(x))==0) /* Macros for min/max. */ #define MIN(a,b) (((a)<(b))?(a):(b)) #define MAX(a,b) (((a)>(b))?(a):(b)) #ifdef _KERNEL /* * Basic byte order function prototypes for non-inline functions. */ #ifndef LOCORE #ifndef _BYTEORDER_PROTOTYPED #define _BYTEORDER_PROTOTYPED __BEGIN_DECLS __uint32_t htonl(__uint32_t); __uint16_t htons(__uint16_t); __uint32_t ntohl(__uint32_t); __uint16_t ntohs(__uint16_t); __END_DECLS #endif #endif #ifndef lint #ifndef _BYTEORDER_FUNC_DEFINED #define _BYTEORDER_FUNC_DEFINED #define htonl(x) __htonl(x) #define htons(x) __htons(x) #define ntohl(x) __ntohl(x) #define ntohs(x) __ntohs(x) #endif /* !_BYTEORDER_FUNC_DEFINED */ #endif /* lint */ #endif /* _KERNEL */ /* * Scale factor for scaled integers used to count %cpu time and load avgs. * * The number of CPU `tick's that map to a unique `%age' can be expressed * by the formula (1 / (2 ^ (FSHIFT - 11))). The maximum load average that * can be calculated (assuming 32 bits) can be closely approximated using * the formula (2 ^ (2 * (16 - FSHIFT))) for (FSHIFT < 15). * * For the scheduler to maintain a 1:1 mapping of CPU `tick' to `%age', * FSHIFT must be at least 11; this gives us a maximum load avg of ~1024. */ #define FSHIFT 11 /* bits to right of fixed binary point */ #define FSCALE (1<> (PAGE_SHIFT - DEV_BSHIFT)) #define ctodb(db) /* calculates pages to devblks */ \ ((db) << (PAGE_SHIFT - DEV_BSHIFT)) /* * Given the pointer x to the member m of the struct s, return * a pointer to the containing structure. */ #define member2struct(s, m, x) \ ((struct s *)(void *)((char *)(x) - offsetof(struct s, m))) #endif /* _SYS_PARAM_H_ */ Index: stable/8/sys/sys/priv.h =================================================================== --- stable/8/sys/sys/priv.h (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sys/sys/priv.h (revision 204344) @@ -1,511 +1,512 @@ /*- * Copyright (c) 2006 nCircle Network Security, Inc. * All rights reserved. * * This software was developed by Robert N. M. Watson for the TrustedBSD * Project under contract to nCircle Network Security, Inc. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR, NCIRCLE NETWORK SECURITY, * INC., OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * $FreeBSD$ */ /* * Privilege checking interface for BSD kernel. */ #ifndef _SYS_PRIV_H_ #define _SYS_PRIV_H_ /* * Privilege list, sorted loosely by kernel subsystem. * * Think carefully before adding or reusing one of these privileges -- are * there existing instances referring to the same privilege? Third party * vendors may request the assignment of privileges to be used in loadable * modules. Particular numeric privilege assignments are part of the * loadable kernel module ABI, and should not be changed across minor * releases. * * When adding a new privilege, remember to determine if it's appropriate for * use in jail, and update the privilege switch in kern_jail.c as necessary. */ /* * Track beginning of privilege list. */ #define _PRIV_LOWEST 1 /* * The remaining privileges typically correspond to one or a small * number of specific privilege checks, and have (relatively) precise * meanings. They are loosely sorted into a set of base system * privileges, such as the ability to reboot, and then loosely by * subsystem, indicated by a subsystem name. */ #define _PRIV_ROOT 1 /* Removed. */ #define PRIV_ACCT 2 /* Manage process accounting. */ #define PRIV_MAXFILES 3 /* Exceed system open files limit. */ #define PRIV_MAXPROC 4 /* Exceed system processes limit. */ #define PRIV_KTRACE 5 /* Set/clear KTRFAC_ROOT on ktrace. */ #define PRIV_SETDUMPER 6 /* Configure dump device. */ #define PRIV_REBOOT 8 /* Can reboot system. */ #define PRIV_SWAPON 9 /* Can swapon(). */ #define PRIV_SWAPOFF 10 /* Can swapoff(). */ #define PRIV_MSGBUF 11 /* Can read kernel message buffer. */ #define PRIV_IO 12 /* Can perform low-level I/O. */ #define PRIV_KEYBOARD 13 /* Reprogram keyboard. */ #define PRIV_DRIVER 14 /* Low-level driver privilege. */ #define PRIV_ADJTIME 15 /* Set time adjustment. */ #define PRIV_NTP_ADJTIME 16 /* Set NTP time adjustment. */ #define PRIV_CLOCK_SETTIME 17 /* Can call clock_settime. */ #define PRIV_SETTIMEOFDAY 18 /* Can call settimeofday. */ #define _PRIV_SETHOSTID 19 /* Removed. */ #define _PRIV_SETDOMAINNAME 20 /* Removed. */ /* * Audit subsystem privileges. */ #define PRIV_AUDIT_CONTROL 40 /* Can configure audit. */ #define PRIV_AUDIT_FAILSTOP 41 /* Can run during audit fail stop. */ #define PRIV_AUDIT_GETAUDIT 42 /* Can get proc audit properties. */ #define PRIV_AUDIT_SETAUDIT 43 /* Can set proc audit properties. */ #define PRIV_AUDIT_SUBMIT 44 /* Can submit an audit record. */ /* * Credential management privileges. */ #define PRIV_CRED_SETUID 50 /* setuid. */ #define PRIV_CRED_SETEUID 51 /* seteuid to !ruid and !svuid. */ #define PRIV_CRED_SETGID 52 /* setgid. */ #define PRIV_CRED_SETEGID 53 /* setgid to !rgid and !svgid. */ #define PRIV_CRED_SETGROUPS 54 /* Set process additional groups. */ #define PRIV_CRED_SETREUID 55 /* setreuid. */ #define PRIV_CRED_SETREGID 56 /* setregid. */ #define PRIV_CRED_SETRESUID 57 /* setresuid. */ #define PRIV_CRED_SETRESGID 58 /* setresgid. */ #define PRIV_SEEOTHERGIDS 59 /* Exempt bsd.seeothergids. */ #define PRIV_SEEOTHERUIDS 60 /* Exempt bsd.seeotheruids. */ /* * Debugging privileges. */ #define PRIV_DEBUG_DIFFCRED 80 /* Exempt debugging other users. */ #define PRIV_DEBUG_SUGID 81 /* Exempt debugging setuid proc. */ #define PRIV_DEBUG_UNPRIV 82 /* Exempt unprivileged debug limit. */ /* * Dtrace privileges. */ #define PRIV_DTRACE_KERNEL 90 /* Allow use of DTrace on the kernel. */ #define PRIV_DTRACE_PROC 91 /* Allow attaching DTrace to process. */ #define PRIV_DTRACE_USER 92 /* Process may submit DTrace events. */ /* * Firmware privilegs. */ #define PRIV_FIRMWARE_LOAD 100 /* Can load firmware. */ /* * Jail privileges. */ #define PRIV_JAIL_ATTACH 110 /* Attach to a jail. */ #define PRIV_JAIL_SET 111 /* Set jail parameters. */ #define PRIV_JAIL_REMOVE 112 /* Remove a jail. */ /* * Kernel environment priveleges. */ #define PRIV_KENV_SET 120 /* Set kernel env. variables. */ #define PRIV_KENV_UNSET 121 /* Unset kernel env. variables. */ /* * Loadable kernel module privileges. */ #define PRIV_KLD_LOAD 130 /* Load a kernel module. */ #define PRIV_KLD_UNLOAD 131 /* Unload a kernel module. */ /* * Privileges associated with the MAC Framework and specific MAC policy * modules. */ #define PRIV_MAC_PARTITION 140 /* Privilege in mac_partition policy. */ #define PRIV_MAC_PRIVS 141 /* Privilege in the mac_privs policy. */ /* * Process-related privileges. */ #define PRIV_PROC_LIMIT 160 /* Exceed user process limit. */ #define PRIV_PROC_SETLOGIN 161 /* Can call setlogin. */ #define PRIV_PROC_SETRLIMIT 162 /* Can raise resources limits. */ /* System V IPC privileges. */ #define PRIV_IPC_READ 170 /* Can override IPC read perm. */ #define PRIV_IPC_WRITE 171 /* Can override IPC write perm. */ #define PRIV_IPC_ADMIN 172 /* Can override IPC owner-only perm. */ #define PRIV_IPC_MSGSIZE 173 /* Exempt IPC message queue limit. */ /* * POSIX message queue privileges. */ #define PRIV_MQ_ADMIN 180 /* Can override msgq owner-only perm. */ /* * Performance monitoring counter privileges. */ #define PRIV_PMC_MANAGE 190 /* Can administer PMC. */ #define PRIV_PMC_SYSTEM 191 /* Can allocate a system-wide PMC. */ /* * Scheduling privileges. */ #define PRIV_SCHED_DIFFCRED 200 /* Exempt scheduling other users. */ #define PRIV_SCHED_SETPRIORITY 201 /* Can set lower nice value for proc. */ #define PRIV_SCHED_RTPRIO 202 /* Can set real time scheduling. */ #define PRIV_SCHED_SETPOLICY 203 /* Can set scheduler policy. */ #define PRIV_SCHED_SET 204 /* Can set thread scheduler. */ #define PRIV_SCHED_SETPARAM 205 /* Can set thread scheduler params. */ #define PRIV_SCHED_CPUSET 206 /* Can manipulate cpusets. */ #define PRIV_SCHED_CPUSET_INTR 207 /* Can adjust IRQ to CPU binding. */ /* * POSIX semaphore privileges. */ #define PRIV_SEM_WRITE 220 /* Can override sem write perm. */ /* * Signal privileges. */ #define PRIV_SIGNAL_DIFFCRED 230 /* Exempt signalling other users. */ #define PRIV_SIGNAL_SUGID 231 /* Non-conserv signal setuid proc. */ /* * Sysctl privileges. */ #define PRIV_SYSCTL_DEBUG 240 /* Can invoke sysctl.debug. */ #define PRIV_SYSCTL_WRITE 241 /* Can write sysctls. */ #define PRIV_SYSCTL_WRITEJAIL 242 /* Can write sysctls, jail permitted. */ /* * TTY privileges. */ #define PRIV_TTY_CONSOLE 250 /* Set console to tty. */ #define PRIV_TTY_DRAINWAIT 251 /* Set tty drain wait time. */ #define PRIV_TTY_DTRWAIT 252 /* Set DTR wait on tty. */ #define PRIV_TTY_EXCLUSIVE 253 /* Override tty exclusive flag. */ #define _PRIV_TTY_PRISON 254 /* Removed. */ #define PRIV_TTY_STI 255 /* Simulate input on another tty. */ #define PRIV_TTY_SETA 256 /* Set tty termios structure. */ /* * UFS-specific privileges. */ #define PRIV_UFS_EXTATTRCTL 270 /* Can configure EAs on UFS1. */ #define PRIV_UFS_QUOTAOFF 271 /* quotaoff(). */ #define PRIV_UFS_QUOTAON 272 /* quotaon(). */ #define PRIV_UFS_SETUSE 273 /* setuse(). */ /* * ZFS-specific privileges. */ #define PRIV_ZFS_POOL_CONFIG 280 /* Can configure ZFS pools. */ #define PRIV_ZFS_INJECT 281 /* Can inject faults in the ZFS fault injection framework. */ #define PRIV_ZFS_JAIL 282 /* Can attach/detach ZFS file systems to/from jails. */ /* * NFS-specific privileges. */ #define PRIV_NFS_DAEMON 290 /* Can become the NFS daemon. */ #define PRIV_NFS_LOCKD 291 /* Can become NFS lock daemon. */ /* * VFS privileges. */ #define PRIV_VFS_READ 310 /* Override vnode DAC read perm. */ #define PRIV_VFS_WRITE 311 /* Override vnode DAC write perm. */ #define PRIV_VFS_ADMIN 312 /* Override vnode DAC admin perm. */ #define PRIV_VFS_EXEC 313 /* Override vnode DAC exec perm. */ #define PRIV_VFS_LOOKUP 314 /* Override vnode DAC lookup perm. */ #define PRIV_VFS_BLOCKRESERVE 315 /* Can use free block reserve. */ #define PRIV_VFS_CHFLAGS_DEV 316 /* Can chflags() a device node. */ #define PRIV_VFS_CHOWN 317 /* Can set user; group to non-member. */ #define PRIV_VFS_CHROOT 318 /* chroot(). */ #define PRIV_VFS_RETAINSUGID 319 /* Can retain sugid bits on change. */ #define PRIV_VFS_EXCEEDQUOTA 320 /* Exempt from quota restrictions. */ #define PRIV_VFS_EXTATTR_SYSTEM 321 /* Operate on system EA namespace. */ #define PRIV_VFS_FCHROOT 322 /* fchroot(). */ #define PRIV_VFS_FHOPEN 323 /* Can fhopen(). */ #define PRIV_VFS_FHSTAT 324 /* Can fhstat(). */ #define PRIV_VFS_FHSTATFS 325 /* Can fhstatfs(). */ #define PRIV_VFS_GENERATION 326 /* stat() returns generation number. */ #define PRIV_VFS_GETFH 327 /* Can retrieve file handles. */ #define PRIV_VFS_GETQUOTA 328 /* getquota(). */ #define PRIV_VFS_LINK 329 /* bsd.hardlink_check_uid */ #define PRIV_VFS_MKNOD_BAD 330 /* Can mknod() to mark bad inodes. */ #define PRIV_VFS_MKNOD_DEV 331 /* Can mknod() to create dev nodes. */ #define PRIV_VFS_MKNOD_WHT 332 /* Can mknod() to create whiteout. */ #define PRIV_VFS_MOUNT 333 /* Can mount(). */ #define PRIV_VFS_MOUNT_OWNER 334 /* Can manage other users' file systems. */ #define PRIV_VFS_MOUNT_EXPORTED 335 /* Can set MNT_EXPORTED on mount. */ #define PRIV_VFS_MOUNT_PERM 336 /* Override dev node perms at mount. */ #define PRIV_VFS_MOUNT_SUIDDIR 337 /* Can set MNT_SUIDDIR on mount. */ #define PRIV_VFS_MOUNT_NONUSER 338 /* Can perform a non-user mount. */ #define PRIV_VFS_SETGID 339 /* Can setgid if not in group. */ #define PRIV_VFS_SETQUOTA 340 /* setquota(). */ #define PRIV_VFS_STICKYFILE 341 /* Can set sticky bit on file. */ #define PRIV_VFS_SYSFLAGS 342 /* Can modify system flags. */ #define PRIV_VFS_UNMOUNT 343 /* Can unmount(). */ #define PRIV_VFS_STAT 344 /* Override vnode MAC stat perm. */ /* * Virtual memory privileges. */ #define PRIV_VM_MADV_PROTECT 360 /* Can set MADV_PROTECT. */ #define PRIV_VM_MLOCK 361 /* Can mlock(), mlockall(). */ #define PRIV_VM_MUNLOCK 362 /* Can munlock(), munlockall(). */ #define PRIV_VM_SWAP_NOQUOTA 363 /* * Can override the global * swap reservation limits. */ #define PRIV_VM_SWAP_NORLIMIT 364 /* * Can override the per-uid * swap reservation limits. */ /* * Device file system privileges. */ #define PRIV_DEVFS_RULE 370 /* Can manage devfs rules. */ #define PRIV_DEVFS_SYMLINK 371 /* Can create symlinks in devfs. */ /* * Random number generator privileges. */ #define PRIV_RANDOM_RESEED 380 /* Closing /dev/random reseeds. */ /* * Network stack privileges. */ #define PRIV_NET_BRIDGE 390 /* Administer bridge. */ #define PRIV_NET_GRE 391 /* Administer GRE. */ #define _PRIV_NET_PPP 392 /* Removed. */ #define _PRIV_NET_SLIP 393 /* Removed. */ #define PRIV_NET_BPF 394 /* Monitor BPF. */ #define PRIV_NET_RAW 395 /* Open raw socket. */ #define PRIV_NET_ROUTE 396 /* Administer routing. */ #define PRIV_NET_TAP 397 /* Can open tap device. */ #define PRIV_NET_SETIFMTU 398 /* Set interface MTU. */ #define PRIV_NET_SETIFFLAGS 399 /* Set interface flags. */ #define PRIV_NET_SETIFCAP 400 /* Set interface capabilities. */ #define PRIV_NET_SETIFNAME 401 /* Set interface name. */ #define PRIV_NET_SETIFMETRIC 402 /* Set interface metrics. */ #define PRIV_NET_SETIFPHYS 403 /* Set interface physical layer prop. */ #define PRIV_NET_SETIFMAC 404 /* Set interface MAC label. */ #define PRIV_NET_ADDMULTI 405 /* Add multicast addr. to ifnet. */ #define PRIV_NET_DELMULTI 406 /* Delete multicast addr. from ifnet. */ #define PRIV_NET_HWIOCTL 407 /* Issue hardware ioctl on ifnet. */ #define PRIV_NET_SETLLADDR 408 /* Set interface link-level address. */ #define PRIV_NET_ADDIFGROUP 409 /* Add new interface group. */ #define PRIV_NET_DELIFGROUP 410 /* Delete interface group. */ #define PRIV_NET_IFCREATE 411 /* Create cloned interface. */ #define PRIV_NET_IFDESTROY 412 /* Destroy cloned interface. */ #define PRIV_NET_ADDIFADDR 413 /* Add protocol addr to interface. */ #define PRIV_NET_DELIFADDR 414 /* Delete protocol addr on interface. */ #define PRIV_NET_LAGG 415 /* Administer lagg interface. */ #define PRIV_NET_GIF 416 /* Administer gif interface. */ #define PRIV_NET_SETIFVNET 417 /* Move interface to vnet. */ +#define PRIV_NET_SETIFDESCR 418 /* Set interface description. */ /* * 802.11-related privileges. */ #define PRIV_NET80211_GETKEY 440 /* Query 802.11 keys. */ #define PRIV_NET80211_MANAGE 441 /* Administer 802.11. */ /* * AppleTalk privileges. */ #define PRIV_NETATALK_RESERVEDPORT 450 /* Bind low port number. */ /* * ATM privileges. */ #define PRIV_NETATM_CFG 460 #define PRIV_NETATM_ADD 461 #define PRIV_NETATM_DEL 462 #define PRIV_NETATM_SET 463 /* * Bluetooth privileges. */ #define PRIV_NETBLUETOOTH_RAW 470 /* Open raw bluetooth socket. */ /* * Netgraph and netgraph module privileges. */ #define PRIV_NETGRAPH_CONTROL 480 /* Open netgraph control socket. */ #define PRIV_NETGRAPH_TTY 481 /* Configure tty for netgraph. */ /* * IPv4 and IPv6 privileges. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_RESERVEDPORT 490 /* Bind low port number. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_IPFW 491 /* Administer IPFW firewall. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_DIVERT 492 /* Open IP divert socket. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_PF 493 /* Administer pf firewall. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_DUMMYNET 494 /* Administer DUMMYNET. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_CARP 495 /* Administer CARP. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_MROUTE 496 /* Administer multicast routing. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_RAW 497 /* Open netinet raw socket. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_GETCRED 498 /* Query netinet pcb credentials. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_ADDRCTRL6 499 /* Administer IPv6 address scopes. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_ND6 500 /* Administer IPv6 neighbor disc. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_SCOPE6 501 /* Administer IPv6 address scopes. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_ALIFETIME6 502 /* Administer IPv6 address lifetimes. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_IPSEC 503 /* Administer IPSEC. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_REUSEPORT 504 /* Allow [rapid] port/address reuse. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_SETHDROPTS 505 /* Set certain IPv4/6 header options. */ #define PRIV_NETINET_BINDANY 506 /* Allow bind to any address. */ /* * IPX/SPX privileges. */ #define PRIV_NETIPX_RESERVEDPORT 520 /* Bind low port number. */ #define PRIV_NETIPX_RAW 521 /* Open netipx raw socket. */ /* * NCP privileges. */ #define PRIV_NETNCP 530 /* Use another user's connection. */ /* * SMB privileges. */ #define PRIV_NETSMB 540 /* Use another user's connection. */ /* * VM86 privileges. */ #define PRIV_VM86_INTCALL 550 /* Allow invoking vm86 int handlers. */ /* * Set of reserved privilege values, which will be allocated to code as * needed, in order to avoid renumbering later privileges due to insertion. */ #define _PRIV_RESERVED0 560 #define _PRIV_RESERVED1 561 #define _PRIV_RESERVED2 562 #define _PRIV_RESERVED3 563 #define _PRIV_RESERVED4 564 #define _PRIV_RESERVED5 565 #define _PRIV_RESERVED6 566 #define _PRIV_RESERVED7 567 #define _PRIV_RESERVED8 568 #define _PRIV_RESERVED9 569 #define _PRIV_RESERVED10 570 #define _PRIV_RESERVED11 571 #define _PRIV_RESERVED12 572 #define _PRIV_RESERVED13 573 #define _PRIV_RESERVED14 574 #define _PRIV_RESERVED15 575 /* * Define a set of valid privilege numbers that can be used by loadable * modules that don't yet have privilege reservations. Ideally, these should * not be used, since their meaning is opaque to any policies that are aware * of specific privileges, such as jail, and as such may be arbitrarily * denied. */ #define PRIV_MODULE0 600 #define PRIV_MODULE1 601 #define PRIV_MODULE2 602 #define PRIV_MODULE3 603 #define PRIV_MODULE4 604 #define PRIV_MODULE5 605 #define PRIV_MODULE6 606 #define PRIV_MODULE7 607 #define PRIV_MODULE8 608 #define PRIV_MODULE9 609 #define PRIV_MODULE10 610 #define PRIV_MODULE11 611 #define PRIV_MODULE12 612 #define PRIV_MODULE13 613 #define PRIV_MODULE14 614 #define PRIV_MODULE15 615 /* * DDB(4) privileges. */ #define PRIV_DDB_CAPTURE 620 /* Allow reading of DDB capture log. */ /* * Arla/nnpfs privileges. */ #define PRIV_NNPFS_DEBUG 630 /* Perforn ARLA_VIOC_NNPFSDEBUG. */ /* * cpuctl(4) privileges. */ #define PRIV_CPUCTL_WRMSR 640 /* Write model-specific register. */ #define PRIV_CPUCTL_UPDATE 641 /* Update cpu microcode. */ /* * Capi4BSD privileges. */ #define PRIV_C4B_RESET_CTLR 650 /* Load firmware, reset controller. */ #define PRIV_C4B_TRACE 651 /* Unrestricted CAPI message tracing. */ /* * OpenAFS privileges. */ #define PRIV_AFS_ADMIN 660 /* Can change AFS client settings. */ #define PRIV_AFS_DAEMON 661 /* Can become the AFS daemon. */ /* * Track end of privilege list. */ #define _PRIV_HIGHEST 662 /* * Validate that a named privilege is known by the privilege system. Invalid * privileges presented to the privilege system by a priv_check interface * will result in a panic. This is only approximate due to sparse allocation * of the privilege space. */ #define PRIV_VALID(x) ((x) > _PRIV_LOWEST && (x) < _PRIV_HIGHEST) #ifdef _KERNEL /* * Privilege check interfaces, modeled after historic suser() interfacs, but * with the addition of a specific privilege name. No flags are currently * defined for the API. Historically, flags specified using the real uid * instead of the effective uid, and whether or not the check should be * allowed in jail. */ struct thread; struct ucred; int priv_check(struct thread *td, int priv); int priv_check_cred(struct ucred *cred, int priv, int flags); #endif #endif /* !_SYS_PRIV_H_ */ Index: stable/8/sys/sys/sockio.h =================================================================== --- stable/8/sys/sys/sockio.h (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sys/sys/sockio.h (revision 204344) @@ -1,129 +1,131 @@ /*- * Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1990, 1993, 1994 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. * * @(#)sockio.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 3/28/94 * $FreeBSD$ */ #ifndef _SYS_SOCKIO_H_ #define _SYS_SOCKIO_H_ #include /* Socket ioctl's. */ #define SIOCSHIWAT _IOW('s', 0, int) /* set high watermark */ #define SIOCGHIWAT _IOR('s', 1, int) /* get high watermark */ #define SIOCSLOWAT _IOW('s', 2, int) /* set low watermark */ #define SIOCGLOWAT _IOR('s', 3, int) /* get low watermark */ #define SIOCATMARK _IOR('s', 7, int) /* at oob mark? */ #define SIOCSPGRP _IOW('s', 8, int) /* set process group */ #define SIOCGPGRP _IOR('s', 9, int) /* get process group */ #define SIOCADDRT _IOW('r', 10, struct ortentry) /* add route */ #define SIOCDELRT _IOW('r', 11, struct ortentry) /* delete route */ #define SIOCGETVIFCNT _IOWR('r', 15, struct sioc_vif_req)/* get vif pkt cnt */ #define SIOCGETSGCNT _IOWR('r', 16, struct sioc_sg_req) /* get s,g pkt cnt */ #define SIOCSIFADDR _IOW('i', 12, struct ifreq) /* set ifnet address */ #define OSIOCGIFADDR _IOWR('i', 13, struct ifreq) /* get ifnet address */ #define SIOCGIFADDR _IOWR('i', 33, struct ifreq) /* get ifnet address */ #define SIOCSIFDSTADDR _IOW('i', 14, struct ifreq) /* set p-p address */ #define OSIOCGIFDSTADDR _IOWR('i', 15, struct ifreq) /* get p-p address */ #define SIOCGIFDSTADDR _IOWR('i', 34, struct ifreq) /* get p-p address */ #define SIOCSIFFLAGS _IOW('i', 16, struct ifreq) /* set ifnet flags */ #define SIOCGIFFLAGS _IOWR('i', 17, struct ifreq) /* get ifnet flags */ #define OSIOCGIFBRDADDR _IOWR('i', 18, struct ifreq) /* get broadcast addr */ #define SIOCGIFBRDADDR _IOWR('i', 35, struct ifreq) /* get broadcast addr */ #define SIOCSIFBRDADDR _IOW('i', 19, struct ifreq) /* set broadcast addr */ #define OSIOCGIFCONF _IOWR('i', 20, struct ifconf) /* get ifnet list */ #define SIOCGIFCONF _IOWR('i', 36, struct ifconf) /* get ifnet list */ #if defined (__amd64__) #define SIOCGIFCONF32 _IOWR('i', 36, struct ifconf32) /* get ifnet list */ #endif #define OSIOCGIFNETMASK _IOWR('i', 21, struct ifreq) /* get net addr mask */ #define SIOCGIFNETMASK _IOWR('i', 37, struct ifreq) /* get net addr mask */ #define SIOCSIFNETMASK _IOW('i', 22, struct ifreq) /* set net addr mask */ #define SIOCGIFMETRIC _IOWR('i', 23, struct ifreq) /* get IF metric */ #define SIOCSIFMETRIC _IOW('i', 24, struct ifreq) /* set IF metric */ #define SIOCDIFADDR _IOW('i', 25, struct ifreq) /* delete IF addr */ #define SIOCAIFADDR _IOW('i', 26, struct ifaliasreq)/* add/chg IF alias */ #define SIOCALIFADDR _IOW('i', 27, struct if_laddrreq) /* add IF addr */ #define SIOCGLIFADDR _IOWR('i', 28, struct if_laddrreq) /* get IF addr */ #define SIOCDLIFADDR _IOW('i', 29, struct if_laddrreq) /* delete IF addr */ #define SIOCSIFCAP _IOW('i', 30, struct ifreq) /* set IF features */ #define SIOCGIFCAP _IOWR('i', 31, struct ifreq) /* get IF features */ #define SIOCGIFINDEX _IOWR('i', 32, struct ifreq) /* get IF index */ #define SIOCGIFMAC _IOWR('i', 38, struct ifreq) /* get IF MAC label */ #define SIOCSIFMAC _IOW('i', 39, struct ifreq) /* set IF MAC label */ #define SIOCSIFNAME _IOW('i', 40, struct ifreq) /* set IF name */ +#define SIOCSIFDESCR _IOW('i', 41, struct ifreq) /* set ifnet descr */ +#define SIOCGIFDESCR _IOWR('i', 42, struct ifreq) /* get ifnet descr */ #define SIOCADDMULTI _IOW('i', 49, struct ifreq) /* add m'cast addr */ #define SIOCDELMULTI _IOW('i', 50, struct ifreq) /* del m'cast addr */ #define SIOCGIFMTU _IOWR('i', 51, struct ifreq) /* get IF mtu */ #define SIOCSIFMTU _IOW('i', 52, struct ifreq) /* set IF mtu */ #define SIOCGIFPHYS _IOWR('i', 53, struct ifreq) /* get IF wire */ #define SIOCSIFPHYS _IOW('i', 54, struct ifreq) /* set IF wire */ #define SIOCSIFMEDIA _IOWR('i', 55, struct ifreq) /* set net media */ #define SIOCGIFMEDIA _IOWR('i', 56, struct ifmediareq) /* get net media */ #define SIOCSIFGENERIC _IOW('i', 57, struct ifreq) /* generic IF set op */ #define SIOCGIFGENERIC _IOWR('i', 58, struct ifreq) /* generic IF get op */ #define SIOCGIFSTATUS _IOWR('i', 59, struct ifstat) /* get IF status */ #define SIOCSIFLLADDR _IOW('i', 60, struct ifreq) /* set linklevel addr */ #define SIOCSIFPHYADDR _IOW('i', 70, struct ifaliasreq) /* set gif addres */ #define SIOCGIFPSRCADDR _IOWR('i', 71, struct ifreq) /* get gif psrc addr */ #define SIOCGIFPDSTADDR _IOWR('i', 72, struct ifreq) /* get gif pdst addr */ #define SIOCDIFPHYADDR _IOW('i', 73, struct ifreq) /* delete gif addrs */ #define SIOCSLIFPHYADDR _IOW('i', 74, struct if_laddrreq) /* set gif addrs */ #define SIOCGLIFPHYADDR _IOWR('i', 75, struct if_laddrreq) /* get gif addrs */ #define SIOCGPRIVATE_0 _IOWR('i', 80, struct ifreq) /* device private 0 */ #define SIOCGPRIVATE_1 _IOWR('i', 81, struct ifreq) /* device private 1 */ #define SIOCSIFVNET _IOWR('i', 90, struct ifreq) /* move IF jail/vnet */ #define SIOCSIFRVNET _IOWR('i', 91, struct ifreq) /* reclaim vnet IF */ #define SIOCSDRVSPEC _IOW('i', 123, struct ifdrv) /* set driver-specific parameters */ #define SIOCGDRVSPEC _IOWR('i', 123, struct ifdrv) /* get driver-specific parameters */ #define SIOCIFCREATE _IOWR('i', 122, struct ifreq) /* create clone if */ #define SIOCIFCREATE2 _IOWR('i', 124, struct ifreq) /* create clone if */ #define SIOCIFDESTROY _IOW('i', 121, struct ifreq) /* destroy clone if */ #define SIOCIFGCLONERS _IOWR('i', 120, struct if_clonereq) /* get cloners */ #define SIOCAIFGROUP _IOW('i', 135, struct ifgroupreq) /* add an ifgroup */ #define SIOCGIFGROUP _IOWR('i', 136, struct ifgroupreq) /* get ifgroups */ #define SIOCDIFGROUP _IOW('i', 137, struct ifgroupreq) /* delete ifgroup */ #define SIOCGIFGMEMB _IOWR('i', 138, struct ifgroupreq) /* get members */ #endif /* !_SYS_SOCKIO_H_ */ Index: stable/8/sys =================================================================== --- stable/8/sys (revision 204343) +++ stable/8/sys (revision 204344) Property changes on: stable/8/sys ___________________________________________________________________ Modified: svn:mergeinfo ## -0,0 +0,1 ## Merged /head/sys:r203052